2021 Chevrolet Express Owner's Manual

21_CHEV_Express_COV_en_US_84401538B_2021JAN4.pdf 1 12/8/2020 12:42:45 PM

CMY

K Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 1/4/21

Introduction This manual describes features that may or Contents may not be on the vehicle because of optional equipment that was not purchased Introduction ...... 1 on the vehicle, model variants, country specifications, features/applications that may Keys, Doors, and Windows ...... 6 not be available in your region, or changes Seats and Restraints ...... 22 subsequent to the printing of this owner’s manual. Storage ...... 63 If the vehicle has the Duramax Diesel Instruments and Controls ...... 65 The names, logos, emblems, slogans, vehicle model names, and vehicle body designs engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement Lighting ...... 90 appearing in this manual including, but not for additional and specific information on this engine. Infotainment System ...... 96 limited to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, and EXPRESS are Refer to the purchase documentation Climate Controls ...... 119 trademarks and/or service marks of General relating to your specific vehicle to confirm Driving and Operating ...... 125 Motors LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates, the features. or licensors. Vehicle Care ...... 177 Keep this manual in the vehicle for quick For vehicles first sold in Canada, substitute reference. Service and Maintenance ...... 250 the name “General Motors of Canada Technical Data ...... 260 Company” for Chevrolet Motor Division Customer Information ...... 265 wherever it appears in this manual. Reporting Safety Defects ...... 273 OnStar ...... 277 Connected Services ...... 282 Index...... 285

2 Introduction Canadian Vehicle Owners Symbols { Danger A French language manual can be obtained The vehicle has components and labels that Danger indicates a hazard with a high from your dealer, at www.helminc.com, use symbols instead of text. Symbols are or from: level of risk which will result in serious shown along with the text describing the injury or death. operation or information relating to a Propriétaires Canadiens specific component, control, message, gauge, On peut obtenir un exemplaire de ce guide or indicator. en français auprès du concessionnaire ou à { Warning M : Shown when the owner’s manual has l'adresse suivante: Warning indicates a hazard that could additional instructions or information. result in injury or death. Helm, Incorporated * Attention: Customer Service : Shown when the service manual has additional instructions or information. 47911 Halyard Drive Caution Plymouth, MI 48170 0 : Shown when there is more information Caution indicates a hazard that could USA on another page —“see page.” result in property or vehicle damage. Using this Manual Vehicle Symbol Chart To quickly locate information about the Here are some additional symbols that may vehicle, use the Index in the back of the be found on the vehicle and what they manual. It is an alphabetical list of what is mean. See the features in this manual for in the manual and the page number where information. it can be found. u : Air Conditioning System Danger, Warning, and Caution A circle with a slash through it is a safety G : Air Conditioning Refrigerant Oil symbol which means “Do not,”“Do not do Warning messages found on vehicle labels 9 : Airbag Readiness Light and in this manual describe hazards and this,” or “Do not let this happen.” what to do to avoid or reduce them. ! : Antilock Brake System (ABS) $ : Brake System Warning Light Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 1/4/21

Introduction 3 9 : Dispose of Used Components Properly 7 : Rear Cross Traffic Alert P : Do Not Apply High Pressure Water I : Registered Technician B : Engine Coolant Temperature / : Remote Vehicle Start _ : Flame/Fire Prohibited h : Risk of Electrical Fire H : Flammable > : Seat Belt Reminders [ : Forward Collision Alert I : Side Blind Zone Alert R : Fuse Block Cover Lock Location 7 : Tire Pressure Monitor + : Fuses d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC) j : ISOFIX/LATCH System Child Restraints a : Under Pressure Q : Keep Fuse Block Covers Properly Installed V : Vehicle Ahead Indicator | : Lane Change Alert @ : Lane Departure Warning A : Lane Keep Assist * : Malfunction Indicator Lamp : : Oil Pressure X : Park Assist ~ : Pedestrian Ahead Indicator O : Power Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 1/4/21

4 Introduction Instrument Panel Overview Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 1/4/21

Introduction 5 1. Air Vents 0 124. 12. Power Outlet 110/120 Volt Alternating 20. Cruise Control 0 149 (If Equipped). 0 2. Driver Information Center (DIC) Buttons Current. See Power Outlets 69. Fast Idle System 0 138 (If Equipped). 0 (Out of View). See Driver Information 13. Rear Heating System 121 (If Equipped). 21. Parking Brake 0 146. Center (DIC) 0 81. 0 Lane Departure Warning (LDW) 157 (If 22. Data Link Connector (DLC) (Out of View). 3. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn and Equipped). See Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check 0 Lane-Change Signals 93. Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System Engine Light) 0 76. 0 0 Windshield Wiper/Washer 67. 154 (If Equipped). 23. Instrument Panel Illumination Control 4. Horn 0 67. 14. Passenger Airbag On-Off Switch (If 0 93. 5. Hazard Warning Flashers 0 92. Equipped). See Airbag On-Off Switch Dome Lamp Override. See Dome Lamps 0 42. 0 6. Instrument Cluster 0 71. 94. 15. Traction Control/Electronic Stability 24. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 90. 7. Shift Lever. See Automatic Transmission Control 0 147. 0 142. 0 16. Tow/Haul Mode Button (If Equipped). See Manual Mode 144 (If Equipped). Tow/Haul Mode 0 145. 0 8. Climate Control Systems 119. 17. Steering Wheel Controls 0 66 (If 9. Infotainment. See Overview (AM-FM Equipped). Radio) 0 97 or 0 0 18. Steering Wheel Adjustment 65 (Out of Overview (Radio with CD/MP3) 99. View), (If Equipped). 0 10. Power Outlets 69. 19. Parking Brake Release. See Parking Brake 11. USB Port (If Equipped). See Auxiliary 0 146. Devices 0 108. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

6 Keys, Doors, and Windows Exterior Mirrors Keys and Locks Keys, Doors, and Convex Mirrors ...... 17 Windows Manual Mirrors ...... 18 Keys Trailer-Tow Mirrors ...... 18 Keys and Locks Power Mirrors ...... 18 { Warning Folding Mirrors ...... 19 Keys...... 6 Leaving children in a vehicle with the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System . . . . . 8 Heated Mirrors ...... 19 ignition key is dangerous and children or Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Interior Mirrors Operation ...... 8 others could be seriously injured or killed. Interior Rearview Mirrors ...... 19 They could operate the power windows Remote Vehicle Start ...... 10 Manual Rearview Mirror ...... 19 Door Locks ...... 11 or other controls or make the vehicle Power Door Locks ...... 11 Windows move. The windows will function with Cargo Door Relocking ...... 11 Windows ...... 19 the keys in the ignition, and children or Delayed Locking ...... 12 Manual Windows ...... 19 others could be caught in the path of a Automatic Door Locks ...... 12 Power Windows ...... 20 closing window. Do not leave children in Lockout Protection ...... 12 Swing-Out Windows ...... 20 a vehicle with the ignition key. Safety Locks ...... 12 Enhanced Technology Glass ...... 21 Safety Locks ...... 12 Rear Windows ...... 21 Sun Visors ...... 21 Doors Side Door (60/40 Swing-Out) ...... 13 Sliding Door ...... 14 Rear Doors ...... 15 Vehicle Security Vehicle Security ...... 15 Vehicle Alarm System ...... 16 Immobilizer ...... 16 Immobilizer Operation ...... 17 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 7 replacement ignition keys have a small hole. { Warning See your dealer if a replacement key is If the key is unintentionally rotated while required. the vehicle is running, the ignition could The combination and size of the rings that be moved out of the RUN position. This came with your keys were specifically could be caused by heavy items hanging selected for your vehicle. The rings are from the key ring, or by large or long connected to the key like two links of a items attached to the key ring that could chain to reduce the risk of unintentionally be contacted by the driver or steering moving the key out of the RUN position. Do wheel. If the ignition moves out of the not add any additional items to the ring RUN position, the engine will shut off, attached to the ignition key. Attach braking and steering power assist may be additional items only to the second ring, impacted, and airbags may not deploy. and limit added items to a few essential Interference from radio-frequency To reduce the risk of unintentional keys or small, light items no larger than an identification (RFID) tags may prevent the rotation of the ignition key, do not RKE transmitter. key from starting the vehicle. Keep RFID change the way the ignition key and tags away from the key when starting the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter, vehicle. if equipped, are connected to the The key is used for the ignition, and all provided key rings. locks.

The ignition key and key rings, and RKE See your dealer if a replacement key or transmitter, if equipped, are designed to additional key is needed. work together as a system to reduce the If it becomes difficult to turn a key, inspect risk of unintentionally moving the key out the key blade for debris. Periodically clean of the RUN position. The ignition key has a with a brush or pick. small hole to allow attachment of the If locked out of the vehicle, see Roadside provided key ring. It is important that any Assistance Program 0 268. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

8 Keys, Doors, and Windows With an active OnStar or connected service Other conditions can affect the performance The interior lamps come on and stay on for plan, an OnStar Advisor may remotely of the transmitter. See Remote Keyless Entry 20 seconds or until the ignition is turned on. unlock the vehicle. See OnStar Overview (RKE) System 0 8. If enabled through the DIC, the parking 0 277. lamps flash twice to indicate unlocking has occurred. See Vehicle Personalization 0 86. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) j System : Press to unlock only the cargo doors. / See Radio Frequency Statement 0 273. : If equipped, press Q and then press and hold / for at least four seconds or If there is a decrease in the Remote Keyless until the turn signal lamps flash to start the Entry (RKE) operating range: engine from outside the vehicle using the . Check the distance. The transmitter may RKE transmitter. See Remote Vehicle Start be too far from the vehicle. 0 10. To turn on or off, see Vehicle . Check the location. Other vehicles or Personalization 0 86. objects may be blocking the signal. L : Press and release to initiate vehicle . Check the transmitter's battery. See With Remote Start, Without Similar locator. The turn signal lamps flash and the “Battery Replacement” later in this horn sounds three times. section. Q : Press once to lock all doors. If enabled . If the transmitter is still not working through the Driver Information Center (DIC), Press and hold L for more than correctly, see your dealer or a qualified the parking lamps flash once to indicate two seconds to sound the panic alarm. The technician for service. locking has occurred. turn signal lamps flash and the horn sounds repeatedly for 30 seconds. The alarm turns The horn may chirp when Q is pressed Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) off when the ignition is turned on or is again within five seconds. See Vehicle L System Operation Personalization 0 86. pressed again. The ignition must be off for the panic alarm to work. If equipped, the RKE transmitter functions K K : Press to unlock the driver door. If is If equipped with an RKE transmitter and work up to 60 m (197 ft) away from the pressed again within five seconds, all vehicle. OnStar, refer to “Theft Alarm Notification" in remaining doors unlock. OnStar Security 0 278. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 9 Programming Transmitters to the Vehicle Replace the battery if the DIC displays { Warning REPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY. Only RKE transmitters programmed to the vehicle will work. If a transmitter is lost or To avoid personal injury, do not touch stolen, a replacement can be purchased and metal surfaces on the RKE transmitter programmed through your dealer. When the when it has been exposed to extreme replacement transmitter is programmed to heat. These surfaces can be hot to the the vehicle, all remaining transmitters must touch at temperatures above 59 °C also be programmed. Any lost or stolen (138 °F). transmitters no longer work once the new transmitter is programmed. Each vehicle can have up to four transmitters programmed Caution to it. When replacing the battery, do not touch Battery Replacement any of the circuitry on the transmitter. Static from your body could damage the transmitter. { Warning To replace the battery: Never allow children to play with the RKE 1. Separate the transmitter with a flat, thin transmitter. The transmitter contains a Caution object, such as a flat head screwdriver. small battery, which can be a choking Always replace the battery with the . Carefully insert the tool into the hazard. If swallowed, internal burns can correct type. Replacing the battery with notch located along the parting line occur, resulting in severe injury or death. an incorrect type could potentially create of the transmitter. Do not insert the Seek medical attention immediately if a a risk of battery explosion. Dispose of tool too far. Stop as soon as battery is swallowed. used batteries according to instructions resistance is felt. and local laws. Do not attempt to burn, . Twist the tool until the transmitter is crush, or cut the used battery, and avoid separated. exposing the battery to environments 2. Remove the old battery. Do not use a with extremely low air pressures or high metal object. temperatures. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

10 Keys, Doors, and Windows 3. Insert the new battery, positive side / : This button will be on the RKE If the remote start procedure is used again facing down. Replace with a CR2032 or transmitter if the vehicle has remote start. before the first 10-minute time frame has equivalent battery. ended, the first 10 minutes will immediately To start the engine using the remote start 4. Snap the transmitter back together. expire and the second 10-minute time frame feature: will start. Remote Vehicle Start 1. Press and release Q on the transmitter. After the engine has been remote started This vehicle may have a remote start 2. Immediately press and hold / until the two times or a start with an extension, the feature. This feature allows you to start the turn signal lamps flash. If you cannot see ignition must be turned on and then off engine from outside the vehicle. It may also the lamps, press and hold / for at least before the remote start procedure can be start the vehicle's heating or air conditioning four seconds. used again. 0 systems. See Climate Control Systems 119. When the engine starts, the parking To cancel a remote start do any of the Laws in some local communities may restrict lamps will turn on and remain on while following: the use of remote starters. For example, the engine is running. The doors will be . Press and hold / until the parking lamps some laws may require a person using locked. turn off. remote start to have the vehicle in view The engine will continue to run for . Turn on the hazard warning flashers. when doing so. Check local regulations for 10 minutes. After 30 seconds, repeat the . Turn the ignition on and then off. any requirements on remote starting of steps if a 10-minute extension is desired. vehicles. Remote start can be extended only once. The remote vehicle start feature will not operate if: Do not use the remote start feature if the After entering the vehicle during a remote . The key is in the ignition. vehicle is low on fuel. The vehicle may run start, turn the ignition on to drive the out of fuel. vehicle. . The hood is open. . The hazard warning flashers are on. The RKE transmitter range may be less while A maximum of two remote starts or a start the vehicle is running. with an extension are allowed between . There is an emission control system malfunction. See Malfunction Indicator Other conditions can affect the performance ignition cycles. Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 76. of the transmitter. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System 0 8. . The engine coolant temperature is too high. . The oil pressure is low. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 11 . The vehicle is not in park. Warning (Continued) Power Door Locks . Two remote starts or a start with an extension have already been provided. . Outsiders can easily enter through an unlocked door when you slow down To turn on or off, see Vehicle Personalization or stop the vehicle. Locking the doors 0 86. can help prevent this from happening. Door Locks

{ Warning . Passengers, especially children, can easily open the doors and fall out of a moving vehicle. When a door is locked, the handle will not open it. The chance of being thrown out of the vehicle in a crash is increased if the If equipped, press T to lock or unlock the doors are not locked. So, all doors. passengers should wear seat belts When a door is locked, the inside door properly and the doors should be handle will not work. locked whenever the vehicle is driven. . Young children who get into unlocked To lock the door from the inside, slide the Cargo Door Relocking vehicles may be unable to get out. manual lever on the door down. To unlock the door, slide the manual lever up. If the cargo door is open when the lock A child can be overcome by extreme button is pressed on the door or the heat and can suffer permanent injuries From the outside, use the key. RKE transmitter, all doors will lock except or even death from heat stroke. If the vehicle is equipped with Keyless Entry, the cargo door. The cargo door will lock Always lock the vehicle whenever see Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System immediately when it is closed or when the leaving it. Operation 0 8. delayed locking feature functions. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

12 Keys, Doors, and Windows Delayed Locking If the power lock switch is pressed when Move the button to the right for the either the driver, passenger, or rear door is passenger side door to return the door locks When locking the doors with the power lock open, all the doors will lock and then the to normal operation. switch and a door open, the doors will lock driver door will unlock. This feature does not five seconds after the last door is closed. The include the side cargo door. horn chirps to signal that the delayed locking feature is in use. If the vehicle has an ambulance package, this feature is disabled. Pressing e or Q on the RKE transmitter will override the delayed locking feature and Safety Locks immediately lock all the doors. Security locks are located on the front This feature will not operate if the key is in portion of the 60/40 side swing-out door or the ignition. the side sliding door. This feature can be programmed using the Driver Information Center (DIC). See “DELAY DOOR LOCK” in Vehicle Personalization 0 86. Side Sliding Door Automatic Door Locks For the side sliding door, move the button The vehicle may have an automatic lock/ up to engage the security feature. Move the unlock feature. This feature can be button down to return the door locks to programmed using the Driver Information normal operation. Center (DIC). See Vehicle Personalization 0 86. Safety Locks Security locks are located on the front Lockout Protection portion of the 60/40 side swing-out door or This feature protects you from locking the 60/40 Swing-Out Side Door - Passenger Side. the side sliding door. key in the vehicle when the key is in the For the 60/40 side swing-out door, move the ignition and a door is open. button to the left for the passenger side door to engage the security feature. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 13 Doors Side Door (60/40 Swing-Out)

60/40 Swing-Out Side Door — Passenger Side Side Sliding Door For the 60/40 side swing-out door, move the For the side sliding door, move the button button to the left for the passenger side up to engage the security feature. Move the door to engage the security feature. button down to return the door locks to To open the front portion of a 60/40 door normal operation. Move the button to the right for the from the outside, pull out on the handle and passenger side door to return the door locks open the door. to normal operation. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

14 Keys, Doors, and Windows To open the rear portion of a 60/40 door Sliding Door from the outside, pull the handle on the side of the rear door and pull the door toward you. To close the 60/40 side doors, close the rear door first. Then close the front door. Check to make sure that both doors are completely closed. The swing-out doors have a check strap assembly in the door frame to keep the door from opening beyond 90 degrees. To open the door beyond 90 degrees, close To open the front portion of a 60/40 door the door partially, pull the check strap from the inside, pull the handle toward you toward you and then open the door. When and push the door open. To open the sliding side door from the the door is closed, the check strap will outside, pull the handle toward the rear of automatically re-engage. the vehicle and slide the door open. To close the sliding side door from the outside, use the handle to slide the door toward the front of the vehicle. When the door is closed, it will be flush with the side of the body. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 15 Rear Doors To open the rear doors from the outside, pull the handle toward you to open the { Warning passenger side rear door first. Unlocked doors can be dangerous. . Passengers, especially children, can easily open the doors and fall out of a moving vehicle. The doors can be unlocked and opened while the vehicle is moving. The chance of being thrown out of the vehicle in a crash is increased if the doors are not locked. So, all passengers should wear seat To open the sliding side door from the belts properly and the doors should be inside, pull the handle toward the rear of locked whenever the vehicle is driven. the vehicle. Then, slide the door toward the rear of the vehicle. . Young children who get into unlocked vehicles may be unable to get out. To open the driver side rear door, pull the To close the sliding side door from the A child can be overcome by extreme latch release at the inside edge of the door. inside, grasp the handle and slide the door heat and can suffer permanent injuries To close the rear doors, close the driver side toward the front of the vehicle. or even death from heat stroke. rear door first. Then close the passenger side Make sure the door is completely closed Always lock the vehicle whenever rear door. Check to make sure both doors before driving away. leaving it. are completely closed. . Outsiders can easily enter through an unlocked door when you slow down Vehicle Security or stop the vehicle. Locking the doors can help prevent this from happening. This vehicle has theft-deterrent features; however, they do not make the vehicle impossible to steal. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

16 Keys, Doors, and Windows Vehicle Alarm System Disarming the Alarm System Theft Alarm Notification This vehicle has an anti-theft alarm system. To disarm the alarm system or turn off the To enable e-mail or text notification, see alarm if it has been activated: “Theft Alarm Notification” in OnStar Security Arming the Alarm System 0 . Press K on the RKE transmitter. 278. 1. Close the side door/rear doors and the . Start the vehicle. Testing the Alarm hood. Turn off the vehicle. To avoid setting off the alarm by accident: 2. Lock the vehicle in one of two ways: To test the alarm: . Lock the vehicle after all occupants have . Use the RKE transmitter. 1. Lower the driver window and open the left the vehicle and all doors are closed. driver door. . With a door open, press the . Always unlock a door with the RKE 2. Press Q on the RKE transmitter. inside Q. transmitter. 3. After 30 seconds the alarm system will 3. Close the door and wait for a few Unlocking the driver door with the key will seconds. arm. Pressing Q on the RKE transmitter not disarm the system or turn off the alarm. a second time will bypass the 30-second 4. Reach in through the open window, delay and immediately arm the alarm How to Detect a Tamper Condition unlock the door with the manual door system. lock, and open the door. If K is pressed and the horn chirps and the The vehicle alarm system will not arm if the lights flash three times, the alarm was This should set off the alarm. doors are locked with the key or the manual activated while the alarm system was If the alarm does not sound when it door lock. armed. should but the lamps flash, check to see if the horn works. The horn fuse may be The alarm will also be activated if a If the alarm system has been activated, and passenger door, side door, rear door, or the blown. To replace the fuse, see Fuses and allowed to complete an event Circuit Breakers 0 205. hood is opened without first disarming the (approximately one minute), a message will system. When the alarm is activated, the appear on the Driver Information Center Immobilizer turn signals flash and the horn sounds for (DIC) the next time the vehicle is started. about 30 seconds. The alarm system will See Radio Frequency Statement 0 273. then re-arm to monitor for the next unauthorized event. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 17 Immobilizer Operation It is possible for the PASS-Key III+ decoder to The security message will turn off once learn the transponder value of a new or the key has been programmed. It may This vehicle is equipped with the ® replacement key. Up to eight keys may be not be apparent that the security PASS-Key III+ (Personalized Automotive programmed for the vehicle. This procedure message went on due to how quickly Security System) theft-deterrent system. is for learning additional keys only. If all the the key is programmed. PASS-Key III+ is a passive theft deterrent currently programmed keys are lost or do 5. Repeat Steps 1–4 if additional keys are to system. not operate, you must see your dealer or a be programmed. The system is automatically armed when locksmith who can service PASS-Key III+ to If you lose or damage a PASS-Key III+ key, the key is removed from the ignition. have keys made and programmed to the system. see your dealer or a locksmith who can You do not have to manually arm or disarm service PASS-Key III+ to have a new the system. See your dealer or a locksmith who can key made. service PASS-Key III+ to get a new key blank The security light will come on if there is a that is cut exactly as the ignition key that Do not leave the key or device that disarms problem with arming or disarming the operates the system. or deactivates the theft-deterrent system in theft-deterrent system. the vehicle. To program the new key: If the engine does not start and the security light comes on, the key may have a 1. Verify the new key has 1 stamped Exterior Mirrors damaged transponder. Turn the ignition off on it. and try again. 2. Insert the original, already programmed Convex Mirrors If the engine still does not start, and the key into the ignition lock cylinder and key appears to be undamaged, try another start the engine. If the engine will not { Warning ignition key. If the engine still does not start, see your dealer for service. A convex mirror can make things, like start with the other key, the vehicle needs 3. After the engine has started, turn the other vehicles, look farther away than service. If the vehicle does start, the first ignition off and remove the key. they really are. If you cut too sharply key may be faulty. See your dealer or a 4. Insert the key to be programmed and into the next lane, you could hit a vehicle locksmith who can service the PASS-Key III+ turn the ignition on within 10 seconds of that is driving next to you. Check the to have a new key made. removing the previous key. inside mirror or glance over your shoulder before changing lanes. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

18 Keys, Doors, and Windows If equipped, the lower portion of the driver Trailer-Tow Mirrors Power Mirrors and passenger side mirror is convex. A convex mirror's surface is curved so more can be seen from the driver seat. The convex mirror can be adjusted manually to the driver preferred position for better vision. Manual Mirrors Adjust the mirrors by moving the mirror up and down and left and right. The mirrors can be manually folded in or out.

On the lower portion of each mirror is an Vehicles with towing mirrors can be If equipped with power mirrors, select each auxiliary convex mirror. A convex mirror's adjusted manually for a clear view of the mirror by turning the knob clockwise for the surface is curved so you can see more from objects behind you. passenger side mirror or counterclockwise the driver seat. The auxiliary convex mirrors On the lower portion of each mirror there is for the driver side mirror. The center can be adjusted manually by moving the position is neutral. mirror. an auxiliary convex mirror that can be adjusted manually to provide an extended Adjust the mirror angle by moving the knob field of view. in the desired direction. The auxiliary convex The mirrors can be manually folded mirrors can only be adjusted manually. in or out. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 19 Folding Mirrors Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the Windows mirror. Use a soft towel dampened with Manual Folding Mirrors water. { Warning The mirrors can be folded inward toward Manual Rearview Mirror the vehicle to prevent damage when going Never leave a child, a helpless adult, or a through an automatic car wash. Push the Push the tab forward for daytime use and pet alone in a vehicle, especially with the mirror outward to return it to the original pull it rearward for nighttime use to avoid windows closed in warm or hot weather. position. glare of the headlamps from behind. They can be overcome by the extreme heat and suffer permanent injuries or Side Blind Zone Alert Backup Video Manual Mirror even death from heat stroke. The vehicle may have Side Blind Zone Alert. If equipped, this manual dimming mirror See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) 0 155. provides a camera view of the area behind the vehicle. The video display feature comes Heated Mirrors on when the vehicle is shifted in R (Reverse), For vehicles with heated mirrors: and turns off when the vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse). 1 : Press to heat the mirrors. Troubleshooting An indicator light in the button lights when the outside heated mirrors are activated. If the vehicle is in R (Reverse) and a blue screen is displayed in the mirror and then See “Rear Window Defogger” under Climate the display shuts off, see your dealer for Control Systems 0 119. service. 0 Interior Mirrors See Rear Vision Camera (RVC) 152. Manual Windows Interior Rearview Mirrors Operate the manual windows by turning the Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear view hand crank on each door to raise or lower of the area behind the vehicle. the side door windows. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

20 Keys, Doors, and Windows Power Windows The windows may be temporarily disabled if To open the side door swing-out window, they are used repeatedly within a pull up on the latch at the edge of the { Warning short time. window. Swing the window out and push down on the latch to lock the window into Children could be seriously injured or Express-Down place. killed if caught in the path of a closing The driver window switch has an To close the window, pull the latch toward window. Never leave keys in a vehicle express-down feature that allows the you and push down on the latch to lock it. with children. See Keys 0 6. window to be lowered without holding the switch. Press fully and release the switch marked AUTO to activate the express-down mode. This mode can be canceled at any time by pulling up on the switch. To open the window part way, lightly tap the switch until the window is at the desired position. Swing-Out Windows

Rear Swing‐Out Windows If equipped, power windows work when the The vehicle also has rear swing‐out ignition is on, in ACC/ACCESSORY, or when windows. The rear swing-out windows work Retained Accessory Power (RAP) is active. the same way as the side swing‐out See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 138. window, but the latch is located at the Using the window switch, press to open or bottom edge of the window. pull to close the window. Side Swing-Out Window Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 21 Enhanced Technology Glass Rear Windows The vehicle may be equipped with Enhanced Rear Side Door Windows (Cargo Technology Glass (ETG). ETG is part of the Van Only) overall occupant protection system on cargo vans with five seating positions and { Warning passenger vans. ETG may help keep passengers sitting next to these fixed The vehicle may have a partition behind windows from being ejected through the the front seats or vertical metal panels glass in some, but not all crashes. Even with on the inside of the rear side door this glass, seat belts must still be worn at windows. These are part of the occupant all times. protection system. Do not remove them. Use only ETG glass approved for the vehicle for replacement when damaged. Cargo vans Sun Visors with five seating positions and passenger To block out glare, swing down the sun vans will have ETG glass in the rear-most visors. You can also swing them to the side. side windows and laminated glass in the forward window of the sliding door, Visor Vanity Mirror if equipped. Long wheelbase cargo vans that The vehicle may have visor vanity mirrors, do not have five seating positions may also with or without lamps. Lift the mirror cover have ETG in the rear-most side windows. to turn the lamps on, if equipped. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

22 Seats and Restraints What Will You See after an Airbag Head Restraints Seats and Restraints Inflates? ...... 41 Airbag On-Off Switch ...... 42 On vehicles with factory installed seats, the Head Restraints Servicing the Airbag-Equipped front seats have built-in head restraints that Head Restraints ...... 22 Vehicle ...... 44 are not adjustable in the outboard seating Front Seats Adding Equipment to the positions. Seat Adjustment ...... 22 Airbag-Equipped Vehicle ...... 45 Power Seat Adjustment ...... 23 Airbag System Check ...... 45 Front Seats Reclining Seatbacks ...... 23 Replacing Airbag System Parts after a Crash ...... 45 Seat Adjustment Rear Seats Rear Seats ...... 24 Child Restraints Older Children ...... 46 { Warning Seat Belts Infants and Young Children ...... 47 You can lose control of the vehicle if you Seat Belts ...... 28 Child Restraint Systems ...... 49 try to adjust a driver seat while the How to Wear Seat Belts Properly ...... 29 Where to Put the Restraint ...... 51 vehicle is moving. Adjust the driver seat Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 31 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children only when the vehicle is not moving. Seat Belt Use During Pregnancy ...... 35 (LATCH System) ...... 52 Seat Belt Extender ...... 35 Replacing LATCH System Parts After a Safety System Check ...... 35 Crash ...... 58 Seat Belt Care ...... 36 Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Replacing Seat Belt System Parts after a Belt in the Rear Seat) ...... 58 Crash ...... 36 Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Front Seat) ...... 60 Airbag System Airbag System ...... 36 Where Are the Airbags? ...... 38 When Should an Airbag Inflate? ...... 40 What Makes an Airbag Inflate? ...... 40 How Does an Airbag Restrain? ...... 41 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Seats and Restraints 23 Reclining Seatbacks

{ Warning If either seatback is not locked, it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash. That could cause injury to the person sitting there. Always push and pull on the seatbacks to be sure they are locked.

To adjust the seat: To adjust a power seat, if available, use the 1. Lift the bar under the front edge of the controls on the front of the seat: seat cushion to unlock the seat. . Move the center knob to the right or left 2. Slide the seat to the desired position and to move the seat forward or rearward. release the bar. . Move the center knob up or down to 3. Try to move the seat back and forth to raise or lower the seat. be sure the seat is locked in place. . Move the right or left lever up or down to raise or lower the front or rear of the Power Seat Adjustment seat cushion. { To recline the seatback: Warning 1. Lift the lever on the inboard side of The power seats will work with the the seat. ignition off. Children could operate the 2. Move the seatback to the desired power seats and be injured. Never leave position, and then release the lever to children alone in the vehicle. lock the seatback in place. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

24 Seats and Restraints 3. Push and pull on the seatback to make Rear Seats sure it is locked. Warning (Continued) To return the seatback to the upright For proper protection when the vehicle is Removing the Rear Seat position: in motion, have the seatback upright. Disconnect the mini-latch plates for the 1. Lift the lever fully without applying Then sit well back in the seat and wear lap-shoulder belts on the bench seat to be pressure to the seatback, and the the seat belt properly. removed. seatback will return to the upright position. 2. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked.

{ Warning Sitting in a reclined position when the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the seat belts cannot do their job. The shoulder belt will not be against your body. Instead, it will be in front of 1. To do this, press the tip of a key into you. In a crash, you could go into it, Do not have a seatback reclined if the vehicle is moving. the release hole of the seat belt buckle receiving neck or other injuries. while pulling up on the seat belt. The lap belt could go up over your 2. Locate the pins. abdomen. The belt forces would be there, On a three-passenger seat there are not at your pelvic bones. This could cause two pins on the inboard sides of the rear serious internal injuries. seats. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Seats and Restraints 25 On a four-passenger seat, each half of the seat has a set of pins. The left side has a set marked “L”, and the right side has a set marked “R”. If the vehicle is equipped with a vinyl floor covering, the pins are under a flap that has been cut into the vinyl. 3. If equipped, release the pin from the lock ring by pushing down on the top of the ring and lifting the lock tab from the ring. 4. Pull the pin handle up to disengage the Carpet Floor Covering Carpet Floor Covering pin from the retaining clip, and then pull the pin out. 5. Repeat this procedure for the other pins. 6. Pull the seat rearward about 5 cm (2 in), and then lift the seat from the floor rails. 7. Remove the seat from the vehicle.

Vinyl Floor Covering Vinyl Floor Covering The left side pin has a gray cap with a The right side pin has a black cap with a black “L” marked on it. white “R” marked on it. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

26 Seats and Restraints For the last row of seats, stow the seat 1. Position the seat into the open slots in belt latch plate on the clip at the both rails. Push the seat forward in the window trim. Roll the mini-latch into the rail, hooking both seat bases onto the seat belt webbing and then hook the pins inside of the rails. seat belt latch plate on the clip. 2. Locate the hole in the rail to install the Reinstalling the Rear Seats locking pins at the rear of the seat base. If the vehicle is equipped with a vinyl { floor covering, pull the flap that has Warning been cut into the vinyl. A seat that is not locked into place 3. Insert the locking pins into the seat base properly can move around in a collision and push the seat to line up the pins or sudden stop. People in the vehicle with the base. could be injured. Be sure to lock the seat 8. For the second and third row seats, stow On a three-passenger seat, the pin with the seat belt latch by attaching the clip into place properly when installing it. the black cap marked “R” must be on the seat belt latch to the trim just installed on the right side and the pin inside the side door. with the gray cap marked “L” must be { Warning installed on the left side. A seat belt that is improperly routed, not On a four-passenger seat, the pins properly attached, or twisted will not marked “R” must be installed on the half provide the protection needed in a crash. of the seat on the right side. The pins The person wearing the belt could be marked “L” must be installed on the half seriously injured. After raising the rear of the seat on the left side. seatback, always check to be sure that the seat belts are properly routed and attached, and are not twisted. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Seats and Restraints 27 4. Push the pin(s) marked “R” down until they are in the retaining clip. If equipped with a locking ring, ensure the ring is open, place the pin inside the ring, and secure the pin with the lock ring. 5. Pull on the pin to ensure the lock ring is closed.

Carpet Floor Covering Vinyl Floor Covering 6. Push the pin(s) marked “L” down until they are in the retaining clip. If equipped with a locking ring, ensure the ring is open, place the pin inside the ring, and secure the pin with the lock ring. 7. Pull on the pin to ensure the lock ring is Carpet Floor Covering closed. 8. If the vehicle is equipped with a vinyl floor covering, put the vinyl back to its original position. 9. Repeat this procedure for the other seat base. Vinyl Floor Covering Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

28 Seats and Restraints 10. Connect the mini-latch plates for the When riding in a vehicle, you travel as fast lap-shoulder belts by inserting the latch Warning (Continued) as the vehicle does. If the vehicle stops plates into the mini-buckles attached at areas are more likely to be seriously suddenly, you keep going until something the outboard positions of the bench seat. injured or killed. Do not allow passengers stops you. It could be the windshield, the Do not twist the belts. to ride in any area of the vehicle that is instrument panel, or the seat belts! 11. Check that all locking pins are locked not equipped with seats and seat belts. When you wear a seat belt, you and the into place before operating the vehicle. Always wear a seat belt, and check that vehicle slow down together. There is more all passenger(s) are restrained time to stop because you stop over a longer distance and, when worn properly, your Seat Belts properly too. strongest bones take the forces from the This section describes how to use seat belts seat belts. That is why wearing seat belts properly, and some things not to do. This vehicle has indicators as a reminder to buckle the seat belts. See Seat Belt makes such good sense. 0 { Warning Reminders 74. Questions and Answers About Seat Belts Do not let anyone ride where a seat belt Why Seat Belts Work Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle after a cannot be worn properly. In a crash, crash if I am wearing a seat belt? if you or your passenger(s) are not A: You could be — whether you are wearing seat belts, injuries can be much wearing a seat belt or not. Your chance worse than if you are wearing seat belts. of being conscious during and after a You can be seriously injured or killed by crash, so you can unbuckle and get out, hitting things inside the vehicle harder or is much greater if you are belted. by being ejected from the vehicle. In addition, anyone who is not buckled up can strike other passengers in the vehicle. It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area, inside or outside of a vehicle. In a collision, passengers riding in these (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Seats and Restraints 29 Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why should I . Wear the shoulder belt over the shoulder have to wear seat belts? and across the chest. These parts of the body are best able to take belt A: Airbags are supplemental systems only. restraining forces. The shoulder belt locks They work with seat belts — not instead if there is a sudden stop or crash. of them. Whether or not an airbag is provided, all occupants still have to buckle up to get the most protection. { Warning Also, in nearly all states and in all You can be seriously injured, or even Canadian provinces, the law requires killed, by not wearing your seat belt wearing seat belts. properly. How to Wear Seat Belts Properly . Sit up straight and always keep your feet Follow these rules for everyone's protection. on the floor in front of you (if possible). There are additional things to know about . Always use the correct buckle for your seat belts and children, including smaller seating position. children and infants. If a child will be riding . Wear the lap part of the belt low and in the vehicle, see Older Children 0 46 or 0 snug on the hips, just touching the Infants and Young Children 47. Review thighs. In a crash, this applies force to the and follow the rules for children in addition strong pelvic bones and you would be to the following rules. less likely to slide under the lap belt. It is very important for all occupants to If you slid under it, the belt would apply buckle up. Statistics show that unbelted force on your abdomen. This could cause people are hurt more often in crashes than serious or even fatal injuries. those who are wearing seat belts. There are important things to know about wearing a seat belt properly. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

30 Seats and Restraints

Never allow the lap or shoulder belt to Never wear the shoulder belt under both Never route the lap or shoulder belt over an become loose or twisted. arms or behind your back. armrest.

{ Warning The seat belt can be pinched if it is routed under plastic trim on the seat, such as trim around the rear seatback folding handle or side airbag. In a crash, pinched seat belts might not be able to provide adequate protection. Never allow seat belts to be routed under plastic trim pieces.

Always use the correct buckle for your seating position. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Seats and Restraints 31 Lap-Shoulder Belt position on the seat, move the seat Adjuster” later in this section for rearward or recline the seat until the instructions on use and important safety All seating positions in the vehicle have a shoulder belt retractor lock releases. information. lap-shoulder belt. If you are using a rear seating position with a detachable seat belt and the seat belt is not attached, see “Reinstalling the Rear Seats” under Rear Seats 0 24 for instructions on reconnecting the seat belt to the mini-buckle. The following instructions explain how to wear a lap-shoulder belt properly. 1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is adjustable, so you can sit up straight. To see how, see “Seats” in the Index. 2. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you. Do not let it get twisted. 3. Push the latch plate into the buckle until 5. To make the lap part tight, pull up on The lap-shoulder belt may lock if you it clicks. the shoulder belt. pull the belt across you very quickly. If this happens, let the belt go back Pull up on the latch plate to make sure It may be necessary to pull stitching on it is secure. If the belt is not long the seat belt through the latch plate to slightly to unlock it. Then pull the belt 0 across you more slowly. enough, see Seat Belt Extender 35. fully tighten the lap belt on smaller occupants. If the shoulder portion of a passenger Position the release button on the buckle belt is pulled out all the way, the child so that the seat belt could be quickly restraint locking feature may be unbuckled if necessary. engaged. See Child Restraint Systems 4. If equipped with a shoulder belt height 0 49. If this occurs, let the belt go back adjuster, move it to the height that is all the way and start again. If the right for you. See “Seat belt Height locking feature stays engaged after letting the belt go back to stowed Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

32 Seats and Restraints Before a door is closed, be sure the seat belt Squeeze both sides of the release button is out of the way. If a door is slammed and pull outward. Then move the height against a seat belt, damage can occur to adjuster up or down to the desired position both the seat belt and the vehicle. and release the button. Seat Belt Height Adjuster After the adjuster is set to the desired position, try to move it up or down without The vehicle has a seat belt height adjuster squeezing the release button to make sure it for the driver and front outboard passenger has locked into position. positions. Adjust the height so the shoulder portion of Seat Belt Pretensioners the belt is on the shoulder and not falling If the vehicle has seat-mounted side impact off of it. The belt should be close to, but not airbags and roof-rail airbags, it also has seat To unlatch the belt, push the button on the contacting, the neck. Improper shoulder belt belt pretensioners for the front outboard buckle. The belt should return to its stowed height adjustment could reduce the occupants. position. Slide the latch plate up the seat effectiveness of the seat belt in a crash. See 0 Although the seat belt pretensioners cannot belt webbing when the seat belt is not in How to Wear Seat Belts Properly 29. be seen, they are part of the seat belt use. The latch plate should rest on the assembly. They can help tighten the seat stitching on the seat belt, near the guide belts during the early stages of a moderate loop on the side wall. to severe frontal, near frontal, or rear crash Always stow the seat belt slowly. If the seat if the threshold conditions for pretensioner belt webbing returns quickly to the stowed activation are met. And, if the vehicle has position, the retractor may lock and cannot roof-rail airbags, seat belt pretensioners can be pulled out. If this happens, pull the seat help tighten the seat belts in a side crash or belt straight out firmly to unlock the a rollover event. webbing, and then release it. If the webbing is still locked in the retractor, see your dealer. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Seats and Restraints 33 Pretensioners work only once. If the outboard seating positions of the pretensioners activate in a crash, the four-passenger bench seats. For these pretensioners and probably other parts of seating positions, the adjustable comfort the vehicle’s seat belt system will need to guide attaches to a loop on the outboard be replaced. See Replacing Seat Belt System side of the seatback. 0 Parts after a Crash 36. Comfort Guide Installation and Removal Do not sit on the outboard seat belt while (Pocket Style) entering or exiting the vehicle or at any To install: time while sitting in the seat. Sitting on the seat belt can damage the webbing and hardware. Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides The comfort guides for the right rear This vehicle may have rear seat belt comfort outboard seating positions of guides. The guides may provide added seat three-passenger bench seats are stored in a belt comfort for older children who have pocket on the side of the seatback. outgrown booster seats and for some adults. When installed and properly adjusted, the comfort guide positions the shoulder belt away from the neck and head.

1. Locate the guide in a pocket on the side of the seatback.

Adjustable comfort guides are available through your dealer for the left rear outboard seating positions of the three-passenger bench seats and for the Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

34 Seats and Restraints 3. Be sure that the belt is not twisted and 4. Buckle, position, and release the seat it lies flat. The elastic cord must be belt as described previously in this behind the belt with the plastic guide on section. Make sure that the shoulder belt the front. crosses the shoulder. The belt should be close to, but not contacting, the neck. { Warning To remove and store the comfort guide, A seat belt that is not properly worn squeeze the belt edges together so that the may not provide the protection needed in seat belt can be removed from the guide. a crash. The person wearing the belt Slide the guide back into its storage pocket could be seriously injured. The shoulder on the side of the seatback. belt should go over the shoulder and Comfort Guide Installation and Removal across the chest. These parts of the body (Adjustable Style) 2. Place the guide over the belt, and insert are best able to take belt restraining the two edges of the belt into the slots forces. { Warning of the guide. A seat belt that is not properly worn may not provide the protection needed in a crash. The person wearing the belt could be seriously injured. The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest. These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Seats and Restraints 35 But if a seat belt is not long enough, your dealer will order you an extender. When you go in to order it, take the heaviest coat you will wear, so the extender will be long enough for you. To help avoid personal injury, do not let someone else use it, and use it only for the seat it is made to fit. The extender has been designed for adults. Never use it for securing child restraints. For more information on the proper use and fit of seat belt extenders see the instruction sheet that comes with the extender. Adjustable comfort guides are available A pregnant woman should wear a Safety System Check through your dealer for the left rear lap-shoulder belt, and the lap portion should outboard seating positions of the be worn as low as possible, below the Periodically check the seat belt reminder, three-passenger bench seats and for the rounding, throughout the pregnancy. seat belts, buckles, latch plates, retractors, outboard seating positions of the shoulder belt height adjusters (if equipped), The best way to protect the fetus is to and seat belt anchorages to make sure they four-passenger bench seats. Instructions are protect the mother. When a seat belt is included with the guides. are all in working order. Look for any other worn properly, it is more likely that the loose or damaged seat belt system parts Seat Belt Use During Pregnancy fetus will not be hurt in a crash. For that might keep a seat belt system from pregnant women, as for anyone, the key to performing properly. See your dealer to Seat belts work for everyone, including making seat belts effective is wearing them have it repaired. Torn, frayed, or twisted pregnant women. Like all occupants, they properly. seat belts may not protect you in a crash. are more likely to be seriously injured if Torn or frayed seat belts can rip apart under they do not wear seat belts. Seat Belt Extender impact forces. If a belt is torn or frayed, If the vehicle's seat belt will fasten around have it replaced immediately. If a belt is you, you should use it. twisted, it may be possible to untwist by Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

36 Seats and Restraints reversing the latch plate on the webbing. New parts and repairs may be necessary If the twist cannot be corrected, ask your Warning (Continued) even if the seat belt system was not being dealer to fix it. provide adequate protection. Clean and used at the time of the crash. Make sure the seat belt reminder light is rinse seat belt webbing only with mild Have the seat belt pretensioners checked if working. See Seat Belt Reminders 0 74. soap and lukewarm water. Allow the the vehicle has been in a crash, or if the webbing to dry. Keep seat belts clean and dry. See Seat Belt airbag readiness light stays on after you Care 0 36. start the vehicle or while you are driving. Replacing Seat Belt System Parts See Airbag Readiness Light 0 74. Seat Belt Care after a Crash Keep belts clean and dry. Airbag System { Warning Seat belts should be properly cared for and The vehicle has the following airbag: maintained. A crash can damage the seat belt system . A frontal airbag for the driver in the vehicle. A damaged seat belt Seat belt hardware should be kept dry and The vehicle may have the following airbags: system may not properly protect the free of dust or debris. As necessary, exterior . A frontal airbag for the front outboard person using it, resulting in serious injury hard surfaces and seat belt webbing may be passenger lightly cleaned with mild soap and water. or even death in a crash. To help make sure the seat belt systems are working . A seat-mounted side impact airbag for the Ensure there is not excessive dust or debris driver in the mechanism. If dust or debris exists in properly after a crash, have them . A seat-mounted side impact airbag for the the system please see the dealer. Parts may inspected and any necessary front outboard passenger need to be replaced to ensure proper replacements made as soon as possible. functionality of the system. Seat-mounted side impact airbags are After a minor crash, replacement of seat only available on vehicles equipped with { Warning belts may not be necessary. But the seat roof-rail airbags. belt assemblies that were used during any . A roof-rail airbag for the driver on vans Do not bleach or dye seat belt webbing. crash may have been stressed or damaged. with single row seating It may severely weaken the webbing. In See your dealer to have the seat belt a crash, they might not be able to . A roof-rail airbag for the front outboard assemblies inspected or replaced. passenger on vans with single row (Continued) seating Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Seats and Restraints 37 . A roof-rail airbag for the driver and the front outboard passenger. If the van is Airbags are designed to supplement the passenger seated directly behind the equipped with a 60/40 swing-out door, a protection provided by seat belts. Even driver on vans with two row seating single roof-rail airbag covers all three though today’s airbags are also designed to . A roof-rail airbag for the front outboard seating positions. help reduce the risk of injury from the force passenger and the passenger seated Additionally: of an inflating airbag, all airbags must directly behind the front outboard inflate very quickly to do their job. . Vehicles that have a raised or modified passenger on vans with two row seating roof — such as school buses, ambulances, Here are the most important things to know If the van is equipped with a sliding door, vehicles with adaptive equipment for about the airbag system: the roof-rail airbag for the front outboard mobility, and recreational vehicles — may passenger is separate from the roof-rail or may not be equipped with roof-rail { Warning airbag for the passenger seated directly airbags. You can be severely injured or killed in a behind the front outboard passenger. . Vehicles with a GVWR above 4 536 kg If the van is equipped with a 60/40 crash if you are not wearing your seat (10,000 lb) may be equipped with belt, even with airbags. Airbags are swing-out door, a single roof-rail airbag roof-rail airbags. covers both seating positions. designed to work with seat belts, not replace them. Also, airbags are not . A roof-rail airbag for the driver and the All vehicle airbags have the word AIRBAG on second and third row passengers seated the trim or on an attached label near the designed to inflate in every crash. In directly behind the driver on vans with deployment opening. some crashes seat belts are the only three or more seating rows For frontal airbags, the word AIRBAG is on restraint. See When Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 40. . A roof-rail airbag for the front outboard the center of the steering wheel for the passenger and the second and third row driver and on the instrument panel for the Wearing your seat belt during a crash passengers seated directly behind the front outboard passenger. helps reduce your chance of hitting front outboard passenger on vans with For seat-mounted side impact airbags, the things inside the vehicle or being ejected three or more seating rows word AIRBAG is on the side of the seatback from it. Airbags are “supplemental If the van is equipped with a sliding door, or side of the seat closest to the door. restraints” to the seat belts. Everyone in the roof-rail airbag for the front outboard For roof-rail airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the vehicle should wear a seat belt passenger is separate from the roof-rail the ceiling or trim. properly, whether or not there is an airbag for the second and third row airbag for that person. passengers seated directly behind the Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

38 Seats and Restraints

{ Warning { Warning Where Are the Airbags? Because airbags inflate with great force Children who are up against, or very and faster than the blink of an eye, close to, any airbag when it inflates can anyone who is up against, or very close be seriously injured or killed. Always to, any airbag when it inflates can be secure children properly in the vehicle. To seriously injured or killed. Do not sit read how, see Older Children 0 46 or unnecessarily close to any airbag, as you Infants and Young Children 0 47. would be if sitting on the edge of the seat or leaning forward. Seat belts help keep you in position before and during a crash. Always wear a seat belt, even with airbags. The driver should sit as far back as possible while still maintaining control of the vehicle. The seat belts and the The driver frontal airbag is in the center of front outboard passenger airbags are There is an airbag readiness light on the the steering wheel. most effective when you are sitting well instrument panel, which shows the airbag back and upright in the seat with both symbol. feet on the floor. The system checks the airbag electrical Occupants should not lean on or sleep system for malfunctions. The light tells you against the door or side windows in if there is an electrical problem. See Airbag 0 seating positions with seat-mounted side Readiness Light 74. impact airbags and/or roof-rail airbags. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Seats and Restraints 39 If the vehicle has a front outboard passenger frontal airbag, it is in the passenger side instrument panel.

Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side Similar Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side Similar If the vehicle has a single seating row and it If the vehicle has two seating rows, roof-rail has roof-rail airbags for the driver and front airbags for the driver, front outboard Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side Similar outboard passenger, the roof-rail airbags are passenger, and second row outboard If the vehicle has seat-mounted side impact in the ceiling above the side windows. passengers are in the ceiling above the side airbags for the driver and front outboard windows. If the vehicle has three or more passenger, they are in the sides of the seating rows, roof-rail airbags for the driver, seatbacks closest to the door. front outboard passenger, and second and third row outboard passengers are in the ceiling above the side windows.

{ Warning If something is between an occupant and an airbag, the airbag might not inflate properly or it might force the object into (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

40 Seats and Restraints electronic sensors which help the airbag inflate in frontal impacts, near-frontal Warning (Continued) system determine the severity of the impacts, rollovers, or rear impacts. that person causing severe injury or even impact. Deployment thresholds can vary A seat-mounted side impact airbag is death. The path of an inflating airbag with specific vehicle design. intended to inflate on the side of the vehicle must be kept clear. Do not put anything Frontal airbags are designed to inflate in that is struck. between an occupant and an airbag, and moderate to severe frontal or near-frontal The vehicle may or may not be equipped do not attach or put anything on the crashes to help reduce the potential for with roof-rail airbags. Roof-rail airbags are steering wheel hub or on or near any severe injuries mainly to the driver or front designed to inflate in moderate to severe other airbag covering. outboard passenger head and chest. side crashes depending on the location of the impact. In addition, these roof-rail Do not use seat accessories that block the Whether the frontal airbags will or should deploy is not based primarily on how fast airbags are designed to inflate during a inflation path of a seat-mounted side rollover. Roof-rail airbags are not designed impact airbag. the vehicle is traveling. It depends largely on what you hit, the direction of the to inflate in frontal, near-frontal, or rear Never secure anything to the roof of a impact, and how quickly the vehicle impacts. All roof-rail airbags will inflate vehicle with roof-rail airbags by routing a slows down. when either side of the vehicle is struck or if rope or tie‐down through any door or the sensing system predicts that the vehicle Frontal airbags may inflate at different crash window opening. If you do, the path of is about to roll over on its side. speeds depending on whether the vehicle an inflating roof-rail airbag will be hits an object straight on or at an angle, In any particular crash, no one can say blocked. and whether the object is fixed or moving, whether an airbag should have inflated rigid or deformable, narrow or wide. simply because of the vehicle damage or When Should an Airbag Inflate? repair costs. Frontal airbags are not intended to inflate This vehicle is equipped with one or more during vehicle rollovers, rear impacts, or in What Makes an Airbag Inflate? airbags. See Airbag System 0 36. Airbags are many side impacts. designed to inflate if the impact exceeds the In a deployment event, the sensing system Seat-mounted side impact airbags, specific airbag system's deployment sends an electrical signal triggering a release if equipped, are designed to inflate in threshold. Deployment thresholds are used of gas from the inflator. Gas from the moderate to severe side crashes depending to predict how severe a crash is likely to be inflator fills the airbag causing the bag to on the location of the impact. Seat-mounted in time for the airbags to inflate and help side impact airbags are not designed to restrain the occupants. The vehicle has Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Seats and Restraints 41 break out of the cover. The inflator, the But airbags would not help in many types windshield or being able to steer the airbag, and related hardware are all part of of collisions, primarily because the vehicle, nor does it prevent people from the airbag module. occupant's motion is not toward those leaving the vehicle. airbags. See When Should an Airbag Inflate? For airbag locations, see Where Are the 0 Airbags? 0 38. 40. { Warning Airbags should never be regarded as When an airbag inflates, there may be How Does an Airbag Restrain? anything more than a supplement to seat dust in the air. This dust could cause In moderate to severe frontal or near frontal belts. breathing problems for people with a collisions, even belted occupants can contact history of asthma or other breathing the steering wheel or the instrument panel. What Will You See after an trouble. To avoid this, everyone in the In moderate to severe side collisions, even Airbag Inflates? vehicle should get out as soon as it is belted occupants can contact the inside of After frontal and seat-mounted side impact safe to do so. If you have breathing the vehicle. airbags (if equipped) inflate, they quickly problems but cannot get out of the Airbags supplement the protection provided deflate, so quickly that some people may vehicle after an airbag inflates, then get by seat belts by distributing the force of the not even realize the airbags inflated. fresh air by opening a window or a door. impact more evenly over the Roof-rail airbags (if equipped) may still be at If you experience breathing problems occupant's body. least partially inflated for some time after following an airbag deployment, you they inflate. Some components of the airbag Rollover capable roof-rail airbags are should seek medical attention. module may be hot for several minutes. For designed to help contain the head and chest location of the airbags, see Where Are the The vehicle has a feature that may of occupants in the outboard seating Airbags? 0 38. automatically unlock the doors (if equipped positions in the first, second, and third rows, with power door locks), turn on the interior if equipped. The rollover capable roof-rail The parts of the airbag that come into lamps and hazard warning flashers, and shut airbags are designed to help reduce the risk contact with you may be warm, but not too off the fuel system after the airbags inflate. of full or partial ejection in rollover events, hot to touch. There may be some smoke The feature may also activate, without although no system can prevent all such and dust coming from the vents in the airbag inflation, after an event that exceeds ejections. deflated airbags. Airbag inflation does not prevent the driver from seeing out of the a predetermined threshold. After turning the ignition off and then on again, the fuel system will return to normal operation; the Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

42 Seats and Restraints doors can be locked, the interior lamps can . Airbags are designed to inflate only once. be turned off, and the hazard warning After an airbag inflates, you will need flashers can be turned off using the controls some new parts for the airbag system. for those features. If any of these systems If you do not get them, the airbag are damaged in the crash they may not system will not be there to help protect operate as normal. you in another crash. A new system will include airbag modules and possibly other { Warning parts. The service manual for the vehicle covers the need to replace other parts. A crash severe enough to inflate the airbags may have also damaged . The vehicle has a crash sensing and diagnostic module which records important functions in the vehicle, such information after a crash. See Vehicle as the fuel system, brake and steering 0 Data Recording and Privacy 274 and United States systems, etc. Even if the vehicle appears Event Data Recorders 0 275. to be drivable after a moderate crash, . Let only qualified technicians work on the there may be concealed damage that airbag systems. Improper service can could make it difficult to safely operate mean that an airbag system will not work the vehicle. properly. See your dealer for service. Use caution if you should attempt to restart the engine after a crash has Airbag On-Off Switch occurred. If the instrument panel has one of the switches pictured in the following In many crashes severe enough to inflate illustrations, the vehicle has an airbag on-off the airbag, windshields are broken by switch that you can use to manually turn vehicle deformation. Additional windshield on or off the front outboard passenger breakage may also occur from the front airbag. No other airbag is affected by the outboard passenger airbag. airbag on-off switch. Canada and Mexico Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Seats and Restraints 43 This switch should only be turned to the Medical Condition. A passenger has a OFF position if the person in the front medical condition which, according to his or outboard passenger position is a member of her physician: a passenger risk group identified by the . Causes the passenger airbag to pose a national government as follows: special risk for the passenger; and Infant. An infant (less than 1 year old) must . Makes the potential harm from the ride in the front seat because: passenger airbag in a crash greater than . My vehicle has no rear seat; the potential harm from turning off the . My vehicle has a rear seat too small to airbag and allowing the passenger, even if accommodate a rear-facing infant seat; or belted, to hit the instrument panel or windshield in a crash. . The infant has a medical condition which, according to the infant's physician, makes { Warning United States it necessary for the infant to ride in the front seat so that the driver can If the front outboard passenger frontal constantly monitor the child's condition. airbag is turned off for a person who is Child age 1 to 12. A child age 1 to 12 must ride not in a risk group identified by the in the front seat because: national government, that person will not have the extra protection of an airbag. In . My vehicle has no rear seat; a crash, the airbag will not be able to . Although children ages 1 to 12 ride in the inflate and help protect the person sitting rear seat(s) whenever possible, children there. Do not turn off the front outboard ages 1 to 12 sometimes must ride in the passenger frontal airbag unless the front because no space is available in the rear seat(s) of my vehicle; or person sitting there is in a risk group. . The child has a medical condition which, according to the child's physician, makes it necessary for the child to ride in the Canada and Mexico front seat so that the driver can constantly monitor the child's condition. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

44 Seats and Restraints To turn off the front outboard passenger To turn the front outboard passenger airbag frontal airbag, insert the ignition key into on again, insert the ignition key into the the airbag on-off switch, push in, and move airbag on-off switch, push in, and move the the switch to the OFF position. switch to the ON position. The airbag OFF light will come on and stay The front outboard passenger frontal airbag on to let you know the front outboard is now enabled, and may inflate. See Airbag passenger airbag is off. See Airbag On-Off On-Off Light 0 75. Light 0 75. The front outboard passenger airbag will remain off until you turn it back Servicing the Airbag-Equipped on again. Vehicle { Warning Airbags affect how the vehicle should be United States serviced. There are parts of the airbag If the airbag readiness light ever comes system in several places around the vehicle. on and stays on, it means that Your dealer and the service manual have something may be wrong with the airbag information about servicing the vehicle and system. For example, the front outboard the airbag system. To purchase a service passenger frontal airbag could inflate manual, see Publication Ordering even though the airbag on-off switch is Information 0 273. turned off. { Warning To help avoid injury to yourself or others, have the vehicle serviced right away. See For up to 10 seconds after the vehicle is Airbag Readiness Light 0 74 for more turned off and the battery is information, including important safety disconnected, an airbag can still inflate information. during improper service. You can be injured if you are close to an airbag Canada and Mexico when it inflates. Avoid yellow connectors. They are probably part of the airbag (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Seats and Restraints 45

Your dealer and the service manual have Caution (Continued) Warning (Continued) information about the location of the airbag system. Be sure to follow proper service modules and sensors, sensing and diagnostic broken airbag coverings, have the airbag procedures, and make sure the person module, and airbag wiring along with the covering and/or airbag module replaced. performing work for you is qualified to proper replacement procedures. For the location of the airbags, see Where 0 do so. If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail airbags, Are the Airbags? 38. See your dealer see Different Size Tires and Wheels 0 225 for for service. Adding Equipment to the additional important information. Replacing Airbag System Parts Airbag-Equipped Vehicle If the vehicle must be modified because you have a disability and have questions about after a Crash Adding accessories that change the vehicle's whether the modifications will affect the frame, bumper system, height, front end, vehicle's airbag system, or if you have { Warning or side sheet metal may keep the airbag questions about whether the airbag system system from working properly. A crash can damage the airbag systems will be affected if the vehicle is modified for in the vehicle. A damaged airbag system The operation of the airbag system can also any other reason, call Customer Assistance. may not properly protect you and your be affected by changing, including See Customer Assistance Offices 0 267. improperly repairing or replacing, any parts passenger(s) in a crash, resulting in of the following: Airbag System Check serious injury or even death. To help make sure the airbag systems are . Airbag system, including airbag modules, The airbag system does not need regularly front or side impact sensors, sensing and working properly after a crash, have scheduled maintenance or replacement. them inspected and any necessary diagnostic module, or airbag wiring Make sure the airbag readiness light is replacements made as soon as possible. . Front seats, including stitching, seams or working. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 74. zippers Caution If an airbag inflates, you will need to . Seat belts replace airbag system parts. See your dealer . Steering wheel, instrument panel, ceiling If an airbag covering is damaged, opened, for service. trim, or pillar garnish trim or broken, the airbag may not work . Inner door seals, including speakers properly. Do not open or break the airbag coverings. If there are any opened or (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

46 Seats and Restraints If the airbag readiness light stays on after The manufacturer instructions that come Q: What is the proper way to wear seat the vehicle is started or comes on when you with the booster seat state the weight and belts? are driving, the airbag system may not work height limitations for that booster. Use a A: An older child should wear a lap-shoulder properly. Have the vehicle serviced right booster seat with a lap-shoulder belt until 0 belt and get the additional restraint a away. See Airbag Readiness Light 74. the child passes the fit test below: shoulder belt can provide. The shoulder . Sit all the way back on the seat. Do the belt should not cross the face or neck. Child Restraints knees bend at the seat edge? If yes, The lap belt should fit snugly below the continue. If no, return to the booster seat. hips, just touching the top of the thighs. Older Children . Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. Does the This applies belt force to the child's shoulder belt rest on the shoulder? If yes, pelvic bones in a crash. It should never continue. If no, try using the rear seat be worn over the abdomen, which could belt comfort guide, if available. See “Rear cause severe or even fatal internal Seat Belt Comfort Guides” under injuries in a crash. 0 Lap-Shoulder Belt 31. If a comfort guide Also see “Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides” is not available, or if the shoulder belt under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 31. still does not rest on the shoulder, then return to the booster seat. According to accident statistics, children are . Does the lap belt fit low and snug on the safer when properly restrained in a rear hips, touching the thighs? If yes, continue. seating position. If no, return to the booster seat. In a crash, children who are not buckled up . Can proper seat belt fit be maintained for can strike other people who are buckled up, the length of the trip? If yes, continue. or can be thrown out of the vehicle. Older Older children who have outgrown booster If no, return to the booster seat. children need to use seat belts properly. seats should wear the vehicle’s seat belts. { Warning Never allow more than one child to wear the same seat belt. The seat belt cannot properly spread the impact forces. In a (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Seats and Restraints 47 States and in every Canadian province says Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) children up to some age must be restrained crash, they can be crushed together and injury. The child might also slide under while in a vehicle. seriously injured. A seat belt must be the lap belt. The belt force would then be used by only one person at a time. applied right on the abdomen. That could { Warning cause serious or fatal injuries. The Children can be seriously injured or shoulder belt should go over the shoulder strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped and across the chest. around their neck. The shoulder belt can tighten but cannot be loosened if it is locked. The shoulder belt locks when it is pulled all the way out of the retractor. It unlocks when the shoulder belt is allowed to go all the way back into the retractor, but it cannot do this if it is wrapped around a child’s neck. If the shoulder belt is locked and tightened around a child’s neck, the only way to loosen the belt is to cut it. { Warning Never leave children unattended in a Never allow a child to wear the seat belt vehicle and never allow children to play with the seat belts. shoulder belt under both arms or behind Infants and Young Children their back. A child can be seriously Every time infants and young children ride injured by not wearing the lap-shoulder Everyone in a vehicle needs protection! This in vehicles, they should have the protection belt properly. In a crash, the child would includes infants and all other children. provided by appropriate child restraints. not be restrained by the shoulder belt. Neither the distance traveled nor the age and size of the traveler changes the need, Neither the vehicle's seat belt system nor its The child could move too far forward airbag system is designed for them. increasing the chance of head and neck for everyone, to use safety restraints. In fact, the law in every state in the United (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

48 Seats and Restraints Children who are not restrained properly can There are three basic types of child strike other people, or can be thrown out of { Warning restraints: the vehicle. Children who are up against, or very . Forward-facing child restraints close to, any airbag when it inflates can . Rear-facing child restraints { Warning be seriously injured or killed. Never put a . Belt-positioning booster seats Never hold an infant or a child while rear-facing child restraint in the front The proper child restraint for your child riding in a vehicle. Due to crash forces, an outboard seat. Secure a rear-facing child restraint in a rear seat. It is also better to depends on their size, weight, and age, and infant or a child will become so heavy it also on whether the child restraint is secure a forward-facing child restraint in is not possible to hold it during a crash. compatible with the vehicle in which it will For example, in a crash at only a rear seat. If you must secure a be used. 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) infant forward-facing child restraint in the front will suddenly become a 110 kg (240 lb) outboard seat, always move the front For each type of child restraint, there are many different models available. When force on a person's arms. An infant or passenger seat as far back as it will go. purchasing a child restraint, be sure it is child should be secured in an appropriate designed to be used in a motor vehicle. If it child restraint. is, the child restraint will have a label saying that it meets federal motor vehicle safety standards. The instruction manual that is provided with the child restraint states the weight and height limitations for that particular child restraint. In addition, there are many kinds of child restraints available for children with special needs.

Child restraints are devices used to restrain, seat, or position children in the vehicle and are sometimes called child seats or car seats. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Seats and Restraints 49

{ Warning Child Restraint Systems To reduce the risk of neck and head injury in a crash, infants and toddlers should be secured in a rear-facing child restraint until age two, or until they reach the maximum height and weight limits of their child restraint.

{ Warning A young child's hip bones are still so Forward-Facing Child Restraint small that the vehicle seat belt may not remain low on the hip bones, as it Rear-Facing Infant Restraint A forward-facing child restraint provides should. Instead, it may settle up around restraint for the child's body with the the child's abdomen. In a crash, the belt A rear-facing child restraint provides harness. would apply force on a body area that is restraint with the seating surface against unprotected by any bony structure. This the back of the infant. alone could cause serious or fatal injuries. The harness system holds the infant in place To reduce the risk of serious or fatal and, in a crash, acts to keep the infant injuries during a crash, young children positioned in the restraint. should always be secured in an appropriate child restraint. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

50 Seats and Restraints Securing an Add-On Child Restraint in When securing an add-on child restraint, the Vehicle refer to the following: 1. Instruction labels provided on the child { Warning restraint A child can be seriously injured or killed 2. Instruction manual provided with the in a crash if the child restraint is not child restraint properly secured in the vehicle. Secure 3. This vehicle owner's manual the child restraint properly in the vehicle The child restraint instructions are using the vehicle seat belt or LATCH important, so if they are not available, system, following the instructions that obtain a replacement copy from the came with that child restraint and the manufacturer. instructions in this manual. Booster Seats Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move around in a collision or A belt-positioning booster seat is used for To help reduce the chance of injury, the sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle. children who have outgrown their child restraint must be secured in the Be sure to properly secure any child forward-facing child restraint. Boosters are vehicle. Child restraints must be secured in restraint in the vehicle — even when no designed to improve the fit of the vehicle's vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt child is in it. seat belt system until the child is large portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by the enough for the vehicle seat belts to fit LATCH system. See Lower Anchors and In some areas Certified Child Passenger properly without a booster seat. See the Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 52 for Safety Technicians (CPSTs) are available to seat belt fit test in Older Children 0 46. more information. Children can be inspect and demonstrate how to correctly endangered in a crash if the child restraint is use and install child restraints. In the U.S., not properly secured in the vehicle. refer to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) website to locate the nearest child safety seat inspection station. For CPST availability in Canada, check with Transport Canada or the Provincial Ministry of Transportation office. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Seats and Restraints 51 Securing the Child Within the Child If a child restraint is secured in the front Warning (Continued) Restraint outboard passenger seat, and the vehicle has a switch on the instrument panel to outboard passenger airbag inflates and { Warning manually turn off the front outboard the passenger seat is in a forward passenger airbag, see Airbag On-Off Switch position. A child can be seriously injured or killed 0 42 and in a crash if the child is not properly Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt Even if the airbag switch has turned off secured in the child restraint. Secure the in the Rear Seat) 0 58 or the front outboard passenger frontal child properly following the instructions Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt airbag, no system is fail-safe. No one can that came with that child restraint. in the Front Seat) 0 60 for more guarantee that an airbag will not deploy information, including important safety under some unusual circumstance, even Where to Put the Restraint information. though it is turned off. According to accident statistics, children and Never put a rear-facing child restraint in the Secure rear-facing child restraints in a infants are safer when properly restrained in front. This is because the risk to the rear seat, even if the airbag is off. If you an appropriate child restraint secured in a rear-facing child is so great if the airbag secure a forward-facing child restraint in rear seating position. deploys. the front outboard passenger seat, always move the seat as far back as it Whenever possible, children aged 12 and { Warning under should be secured in a rear seating will go. It is better to secure the child position. A child in a rear-facing child restraint can restraint in a rear seat. be seriously injured or killed if the front outboard passenger airbag inflates. This is When securing a child restraint with the because the back of the rear-facing child seat belts in a rear seat position, study the restraint would be very close to the instructions that came with the child inflating airbag. A child in a restraint to make sure it is compatible with forward-facing child restraint can be this vehicle. seriously injured or killed if the front Child restraints and booster seats vary (Continued) considerably in size, and some may fit in certain seating positions better than others. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

52 Seats and Restraints Do not install a child restraint in any rear Be sure to properly secure any child be positioned properly and there is no seating position where it cannot be installed restraint in the vehicle — even when no interference with the proper positioning of securely. child is in it. the lap-shoulder belt on the child. Depending on where you place the child Lower Anchors and Tethers for Make sure to follow the instructions that restraint and the size of the child restraint, came with the child restraint, and also the you may not be able to access adjacent seat Children (LATCH System) instructions in this manual. belts or LATCH anchors for additional The LATCH system secures a child restraint When installing a child restraint with a top passengers or child restraints. Adjacent during driving or in a crash. LATCH tether, you must also use either the lower seating positions should not be used if the attachments on the child restraint are used anchors or the seat belts to properly secure child restraint prevents access to or to attach the child restraint to the anchors the child restraint. A child restraint must interferes with the routing of the seat belt. in the vehicle. The LATCH system is designed never be attached using only the top tether. If the vehicle does not have a rear seat that to make installation of a child restraint easier. For a forward-facing 5-pt harness child will accommodate a rear-facing child restraint where the combined weight of the restraint, a rear-facing child restraint should In order to use the LATCH system in your child and restraint are up to 29.5 kg (65 lb), not be installed in the vehicle, even if the vehicle, you need a child restraint that has use either the lower LATCH anchorages with airbag is off. LATCH attachments. LATCH-compatible the top tether anchorage, or the seat belt The seat in front of an installed child rear-facing and forward-facing child seats can with the top tether anchorage. Where the restraint should be adjusted to ensure be properly installed using either the LATCH combined weight of the child and restraint proper installation according to the child anchors or the vehicle’s seat belts. Do not are greater than 29.5 kg (65 lb), use the seat restraint manual. use both the seat belts and the LATCH belt with the top tether anchorage only. anchorage system to secure a rear-facing or Wherever a child restraint is installed, be forward-facing child seat. sure to follow the instructions that came with the child restraint and secure the child Booster seats use the vehicle’s seat belts to restraint properly. secure the child and the booster seat. If the manufacturer recommends that the booster Keep in mind that an unsecured child seat be secured with the LATCH system, this restraint can move around in a collision or can be done as long as the booster seat can sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Seats and Restraints 53 Recommended Methods for Attaching Child Restraints Restraint Type Combined Weight of Use Only Approved Attachment Methods Shown with an X the Child + Child LATCH – Lower Seat Belt Only LATCH – Lower Seat Belt and Top Restraint Anchors Only Anchors and Top Tether Anchor Tether Anchor Rear-Facing Child Up to 29.5 kg (65 lb) XX Restraint Rear-Facing Child Greater than X Restraint 29.5 kg (65 lb) Forward-Facing Child Up to 29.5 kg (65 lb) XX Restraint Forward-Facing Child Greater than X Restraint 29.5 kg (65 lb)

See Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Child restraints built after March 2014 will Not all vehicle seating positions have lower Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 58 or be labeled with the specific child weight up anchors. In this case, the seat belt must be Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt to which the LATCH system can be used to used (with top tether where available) to in the Front Seat) 0 60. install the restraint. secure the child restraint. See Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Rear The following explains how to attach a child 0 restraint with these attachments in the Seat) 58 or vehicle. Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Front Seat) 0 60. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

54 Seats and Restraints Lower Anchors Top Tether Anchor the top tether always to be attached. In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have a top tether, and that the tether be attached. Be sure to read and follow the instructions for your child restraint. Lower Anchor and Top Tether Anchor Locations

Lower anchors (1) are metal bars built into A top tether (3, 4) is used to secure the top the vehicle. There are two lower anchors for of the child restraint to the vehicle. A top each LATCH seating position that will tether anchor is built into the vehicle. The accommodate a child restraint with lower top tether attachment hook (2) on the child attachments (2). restraint connects to the top tether anchor in the vehicle in order to reduce the forward movement and rotation of the child restraint during driving or in a crash. Second, Third, and Fourth Row with The child restraint may have a single Three-Passenger Seat tether (3) or a dual tether (4). Either will have a single attachment hook (2) to secure i : Seating positions with top tether the top tether to the anchor. anchors. Some child restraints that have a top tether j : Seating positions with two lower are designed for use with or without the anchors. top tether being attached. Others require Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Seats and Restraints 55 See the information following for installing a fourth or fifth row seat, it must be secured child restraint with a top tether in the using the vehicle seat belts. See Securing second, third, and fourth row center Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the positions. Rear Seat) 0 58 or Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt Never install two top tethers using the same 0 top tether anchor. in the Front Seat) 60.

Second, Third, and Fourth Row with Three-Passenger Seat — Passenger Van There are two top tether anchors in the second, third, and fourth row three-passenger seats. To install a child restraint in the rear driver-side seating Front Passenger Position Front Passenger Position positions, use anchor point (1). To install a child restraint in the rear passenger-side i There is a top tether anchor for the front : Seating positions with top tether seating positions, use anchor point (2). passenger position with a front passenger anchors. To install a child restraint in the rear center seat. The anchor is at the rear of the seat The second, third, and fourth row with seating positions, use anchor point (2). Never cushion on the right front passenger seat. three-passenger seats have exposed metal install two top tethers using the same top tether anchor. Do not secure a child restraint in a position lower anchors in the crease between the without a top tether anchor if a national or seatback and the seat cushion. If the vehicle is equipped with a local law requires that the top tether be four-passenger fourth or fifth row seat, it does not have upper or lower anchors. If a child restraint is placed in the four-passenger Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

56 Seats and Restraints attached, or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) tether must be attached. anchor. Attaching more than one child tighten the belt behind the child restraint According to accident statistics, children and restraint to a single anchor could cause after the child restraint has been infants are safer when properly restrained in the anchor or attachment to come loose installed. a child restraint system or infant restraint or even break during a crash. A child or system secured in a rear seating position. others could be injured. See Where to Put the Restraint 0 51 for Caution additional information. Do not let the LATCH attachments rub { Warning against the vehicle’s seat belts. This may Securing a Child Restraint Designed for damage these parts. If necessary, move the LATCH System Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped buckled seat belts to avoid rubbing the LATCH attachments. { Warning around their neck. The shoulder belt can tighten but cannot be loosened if it is Do not fold the rear seatback when the A child could be seriously injured or killed locked. The shoulder belt locks when it is seat is occupied. Do not fold the empty in a crash if the child restraint is not pulled all the way out of the retractor. rear seat with a seat belt buckled. This properly attached to the vehicle using It unlocks when the shoulder belt is could damage the seat belt or the seat. either the LATCH anchors or the vehicle allowed to go all the way back into the Unbuckle and return the seat belt to its seat belt. Follow the instructions that retractor, but it cannot do this if it is stowed position, before folding the seat. came with the child restraint and the wrapped around a child’s neck. If the instructions in this manual. shoulder belt is locked and tightened If you need to secure more than one child around a child’s neck, the only way to restraint in the rear seat, see Where to Put loosen the belt is to cut it. the Restraint 0 51. { Warning Buckle any unused seat belts behind the 1. Attach and tighten the lower To reduce the risk of serious or fatal child restraint so children cannot reach attachments to the lower anchors. If the injuries during a crash, do not attach child restraint does not have lower them. Pull the shoulder belt all the way more than one child restraint to a single attachments or the desired seating out of the retractor to set the lock, and (Continued) position does not have lower anchors, (Continued) secure the child restraint with the top Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Seats and Restraints 57 tether and the seat belt. Refer to the 2.3. Route and tighten the top tether If the position you are using does child restraint manufacturer instructions according to your child restraint not have a headrest or head and the instructions in this manual. instructions and the following restraint and you are using a dual 1.1. Find the lower anchors for the instructions: tether, route the tether over the desired seating position. seatback. 1.2. Put the child restraint on the seat. 1.3. Attach and tighten the lower attachments on the child restraint to the lower anchors. 2. If the child restraint manufacturer recommends that the top tether be attached, attach and tighten the top tether to the top tether anchor, if equipped. Refer to the child restraint If the position you are using does instructions and the following steps: not have a headrest or head restraint and you are using a single 2.1. Find the top tether anchor. tether, route the tether over the 2.2. For the second, third, and fourth seatback. row with three-passenger seats If the position you are using has an only, in the rear driver-side seating integrated headrest or head positions, use anchor point (1). For restraint and you are using a dual the rear passenger-side seating tether, route the tether around the positions, use anchor point (2). headrest or head restraint. For the center seating positions, use anchor point (2). Never install two top tethers using the same top tether anchor. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

58 Seats and Restraints Replacing LATCH System Parts If the child restraint has the LATCH system, see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children After a Crash (LATCH System) 0 52 for how and where to install the child restraint using LATCH. If a { Warning child restraint is secured in the vehicle using A crash can damage the LATCH system in a seat belt and it uses a top tether, see the vehicle. A damaged LATCH system Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children 0 may not properly secure the child (LATCH System) 52 for top tether anchor restraint, resulting in serious injury or locations. even death in a crash. To help make sure Do not secure a child seat in a position the LATCH system is working properly without a top tether anchor if a national or after a crash, see your dealer to have the local law requires that the top tether be If the position you are using has an system inspected and any necessary anchored, or if the instructions that come integrated headrest or head replacements made as soon as possible. with the child restraint say that the top restraint and you are using a single tether must be anchored. tether, route the tether over the If the vehicle has the LATCH system and it In Canada, the law requires that headrest or head restraint. was being used during a crash, new LATCH forward-facing child restraints have a top system parts may be needed. 3. Before placing a child in the child tether, and that the tether be attached. restraint, make sure it is securely held in New parts and repairs may be necessary If the child restraint or vehicle seat position place. To check, grasp the child restraint even if the LATCH system was not being does not have the LATCH system, you will at the LATCH path and attempt to move used at the time of the crash. be using the seat belt to secure the child it side to side and back and forth. There restraint. Be sure to follow the instructions should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of Securing Child Restraints (With that came with the child restraint. movement for proper installation. the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) If more than one child restraint needs to be When securing a child restraint with the installed in the rear seat, be sure to read seat belts in a rear seat position, study the Where to Put the Restraint 0 51. instructions that came with the child 1. Put the child restraint on the seat. restraint to make sure it is compatible with this vehicle. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Seats and Restraints 59 2. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle seat belt through or around the child restraint. The child restraint instructions will show you how.

4. Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of 5. To tighten the belt, push down on the the retractor to set the lock. When the child restraint, pull the shoulder portion retractor lock is set, the belt can be of the belt to tighten the lap portion of tightened but not pulled out of the the belt, and feed the shoulder belt back retractor. into the retractor. When installing a forward-facing child restraint, it may be 3. Push the latch plate into the buckle until helpful to use your knee to push down it clicks. on the child restraint as you tighten Position the release button on the the belt. buckle, away from the child restraint, so Try to pull the belt out of the retractor that the seat belt could be quickly to make sure the retractor is locked. unbuckled if necessary. If the retractor is not locked, repeat Steps 4 and 5. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

60 Seats and Restraints 6. If the child restraint has a top tether, outboard passenger frontal airbag. See follow the child restraint manufacturer's Airbag On-Off Switch 0 42 for more Warning (Continued) instructions regarding the use of the top information, including important safety Secure rear-facing child restraints in a tether. See Lower Anchors and Tethers information. rear seat, even if the airbag is off. If you 0 for Children (LATCH System) 52. Never put a rear-facing child restraint in the secure a forward-facing child restraint in 7. Before placing a child in the child front. This is because the risk to the the front outboard passenger seat, restraint, make sure it is securely held in rear-facing child is so great if the airbag always move the seat as far back as it place. To check, grasp the child restraint deploys. will go. It is better to secure the child at the seat belt path and attempt to restraint in a rear seat. move it side to side and back and forth. { Warning When the child restraint is properly A child in a rear-facing child restraint can installed, there should be no more than { Warning 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. be seriously injured or killed if the front outboard passenger airbag inflates. This is If the airbag readiness light ever comes To remove the child restraint, unbuckle the because the back of the rear-facing child on and stays on, it means that vehicle seat belt and let it return to the restraint would be very close to the something may be wrong with the airbag stowed position. If the top tether is attached inflating airbag. A child in a system. For example, the front outboard to a top tether anchor, disconnect it. forward-facing child restraint can be passenger frontal airbag could inflate Securing Child Restraints (With seriously injured or killed if the front even though the airbag on-off switch is the Seat Belt in the Front Seat) outboard passenger airbag inflates and turned off. the passenger seat is in a forward To help avoid injury to yourself or others, This vehicle has airbags. A rear seat is a position. have the vehicle serviced right away. See safer place to secure a forward-facing child Airbag Readiness Light 0 74 for more restraint. See Where to Put the Restraint Even if the airbag switch has turned off 0 51. the front outboard passenger frontal information, including important safety airbag, no system is fail-safe. No one can information. There may be a switch on the instrument guarantee that an airbag will not deploy panel that you can use to turn off the front under some unusual circumstance, even though it is turned off. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Seats and Restraints 61 If the vehicle does not have a rear seat that When the airbag off switch has turned Position the release button on the will accommodate a rear-facing child off the front outboard passenger frontal buckle, away from the child restraint, so restraint, a rear-facing child restraint should airbag, the off indicator in the airbag off that the seat belt could be quickly not be installed in the vehicle, even if the light should light and stay lit when you unbuckled if necessary. airbag is off. start the vehicle. See Airbag On-Off Light 0 If the child restraint uses a top tether, see 75. Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children 2. Put the child restraint on the seat. (LATCH System) 0 52 for top tether anchor 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap locations. and shoulder portions of the vehicle seat Do not secure a child restraint in a position belt through or around the child without a top tether anchor if a national or restraint. The child restraint instructions local law requires that the top tether be will show you how. anchored, or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top tether must be anchored. In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have a top 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of tether, and that the tether be attached. the retractor to set the lock. When the When using the lap-shoulder belt to secure retractor lock is set, the belt can be the child restraint in this position, follow the tightened but not pulled out of the instructions that came with the child retractor. restraint and the following instructions: 1. Move the seat as far back as it will go before securing the forward-facing child restraint. Move the seat upward or the 4. Push the latch plate into the buckle until seatback to an upright position, it clicks. if needed, to get a tight installation of the child restraint. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

62 Seats and Restraints 7. If the vehicle does not have a rear seat and the child restraint manufacturer recommends using a top tether anchor, attach the top tether to the top tether anchor. Refer to the instructions that came with the child restraint and to Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 52. 8. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the seat belt path and attempt to move it side to side and back and forth. 6. To tighten the belt, push down on the When the child restraint is properly child restraint, pull the shoulder portion installed, there should be no more than of the belt to tighten the lap portion of 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. the belt, and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor. When installing a To remove the child restraint, unbuckle the forward-facing child restraint, it may be vehicle seat belt and let it return to the helpful to use your knee to push down stowed position. If the top tether is attached on the child restraint as you tighten to a top tether anchor, disconnect it. the belt. If you turned the airbag off with the switch, Try to pull the belt out of the retractor turn on the front outboard passenger airbag to make sure the retractor is locked. when you remove the child restraint from If the retractor is not locked, repeat the vehicle unless the person who will be Steps 5 and 6. sitting there is a member of a passenger airbag risk group. See Airbag On-Off Switch 0 42 for more information, including important safety information. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Storage 63 Storage Storage Compartments Additional Storage Features Storage Compartments { Warning Cargo Tie-Downs Storage Compartments ...... 63 Do not store heavy or sharp objects in Front Storage ...... 63 storage compartments. In a crash, these Additional Storage Features objects may cause the cover to open and Cargo Tie-Downs ...... 63 could result in injury. Front Storage

If equipped, there are six cargo tie-downs in the cargo area that can be used to secure cargo. Do not apply a total load of more than 5 000 N (1,124 lbs of force) to a single cargo tie-down when securing cargo. If equipped, the front storage compartment See Vehicle Load Limits 0 132. is at the center of the instrument panel extension near the floor. To open, pull up on the latch. There may also be storage compartments on the inside of each front door. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

64 Storage

{ Warning { Warning The child restraint top tether strap may Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo be damaged by contact with items in the area. It is extremely dangerous to ride in cargo area. Your child could be seriously the cargo area of a vehicle. In a collision, injured or killed in a collision if the top people riding in these areas are more tether strap is damaged. Properly secure likely to be seriously injured or killed. all cargo. Do not allow people to ride in any area of the vehicle that is not equipped with { Warning seats and seat belts. Be sure everyone in the vehicle is in a seat and using a seat Properly secure all cargo with ropes or belt properly. straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting. Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks. In a sudden stop or collision, unsecured cargo could cause personal injury. Use suitable ropes or straps to secure cargo. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Instruments and Controls 65 Brake System Warning Light ...... 77 Controls Instruments and Controls Antilock Brake System (ABS) Warning Light ...... 78 Steering Wheel Adjustment Controls Tow/Haul Mode Light ...... 78 Steering Wheel Adjustment ...... 65 Lane Departure Warning (LDW) Light . . . 79 Steering Wheel Controls ...... 66 Vehicle Ahead Indicator ...... 79 Horn ...... 67 StabiliTrak OFF Light ...... 79 Windshield Wiper/Washer ...... 67 Traction Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak Compass ...... 67 Light ...... 79 Clock ...... 69 Tire Pressure Light ...... 80 Power Outlets ...... 69 Engine Oil Pressure Light ...... 80 Cigarette Lighter ...... 70 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 80 Ashtrays ...... 70 Security Light ...... 81 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Indicators High-Beam On Light ...... 81 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Cruise Control Light ...... 81 Indicators ...... 70 Information Displays Instrument Cluster ...... 71 Driver Information Center (DIC) ...... 81 For vehicles with a tilt steering wheel, the Speedometer ...... 71 lever is located on the left side of the Odometer ...... 71 Vehicle Messages steering column. Trip Odometer ...... 71 Vehicle Messages ...... 85 Fuel Gauge ...... 72 Engine Power Messages ...... 85 To adjust the steering wheel: Engine Oil Pressure Gauge ...... 72 Vehicle Speed Messages ...... 86 1. Pull the lever to move the steering Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge . . . . 73 wheel up or down into a comfortable Voltmeter Gauge ...... 73 Vehicle Personalization position. Vehicle Personalization ...... 86 Seat Belt Reminders ...... 74 2. Release the lever to lock the steering Airbag Readiness Light ...... 74 wheel in place. Airbag On-Off Light ...... 75 Charging System Light ...... 76 Do not adjust the steering wheel while Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check driving. Engine Light) ...... 76 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

66 Instruments and Controls Steering Wheel Controls Radio 3. Press and release w or c / x to To select preset or favorite radio stations: scroll up or down the list. Press and release w or c / x to go to . To select a folder, press and hold w the next or previous radio station stored as , or press ¨ when the folder is a preset or favorite. highlighted. . To go back further in the folder list, CD press and hold c / x. To select tracks on a CD: b / g : Press to silence the vehicle Press and release w or c / x to go to speakers only. Press again to turn the the next or previous track. sound on. Selecting Tracks on an iPod or USB Device For vehicles with Bluetooth or OnStar 1. Press and hold w or c / x while systems, press and hold for longer than listening to a song until the contents of two seconds to interact with those systems. If equipped, some audio controls can be 0 adjusted at the steering wheel. the current folder appear on the See Bluetooth 112 and infotainment display. OnStar Overview 0 277, if equipped. : Press to go to the next favorite radio w SRCE : Press to switch between the radio station, track on a CD, or folder on an iPod 2. Press and release w or c / x to and CD, and for equipped vehicles, the front or USB device. scroll up or down the list, then press and hold w , or press ¨ to play the auxiliary. / : Press to go to the previous c x highlighted track. : Press to go to the next radio station favorite radio station, track on a CD, ¨ while in AM, FM, or SiriusXM, if equipped. or folder on an iPod or USB device. Also Navigating Folders on an iPod or USB Device press to reject an incoming call or end a 1. Press and hold w or c / x while If equipped with a CD player or USB port: current call. listening to a song until the contents of Press ¨ to go to the next track or chapter the current folder appear on the while sourced to the CD. infotainment display. Press ¨ to select a track or a folder when 2. Press and hold / to go back to c x navigating folders on an iPod or USB device. the previous folder list. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Instruments and Controls 67 While listening to a CD, press and hold ¨ to 6 : Use to adjust the delay time between Clear ice and snow from the wiper blades quickly move forward through the tracks. wipes. Turn the band up for more frequent before using them. If frozen to the Release to stop on the desired track. wipes or down for less frequent wipes. windshield, carefully loosen or thaw them. Damaged blades should be replaced. + e : Press to increase volume. d : Fast wipes. Windshield Washer − e : Press to decrease volume. a : Slow wipes. The windshield wiper paddle is on top of the Horn 9 : Use to turn the wipers off. turn signal lever. Press the horn symbol on the steering When driving during the day and the wipers L : Push the paddle to spray washer fluid wheel to sound the horn. are activated, the headlamps automatically on the windshield. The wipers will clear the turn on after completing eight wipe cycles. window and then either stop or return to Windshield Wiper/Washer the preset speed. { Warning In freezing weather, do not use the Compass washer until the windshield is warmed. This vehicle may have a compass in the Otherwise the washer fluid can form ice Driver Information Center (DIC). on the windshield, blocking your vision. Compass Zone Your dealer will set the correct zone for The lever is on the left side of the steering { Warning your location. column. Before driving the vehicle, always clear Under certain circumstances, such as during Turn the band with N on it to select the snow and ice from the hood, windshield, a long distance cross-country trip or moving to a new state or province, it will be wiper speed. washer nozzles, roof, and rear of the necessary to compensate for compass vehicle, including all lamps and windows. 8 : Use for a single wipe. Hold the band variance by resetting the zone through the on z , then release. For several wipes, Reduced visibility from snow and ice DIC if the zone is not set correctly. buildup could lead to a crash. hold the band on z longer. Compass variance is the difference between the earth's magnetic north and true geographic north. If the compass is not set Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

68 Instruments and Controls to the zone where you live, the compass 3. Press V to scroll through and select the other magnetic item. Turn off the vehicle, may give false readings. The compass must appropriate variance zone. move the magnetic item, then turn on the be set to the variance zone in which the 3 vehicle and calibrate the compass. vehicle is traveling. 4. Press until the vehicle heading, for example, N for North, is displayed in To calibrate the compass, use the following To adjust for compass variance, use the the DIC. procedure: following procedure: 5. If calibration is necessary, calibrate the Compass Calibration Procedure Compass Variance (Zone) Procedure compass. See “Compass Calibration 1. Before calibrating the compass, make 1. Do not set the compass zone when the Procedure” following. sure the compass zone is set to the vehicle is moving. Only set it when the Compass Calibration variance zone in which the vehicle is vehicle is in P (Park). located. See “Compass Variance (Zone) The compass can be manually calibrated. Procedure” earlier in this section. Press T until PRESS V TO CHANGE Only calibrate the compass in a magnetically COMPASS ZONE displays. clean and safe location, such as an open Do not operate any switches such as parking lot, where driving the vehicle in window, climate controls, seats, etc. circles is not a danger. It is suggested to during the calibration procedure. calibrate away from tall buildings, utility 2. Press T until PRESS V TO CALIBRATE wires, manhole covers, or other industrial COMPASS displays. structures, if possible. 3. Press V to start the compass calibration. If CAL should ever appear in the DIC display, 4. The DIC will display CALIBRATING: DRIVE the compass should be calibrated. IN CIRCLES. Drive the vehicle in tight If the DIC display does not show a heading, circles at less than 8 km/h (5 mph) to for example, N for North, or the heading complete the calibration. The DIC will does not change after making turns, there display CALIBRATION COMPLETE for a few may be a strong magnetic field interfering seconds when the calibration is with the compass. Such interference may be complete. The DIC display will then 2. Find the vehicle's current location and caused by a magnetic CB or cell phone return to PRESS V TO CALIBRATE variance zone number on the map. antenna mount, a magnetic emergency COMPASS. light, magnetic note pad holder, or any Zones 1 through 15 are available. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Instruments and Controls 69 H Clock 3. Press again to apply the selected Caution default, or let the screen time out. Setting the Time or Date Leaving electrical equipment plugged in for an extended period of time while the 1. With the radio on, press H and the HR, Power Outlets vehicle is off will drain the battery. MIN, MM, DD, and YYYY (hour, minute, Power Outlets 12 Volt Direct Current month, day, and year) display. Always unplug electrical equipment when The accessory power outlets can be used to not in use and do not plug in equipment 2. Press the softkey under any one of the plug in electrical equipment, such as a cell that exceeds the maximum 20 amp tabs to be changed. Every time the phone or an MP3 player. rating. softkey is pressed again, the time or the date if selected, increases by one. The vehicle may have two accessory power outlets on the instrument panel. When adding electrical equipment, be sure Another way to increase the time or to follow the proper installation instructions date is to press ¨ SEEK or \ FWD Remove the cover to access and replace included with the equipment. See Add-On (forward). when not in use. Electrical Equipment 0 176. 3. To decrease, press © SEEK or s REV. Certain power accessory plugs may not be compatible to the accessory power outlet Caution Turn the f knob, on the upper right side and could overload vehicle or adapter fuses. Hanging heavy equipment from the of the radio, to adjust the selected If a problem is experienced, see your dealer. power outlet can cause damage not setting. covered by the vehicle warranty. The Changing the Time or Date Default Settings { Warning power outlets are designed for accessory 1. With the radio on, press H and then the Power is always supplied to the outlets. power plugs only, such as cell phone softkey under the forward arrow that is Do not leave electrical equipment charge cords. currently displayed on the infotainment plugged in when the vehicle is not in use display until the time 12H (hour) and 24H because the vehicle could catch fire and Power Outlet 110/120 Volt Alternating (hour), and the date MM/DD (month and cause injury or death. Current day) and DD/MM (day and month) are This power outlet can be used to plug in displayed. electrical equipment that uses a maximum 2. Press the softkey under the desired limit of 150 watts. option. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

70 Instruments and Controls . Other equipment requiring an extremely The 110/120 volt power outlet is on the Caution instrument panel. stable power supply, such as microcomputer-controlled electric blankets If papers, pins, or other flammable items An indicator light on the outlet turns on to and touch sensor lamps are put in the ashtray, hot cigarettes or show it is in use. The light comes on when the ignition is on, equipment requiring less . Medical equipment other smoking materials could ignite than 150 watts is plugged into the outlet, them and possibly damage the vehicle. and no system fault is detected. Cigarette Lighter Never put flammable items in the ashtray. The indicator light does not come on when If equipped with a cigarette lighter, to heat, the ignition is off, or if the equipment is not push it in all the way and let go. When it is fully seated into the outlet. ready for use, it will pop back out by itself. Warning Lights, Gauges, and If equipment is connected using more than Do not use the lighter to plug in accessory Indicators devices. Use the power outlets provided. 150 watts or a system fault is detected, a Warning lights and gauges can signal that protection circuit shuts off the power supply Caution something is wrong before it becomes and the indicator light turns off. To reset serious enough to cause an expensive repair Holding a cigarette lighter in while it is the circuit, unplug the item and plug it back or replacement. Paying attention to the heating does not let the lighter back in or turn the Retained Accessory Power warning lights and gauges could prevent (RAP) off and then back on. See Retained away from the heating element when it injury. Accessory Power (RAP) 0 138. is hot. Damage from overheating can occur to the lighter or heating element, Some warning lights come on briefly when The power outlet is not designed for the the engine is started to indicate they are following, and may not work properly if or a fuse could be blown. Do not hold a cigarette lighter in while it is heating. working. When one of the warning lights they are plugged in: comes on and stays on while driving, . Equipment with high initial peak wattage, or when one of the gauges shows there such as compressor-driven refrigerators Ashtrays may be a problem, check the section that and electric power tools If equipped with a removable ashtray, it can explains what to do. Waiting to do repairs be placed into the front floor console can be costly and even dangerous. cupholder. Open the cover to use. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Instruments and Controls 71 Instrument Cluster If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement for more information. Speedometer The speedometer shows the vehicle speed in kilometers per hour (km/h) and miles per hour (mph). Odometer The odometer shows how far the vehicle has been driven, in either kilometers or miles. Trip Odometer The trip odometer shows how far the vehicle has been driven since the trip odometer was last reset. The trip odometer is accessed and reset English Shown, Metric Similar through the Driver Information Center (DIC). See Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 81.

1. Engine Oil Pressure Gauge 0 72 4. Fuel Gauge 0 72 2. Speedometer 0 71 5. Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 81 3. Voltmeter Gauge 0 73 6. Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge 0 73 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

72 Instruments and Controls Fuel Gauge When the ignition is on, the fuel gauge Engine Oil Pressure Gauge indicates about how much fuel is left in the tank. There is an arrow near the fuel gauge pointing to the side of the vehicle the fuel door is on. When the indicator nears empty, the low fuel light comes on. There still is a little fuel left, but the vehicle should be refueled soon. Here are three things that some owners ask about. None of these show a problem with the fuel gauge: . It takes a little more, or less fuel to fill up Metric than the gauge indicated. For example, Metric the gauge may have indicated the tank was half full, but it actually took a little more, or less than half the tank's capacity to fill the tank. . The gauge moves a little while turning a corner, speeding up or braking. . The gauge takes a few seconds to stabilize after the ignition is turned on and goes back to empty when the ignition is turned off.

English English Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Instruments and Controls 73 The oil pressure gauge shows the engine oil Engine Coolant Temperature This gauge shows the engine coolant pressure in psi (pounds per square inch) Gauge temperature. or kPa (kilopascals) when the engine is It also provides an indicator of how hard the running. vehicle is working. During a majority of the Oil pressure may vary with engine speed, operation, the gauge will read 100 °C (210 °F) outside temperature and oil viscosity, but or less. If the vehicle is pulling a load or readings above the low pressure zone going up hills, it is normal for the indicate the normal operating range. temperature to fluctuate and approach the A reading in the low pressure zone may be 122 °C (250 °F) mark. If the gauge reaches caused by a dangerously low oil level or the 125 °C (260 °F) mark, it indicates that the other problem causing low oil pressure. cooling system is working beyond its capacity. Caution See Engine Overheating 0 194. Lack of proper engine oil maintenance Voltmeter Gauge can damage the engine. Driving with the Metric engine oil low can also damage the engine. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Check the oil level as soon as possible. Add oil if required, but if the oil level is within the operating range and the oil pressure is still low, have the vehicle serviced. Always follow the maintenance schedule for changing engine oil.

English Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

74 Instruments and Controls When the engine is not running, but the Seat Belt Reminders and diagnostic module. For more ignition is on, this gauge shows the information on the airbag system, see battery's state of charge in DC volts. Driver Seat Belt Reminder Light Airbag System 0 36. When the engine is running, the gauge There is a seat belt reminder light on the shows the condition of the charging system. instrument cluster. Readings between the low and high warning zones indicate the normal operating range. Readings in the low warning zone may occur when a large number of electrical accessories are operating in the vehicle and The airbag readiness light comes on for the engine is left at an idle for an extended several seconds when the vehicle is started. period. This condition is normal since the When the vehicle is started, this light If the light does not come on then, have it charging system is not able to provide full flashes and a chime may come on to remind fixed immediately. power at engine idle. As engine speeds are the driver to fasten their seat belt. Then the increased, this condition should correct itself light stays on solid until the belt is buckled. { Warning as higher engine speeds allow the charging This cycle may continue several times if the system to create maximum power. If the airbag readiness light stays on driver remains or becomes unbuckled while after the vehicle is started or comes on The vehicle can be only driven for a short the vehicle is moving. while driving, it means the airbag system time with the reading in either warning If the driver seat belt is buckled, neither the might not be working properly. The zone. If it must be driven, turn off all light nor the chime comes on. airbags in the vehicle might not inflate in unnecessary accessories. a crash, or they could even inflate Readings in either warning zone indicate a Airbag Readiness Light without a crash. To help avoid injury, possible problem in the electrical system. This light shows if there is an electrical have the vehicle serviced right away. Have the vehicle serviced as soon as problem with the airbag system. The system possible. check includes the airbag sensor(s), the If there is a problem with the airbag pretensioners (if equipped), the airbag system, a Driver Information Center (DIC) modules, the wiring, and the crash sensing message may also display. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Instruments and Controls 75

Airbag On-Off Light Warning (Continued) When the front outboard passenger airbag See Airbag On-Off Switch 0 42 for more is manually turned off using the airbag information, including important safety on-off switch on the instrument panel, information. if equipped, the indicator light OFF or the off symbol will come on and stay on as a reminder that the airbag has been turned off. This light will go off when the airbag { Warning has been turned on. See Airbag On-Off If the airbag readiness light ever comes Switch 0 42 for more information, including on and stays on, it means that important safety information. something may be wrong with the airbag system. For example, the front outboard Canada and Mexico passenger frontal airbag could inflate even though the airbag on-off switch is { Warning turned off. If the front outboard passenger frontal To help avoid injury to yourself or others, airbag is turned off for a person who is have the vehicle serviced right away. See not in a risk group identified by the Airbag Readiness Light 0 74 for more national government, that person will not information, including important safety have the extra protection of an airbag. In information. a crash, the airbag will not be able to inflate and help protect the person sitting If the word ON or the on symbol is lit, it there. Do not turn off the front outboard means that the front outboard passenger United States passenger frontal airbag unless the frontal airbag is enabled, and may inflate. person sitting there is in a risk group See Airbag On-Off Switch 0 42 for more identified by the national government. information, including important safety (Continued) information. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

76 Instruments and Controls

Charging System Light Malfunction Indicator Lamp Caution (Continued) (Check Engine Light) run smoothly. This could lead to costly This light is part of the vehicle’s emission repairs that might not be covered by the control on-board diagnostic system. If this vehicle warranty. light is on while the engine is running, a malfunction has been detected and the vehicle may require service. The light should Caution The charging system light comes on briefly come on to show that it is working when Modifications to the engine, transmission, when the ignition is turned on, but the the ignition is on and the engine is not exhaust, intake, or fuel system, or the engine is not running, as a check to show running. See Ignition Positions 0 135. use of replacement tires that do not the light is working. It should go out when meet the original tire specifications, can the engine is started. cause this light to come on. This could If the light stays on, or comes on while lead to costly repairs not covered by the driving, there may be a problem with the vehicle warranty. This could also affect electrical charging system. Have it checked the vehicle’s ability to pass an Emissions by your dealer. Driving while this light is on Inspection/Maintenance test. See 0 could drain the battery. Malfunctions are often indicated by the Accessories and Modifications 178. When this light comes on, or is flashing, the system before any problem is noticeable. If the light is flashing : A malfunction has Driver Information Center (DIC) also displays Being aware of the light and seeking service been detected that could damage the a message. promptly when it comes on may prevent damage. emission control system and increase vehicle If a short distance must be driven with the emissions. Diagnosis and service may be light on, be sure to turn off all accessories, Caution required. such as the radio and air conditioner. Find a To help prevent damage, reduce vehicle safe place to stop the vehicle. If the vehicle is driven continually with this light on, the emission control system speed and avoid hard accelerations and may not work as well, the fuel economy uphill grades. If towing a trailer, reduce the may be lower, and the vehicle may not amount of cargo being hauled as soon as (Continued) possible. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Instruments and Controls 77 If the light continues to flash, find a safe Emissions Inspection and Maintenance . Critical emission control systems have not place to park. Turn the vehicle off and wait Programs been completely diagnosed. If this at least 10 seconds before restarting the happens, the vehicle would not be ready engine. If the light is still flashing, follow If the vehicle requires an Emissions for inspection and might require the previous guidelines and see your dealer Inspection/Maintenance test, the test several days of routine driving before the for service as soon as possible. equipment will likely connect to the system is ready for inspection. This can vehicle's Data Link Connector (DLC). happen if the 12-volt battery has recently If the light is on steady : A malfunction has been replaced or run down, or if the been detected. Diagnosis and service may be vehicle has been recently serviced. required. See your dealer if the vehicle will not pass Check the following: or cannot be made ready for the test. . A loose or missing fuel cap may cause the light to come on. See Filling the Tank Brake System Warning Light 0 158. A few driving trips with the cap properly installed may turn the light off. The DLC is under the instrument panel to The vehicle brake system consists of two the left of the steering wheel. Connecting hydraulic circuits. If one circuit is not . Poor fuel quality can cause inefficient working, the remaining circuit can still work engine operation and poor driveability, devices that are not used to perform an Emissions Inspection/Maintenance test or to to stop the vehicle. For normal braking which may go away once the engine is performance, both circuits need to be warmed up. If this occurs, change the fuel service the vehicle may affect vehicle operation. See Add-On Electrical Equipment working. brand. It may require at least one full 0 tank of the proper fuel to turn the light 176. See your dealer if assistance is If the warning light comes on, there could off. See Recommended Fuel 0 158. needed. be a brake problem. Have the brake system inspected right away. If the light remains on, see your dealer. The vehicle may not pass inspection if: . The light is on when the engine is running. . The light does not come on when the ignition is on while the engine is off.

Metric English Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

78 Instruments and Controls This light should come on briefly when the If the ABS warning light is the only light on, vehicle is turned on. If it does not come on Warning (Continued) the vehicle has regular brakes, but ABS is then, have it fixed so it will be ready to been pulled off the road and carefully not functioning. warn you if there is a problem. stopped, have the vehicle towed for If both the ABS warning light and the brake When the ignition is on, the brake system service. system warning light are on, ABS is not warning light also comes on when the functioning and there is a problem with the parking brake is set. See Parking Brake Antilock Brake System (ABS) regular brakes. See your dealer for service. 0 146 for more information. The light stays Warning Light See Brake System Warning Light 0 77. on if the parking brake does not fully release. If it stays on after the parking brake Tow/Haul Mode Light is fully released, it means the vehicle has a brake problem. If the light comes on while driving, pull off the road and stop carefully. The pedal might be harder to push, or the pedal might go closer to the floor. It could take longer to This warning light should come on briefly stop. If the light is still on, have the vehicle when the vehicle is turned on. If the light towed for service. See Towing the Vehicle does not come on, have it fixed so it will be For vehicles with the Tow/Haul Mode 0 240. ready to warn if there is a problem. feature, this light comes on when the Tow/ Haul Mode has been activated. If the light comes on while driving, safely { Warning stop as soon as it is possible and turn off See Tow/Haul Mode 0 145. The brake system might not be working the vehicle. Then turn on the vehicle again properly if the brake system warning to reset the system. light is on. Driving with the brake system If the ABS warning light stays on, or comes warning light on can lead to a crash. on again while driving, the vehicle needs If the light is still on after the vehicle has service. A chime may also sound when the (Continued) light stays on. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Instruments and Controls 79 Lane Departure Warning (LDW) See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System Traction Control System (TCS)/ 0 Light 154. StabiliTrak Light StabiliTrak OFF Light

This light is green if LDW is on and ready to This light comes on briefly when the vehicle operate. This light comes on briefly while starting is turned on. This light changes to amber and flashes to the engine. If it does not, have the vehicle If the light does not come on, have the indicate that the lane marking has been serviced by your dealer. vehicle serviced by your dealer. If the crossed without using a turn signal in that This light comes on when the StabiliTrak/ system is working normally, the indicator direction. Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system is light turns off. See Lane Departure Warning (LDW) 0 157. turned off. If StabiliTrak/ESC is off, the If the light is on and not flashing, the TCS Traction Control System (TCS) is also off. and potentially the StabiliTrak/ESC system Vehicle Ahead Indicator If the StabiliTrak/ESC and TCS are off, the are not fully operational and may not assist system does not assist in controlling the in maintaining control. Adjust driving vehicle. Turn on the TCS and the StabiliTrak/ accordingly. If the condition persists, see ESC systems and the warning light turns off. your dealer as soon as possible. A Driver Information Center (DIC) message may See Traction Control/Electronic Stability display. Control 0 147. The light flashes when the TCS and/or the If equipped, this indicator will display green StabiliTrak/ESC system is actively working. when a vehicle is detected ahead and amber See Traction Control/Electronic Stability when you are following a vehicle ahead Control 0 147. much too closely. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

80 Instruments and Controls Tire Pressure Light the light will come on at every ignition If the light comes on and stays on, it means cycle. See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation that oil is not flowing through the engine 0 218. properly. The vehicle could be low on oil and might have some other system Engine Oil Pressure Light problem. See your dealer. Caution Low Fuel Warning Light Lack of proper engine oil maintenance For vehicles with the Tire Pressure Monitor can damage the engine. Driving with the System (TPMS), this light comes on briefly engine oil low can also damage the when the engine is started. It provides engine. The repairs would not be covered information about tire pressures and by the vehicle warranty. Check the oil the TPMS. level as soon as possible. Add oil if When the Light Is On Steady required, but if the oil level is within the operating range and the oil pressure is This indicates that one or more of the tires still low, have the vehicle serviced. are significantly underinflated. Always follow the maintenance schedule A Driver Information Center (DIC) tire for changing engine oil. pressure message may also display. Stop as soon as possible, and inflate the tires to the English Shown, Metric Similar pressure value shown on the Tire and Loading Information label. See Tire Pressure A Low Fuel Warning Light near the fuel 0 217. gauge comes on briefly when the ignition is turned on as a check to show it is working. When the Light Flashes First and Then Is On Steady It also comes on, and a chime sounds when the fuel gauge indicator nears empty. The If the light flashes for about a minute and This light should come on briefly as the light turns off when fuel is added. If it does then stays on, there may be a problem with engine is started. If it does not come on, not, have the vehicle serviced. the TPMS. If the problem is not corrected, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Instruments and Controls 81 Security Light See Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer The DIC displays trip, fuel, and vehicle 0 91. system information, and warning messages if a system problem is detected. Cruise Control Light If the vehicle has these features, the DIC also displays the compass direction and the outside air temperature when viewing the trip and fuel information. The compass direction appears on the top right corner of The security light should come on briefly as the DIC display. The outside air temperature the engine is started. If it does not come on, automatically appears in the bottom right have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. corner of the DIC display. If there is a If the system is working normally, the This light comes on when the cruise control is set. problem with the system that controls the indicator light turns off. temperature display, the numbers will be This light goes out when the cruise control replaced with dashes. If this occurs, have the If the light stays on and the engine does 0 not start, there could be a problem with the is canceled. See Cruise Control 149. vehicle serviced by your dealer. theft-deterrent system. See Immobilizer If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Operation 0 17. Information Displays Duramax diesel supplement. High-Beam On Light Driver Information Center (DIC) DIC Operation and Displays This vehicle has a DIC. The DIC has different displays which can be accessed by pressing the DIC buttons on the All messages will appear in the DIC display instrument panel, next to the instrument at the bottom of the instrument cluster. cluster. The DIC comes on when the ignition is on. After a short delay, the DIC will display the information that was last displayed before This light comes on when the high-beam the engine was turned off. headlamps are in use. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

82 Instruments and Controls DIC Buttons and without a Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Each trip odometer can be reset to zero transmitter, and compass zone and compass separately by pressing V while the desired calibration on vehicles with this feature. trip odometer is displayed. U : Press this button to customize the The trip odometer has a feature called the feature settings on the vehicle. See Vehicle retro-active reset. This can be used to set Personalization 0 86 for more information. the trip odometer to the number of V kilometers (miles) driven since the ignition : Press this button to set or reset certain was last turned on. This can be used if the functions and to turn off or acknowledge trip odometer is not reset at the beginning messages on the DIC. of the trip. Trip/Fuel Menu Items To use the retro-active reset feature, press V 3 : Press this button to scroll through and hold for at least four seconds. The the following menu items: trip odometer will display the number of The buttons are the trip/fuel, vehicle kilometers (km) or miles (mi) driven since information, customization, and set/reset Odometer the ignition was last turned on and the buttons. The button functions are detailed in Press 3 until XX km (mi) displays. This vehicle was moving. Once the vehicle begins the following pages. display shows the distance the vehicle has moving, the trip odometer will accumulate mileage. For example, if the vehicle was 3 : Press this button to display the been driven in either kilometers (km) or miles (mi). driven 8 km (5 miles) before it is started odometer, trip odometers, fuel range, again, and then the retro-active reset feature average economy, fuel used, timer, average Trip Odometers is activated, the display will show 8 km speed, and digital tachometer. Press 3 until A or B displays. This (5 miles). As the vehicle begins moving, the T : Press this button to display the oil display shows the current distance traveled display will then increase to 8.1 km life, rear park assist, units, tire pressure in either kilometers (km) or miles (mi) since (5.1 miles), 8.2 km (5.2 miles), etc. readings for vehicles with the Tire Pressure the last reset for each trip odometer. Both If the retro-active reset feature is activated Monitor System (TPMS), engine hours, Tire trip odometers can be used at the after the vehicle is started, but before it Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) same time. begins moving, the display will show the programming for vehicles with the TPMS number of kilometers (km) or miles (mi) that were driven during the last ignition cycle. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Instruments and Controls 83 Fuel Range recorded since the last time this menu item To reset the timer to zero, press and hold V was reset. To reset AVG ECONOMY, press Press 3 until FUEL RANGE displays. This while TIMER is displayed. and hold V. The display will return to zero. display shows the approximate number of Average Speed remaining kilometers (km) or miles (mi) the Fuel Used 3 vehicle can be driven without refueling. Press until AVERAGE SPEED displays. Press 3 until FUEL USED displays. This This display shows the average speed of the The fuel range estimate is based on an display shows the number of liters (L) or vehicle in kilometers per hour (km/h) or average of the fuel economy over recent gallons (gal) of fuel used since the last reset miles per hour (mph). This average is driving history and the amount of fuel of this menu item. To reset the fuel used calculated based on the various vehicle remaining in the fuel tank. This estimate information, press and hold V while FUEL speeds recorded since the last reset of this will change if driving conditions change. For USED is displayed. value. To reset the value, press and hold V. example, if driving in traffic and making The display will return to zero. frequent stops, this display may read one Timer Digital Tachometer number, but if the vehicle is driven on a Press 3 until TIMER displays. This freeway, the number may change even display can be used as a timer. Press 3 until Tachometer ##00 RPM though the same amount of fuel is in the displays. This display shows the engine fuel tank. This is because different driving V To start the timer, press while TIMER is speed in revolutions per minute (RPM). conditions produce different fuel economies. displayed. The display will show the amount Generally, freeway driving produces better of time that has passed since the timer was Blank Display fuel economy than city driving. last reset, not including time the ignition is This display shows no information. If the vehicle is low on fuel, the FUEL LEVEL off. Time will continue to be counted as LOW message will be displayed. long as the ignition is on, even if another Vehicle Information Menu Items display is being shown on the DIC. The T : Press this button to scroll through the Average Economy timer will record up to 99 hours, 59 minutes following menu items: Press 3 until AVG ECONOMY displays. and 59 seconds (99:59:59) after which the This display shows the approximate average display will return to zero. Oil Life liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles To stop the timer, press V briefly while Press T until OIL LIFE REMAINING displays. per gallon (mpg). This number is calculated TIMER is displayed. This display shows an estimate of the oil's based on the number of L/100 km (mpg) remaining useful life. If you see 99% OIL LIFE REMAINING on the display, that means 99% Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

84 Instruments and Controls of the current oil life remains. The engine oil system is turned off, a DIC message will pounds per square inch (psi). Press T until life system will alert you to change the oil display. See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) the DIC displays FRONT TIRES PSI (kPa) 0 on a schedule consistent with your driving 155. LEFT ## RIGHT ##. Press T again until the conditions. Park Assist DIC displays REAR TIRES PSI (kPa) LEFT ## When the remaining oil life is low, the If the vehicle has the Rear Park Assist (RPA) RIGHT ##. CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message will T If a low tire pressure condition is detected appear on the display. You should change system, press until PARK ASSIST displays. This display allows the system to by the system while driving, a message the oil as soon as possible. See Engine Oil advising you to check the pressure in a 0 184. In addition to the engine oil life be turned on or off. Once in this display, press to select between ON or OFF. The RPA specific tire will appear in the display. See system monitoring the oil life, additional Tire Pressure 0 217. maintenance is recommended. See system automatically turns back on after Maintenance Schedule 0 251. each vehicle start. When the RPA system is If the tire pressure display shows dashes turned off and the vehicle is shifted out of instead of a value, there may be a problem Remember, you must reset the OIL LIFE P (Park), the DIC will display the PARK with the vehicle. If this consistently occurs, yourself after each oil change. It will not ASSIST OFF message as a reminder that the see your dealer for service. reset itself. Also, be careful not to reset the system has been turned off. See Park Assist OIL LIFE accidentally at any time other than 0 153. Engine Hours when the oil has just been changed. Press T until ENGINE HOURS displays. This It cannot be reset accurately until the next Units display shows the total number of hours the oil change. To reset the engine oil life Press T until UNITS displays. This display 0 engine has run. system, see Engine Oil Life System 186. allows you to select between metric or Relearn Tire Positions Side Blind Zone Alert English units of measurement. Once in this V The vehicle may have this display. To access If the vehicle has Side Blind Zone Alert display, press to select between METRIC this display, the vehicle must be in P (Park). (SBZA), this display allows the system to be or ENGLISH units. T If the vehicle has the Tire Pressure Monitor turned on or off. Press until SBZA Tire Pressure System (TPMS), after rotating the tires or displays. Once in this display, press V to If the vehicle has the Tire Pressure Monitor after replacing a tire or sensor, the system select between ON or OFF. When the SBZA System (TPMS), the pressure for each tire must re-learn the tire positions. To re-learn can be viewed in the DIC. The tire pressure will be shown in either kilopascals (kPa) or Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Instruments and Controls 85 the tire positions, see Tire Pressure Monitor All messages should be taken seriously; Engine Power Messages System 0 218. See Tire Inspection 0 221 and clearing the message does not correct the Tire Rotation 0 221. problem. ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED Change Compass Zone If a SERVICE message appears, see your This message displays when the vehicle's The vehicle may have this feature. To dealer. propulsion power is reduced. A reduction in change the compass zone through the DIC, Follow the instructions given in the propulsion power can affect the vehicle's see Compass 0 67. messages. The system displays messages ability to accelerate. If this message is on, regarding the following topics: but there is no observed reduction in Calibrate Compass performance, proceed to your destination. . Service Messages The vehicle may have this feature. The Under certain conditions the performance . Fluid Levels compass can be manually calibrated. To may be reduced the next time the vehicle is calibrate the compass through the DIC, see . Vehicle Security driven. The vehicle may be driven while this Compass 0 67. . Brakes message is on, but maximum acceleration . Steering and speed may be reduced. Anytime this Blank Display message stays on, or displays repeatedly, . Ride Control Systems This display shows no information. the vehicle should be taken to your dealer . Driver Assistance Systems for service as soon as possible. . Cruise Control Vehicle Messages Under certain operating conditions, . Lighting and Bulb Replacement propulsion will be disabled. Try restarting Messages displayed on the DIC indicate the . Wiper/Washer Systems after the ignition has been off for status of the vehicle or some action that . Doors and Windows 30 seconds. may be needed to correct a condition. Multiple messages may appear one after . Seat Belts another. . Airbag Systems The messages that do not require . Engine and Transmission immediate action can be acknowledged and . Tire Pressure cleared by pressing V. The messages that . Battery require immediate action cannot be cleared until that action is performed. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

86 Instruments and Controls Vehicle Speed Messages To change customization preferences, use Press U until the PRESS V TO DISPLAY IN the following procedure. ENGLISH screen appears on the DIC display. SPEED LIMITED TO XXX KM/H (MPH) Entering the Feature Settings Menu Press the set/reset button once to display This message shows that the vehicle speed all DIC messages in English. 1. Turn the ignition on and place the has been limited to the speed displayed. The LANGUAGE limited speed is a protection for various vehicle in P (Park). propulsion and vehicle systems, such as To avoid excessive drain on the battery, This feature allows you to select the lubrication, thermal, suspension, or tires. it is recommended that the headlamps language in which the DIC messages will are turned off. appear. Vehicle Personalization 2. Press U to enter the feature Press U until the LANGUAGE screen appears settings menu. on the DIC display. Press V once to access This vehicle may have customization U capabilities that allow you to program If the menu is not available, FEATURE the settings for this feature. Then press certain features to one preferred setting. SETTINGS AVAILABLE IN PARK will display. to scroll through the following settings: Before entering the menu, make sure the Customization features can only be ENGLISH (default) : All messages will appear vehicle is in P (Park). programmed to one setting on the vehicle in English. and cannot be programmed to a preferred Feature Settings Menu Items setting for two different drivers. FRANCAIS : All messages will appear in The following are customization features French. All of the customization options may not be that allow you to program settings to the ESPANOL : All messages will appear in available on your vehicle. Only the options vehicle: available will be displayed on the DIC. Spanish. DISPLAY IN ENGLISH The default settings for the customization NO CHANGE : No change will be made to features were set when the vehicle left the This feature will only display if a language this feature. The current setting will remain. factory, but may have been changed from other than English has been set. This feature To select a setting, press V while the their default state since then. allows you to change the language in which desired setting is displayed on the DIC. the DIC messages appear to English. The customization preferences are A beep will sound once a language has been automatically recalled. selected. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Instruments and Controls 87 AUTO DOOR LOCK Press U until AUTO DOOR UNLOCK appears transmitter. You will not receive feedback This feature allows you to select when the on the DIC display. Press V once to access when locking the vehicle with the RKE doors will automatically lock. U transmitter if the doors are open. See the settings for this feature. Then press Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Press U until AUTO DOOR LOCK appears on to scroll through the following settings: Operation 0 8. V OFF : None of the doors will automatically the DIC display. Press once to access the Press U U unlock. until REMOTE DOOR LOCK appears settings for this feature. Then press to on the DIC display. Press V once to access scroll through the following settings: DRIVER AT KEY OUT : Only the driver door the settings for this feature. Then press U will unlock when the key is taken out of the SHIFT OUT OF PARK (default) : The doors to scroll through the following settings: will automatically lock when the vehicle is ignition. shifted out of P (Park). DRIVER IN PARK : Only the driver door will OFF : There will be no feedback when you press Q on the RKE transmitter. AT VEHICLE SPEED : The doors will unlock when the vehicle is shifted into automatically lock when the vehicle speed is P (Park). LIGHTS ONLY : The exterior lamps will flash above 13 km/h (8 mph) for three seconds. ALL AT KEY OUT : All of the doors will when you press Q on the RKE transmitter. NO CHANGE : No change will be made to unlock when the key is taken out of the HORN ONLY : The horn will sound on the ignition. this feature. The current setting will remain. second press of Q on the RKE transmitter. V ALL IN PARK (default) : All of the doors will To select a setting, press while the unlock when the vehicle is shifted into HORN & LIGHTS (default) : The exterior desired setting is displayed on the DIC. P (Park). lamps will flash when you press Q on the RKE transmitter, and the horn will sound AUTO DOOR UNLOCK NO CHANGE : No change will be made to when is pressed again within five seconds This feature allows you to select whether or this feature. The current setting will remain. Q not to turn off the automatic door unlocking of the previous command. To select a setting, press V while the feature. It also allows you to select which NO CHANGE : No change will be made to doors and when the doors will automatically desired setting is displayed on the DIC. this feature. The current setting will remain. unlock. REMOTE DOOR LOCK To select a setting, press V while the This feature allows you to select the type of desired setting is displayed on the DIC. feedback you will receive when locking the vehicle with the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

88 Instruments and Controls REMOTE DOOR UNLOCK DELAY DOOR LOCK EXIT LIGHTING This feature allows you to select the type of This feature allows you to select whether or This feature allows you to select the feedback you will receive when unlocking not the locking of the doors will be delayed. amount of time you want the exterior the vehicle with the Remote Keyless When locking the doors with the power lamps to remain on when it is dark enough Entry (RKE) transmitter. You will not receive door lock switch and a door is open, this outside. This happens after the key is turned feedback when unlocking the vehicle with feature will delay locking the doors until from on to off. the RKE transmitter if the doors are open. five seconds after the last door is closed. U See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System You will hear three chimes to signal that the Press until EXIT LIGHTING appears on the Operation 0 8. delayed locking feature is in use. The key DIC display. Press V once to access the must be out of the ignition for this feature settings for this feature. Then press U to Press U until REMOTE DOOR UNLOCK to work. You can temporarily override scroll through the following settings: appears on the DIC display. Press V once to delayed locking by pressing the power door OFF : The exterior lamps will not turn on. access the settings for this feature. Then lock switch twice or Q on the RKE press U to scroll through the following transmitter twice. See Delayed Locking 0 12. 10 SECONDS (default) : The exterior lamps settings: will stay on for 10 seconds. Press U until DELAY DOOR LOCK appears on LIGHTS OFF : The exterior lamps will not 1 MINUTE : The exterior lamps will stay on the DIC display. Press V once to access the flash when you press K on the RKE for one minute. settings for this feature. Then press U to transmitter. 2 MINUTES : The exterior lamps will stay on scroll through the following settings: LIGHTS ON (default) : The exterior lamps for two minutes. OFF : There will be no delayed locking of K NO CHANGE : No change will be made to will flash when you press on the RKE the vehicle's doors. transmitter. this feature. The current setting will remain. ON (default) : The doors will not lock until V NO CHANGE : No change will be made to five seconds after the last door is closed. To select a setting, press while the this feature. The current setting will remain. desired setting is displayed on the DIC. NO CHANGE : No change will be made to To select a setting, press V while the this feature. The current setting will remain. CHIME VOLUME desired setting is displayed on the DIC. To select a setting, press V while the This feature allows you to select the volume level of the chime. desired setting is displayed on the DIC. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Instruments and Controls 89 Press U until CHIME VOLUME appears on DO NOT RESTORE : The customization the DIC display. Press V once to access the features will not be set to their factory default settings. settings for this feature. Then press U to scroll through the following settings: To select a setting, press V while the NORMAL : The chime volume will be set to desired setting is displayed on the DIC. a normal level. EXIT FEATURE SETTINGS LOUD : The chime volume will be set to a This feature allows you to exit the feature loud level. settings menu. NO CHANGE : No change will be made to Press U until FEATURE SETTINGS PRESS V this feature. The current setting will remain. TO EXIT appears in the DIC display. Press V There is no default for chime volume. The once to exit the menu. volume will stay at the last known setting. If you do not exit, pressing U will return To select a setting, press V while the you to the beginning of the feature desired setting is displayed on the DIC. settings menu. FACTORY SETTINGS Exiting the Feature Settings Menu This feature allows you to set all of the The feature settings menu will be exited customization features back to their factory when any of the following occurs: default settings. . The vehicle is no longer on. Press U until FACTORY SETTINGS appears on . The 3 or T DIC buttons are the DIC display. Press V once to access the pressed. settings for this feature. Then press U to . The end of the feature settings menu is scroll through the following settings: reached and exited. RESTORE ALL (default) : The customization . A 40–second time period has elapsed features will be set to their factory default with no selection made. settings. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

90 Lighting Lighting Exterior Lighting ; : Turns on the parking lamps including all lamps, except the headlamps. Exterior Lighting Exterior Lamp Controls 2 : Turns on the headlamps together with Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 90 the parking lamps and instrument panel Exterior Lamps Off Reminder ...... 90 lights. Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer . . . . . 91 If the headlamps are turned on while the Flash-to-Pass ...... 91 vehicle is on, the headlamps turn off Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) ...... 91 automatically 10 minutes after the ignition Automatic Headlamp System ...... 91 is turned off. If the headlamps are turned on Hazard Warning Flashers ...... 92 while the vehicle is off, the headlamps will Turn and Lane-Change Signals ...... 93 continue to stay on. To prevent the battery Interior Lighting from being drained, turn the control to the Instrument Panel Illumination The exterior lamp control is on the O position. Control ...... 93 instrument panel to the left of the steering A warning chime sounds if the driver door is Dome Lamps ...... 94 wheel. opened while the ignition switch is off and Reading Lamps ...... 94 There are four positions: the headlamps are on. Lighting Features O : Briefly turn the control to this position To change the headlamps from low beam to Entry Lighting ...... 94 to turn the automatic headlamps and high beam, pull the turn signal lever all the Exit Lighting ...... 94 Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) off or way toward you. Then release it. Battery Load Management ...... 95 back on. Battery Power Protection ...... 95 Exterior Lamps Off Reminder Exterior Lighting Battery Saver ...... 95 For vehicles first sold in Canada, the off position only works for vehicles that are If a door is open, a reminder chime sounds shifted into the P (Park) position. when the headlamps or parking lamps are manually turned on and the key is out of AUTO : Automatically turns the exterior the ignition. To turn off the chime, turn the lamps on and off, depending on outside lighting. headlamp switch to O or AUTO and then back on, or close and re-open the door. In Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Lighting 91 the auto mode, the headlamps turn off once If the headlamps are off or in the low‐beam To turn off the DRL, turn the exterior lamp the ignition is off or may remain on until position, pull the turn signal lever toward control to O and then release it. For the headlamp delay ends, if enabled in the you to momentarily switch to high beams. vehicles first sold in Canada, the DRL can Driver Information Center (DIC). See “Exit only be turned off when the vehicle is 0 Release the lever to turn the high-beam Lighting” under Vehicle Personalization 86. headlamps off. parked. Headlamp High/Low-Beam Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Automatic Headlamp System Changer DRL can make it easier for others to see the When it is dark enough outside and the 2 3 : Push the turn signal lever all the front of the vehicle during the day. Fully headlamp switch is in AUTO, the automatic way away from you to change the functional DRL are required on all vehicles headlamp system turns on the headlamps, headlamps from low to high beam. Then first sold in Canada. along with the taillamps, sidemarker lamps, release it. parking lamps, and the instrument panel The DRL system comes on in daylight when lights. The radio lights will also be dim. Push the turn signal lever all the way from the following conditions are met: To turn off the automatic headlamp system, you again or pull the turn signal lever all . The ignition is on. turn the exterior lamp control to the off the way toward you and release it to . The exterior lamp control is in the AUTO change the headlamps back to low beam. position and then release. For vehicles first position. sold in Canada, the transmission must be in . The shift lever is not in P (Park). the P (Park) position, before the automatic . The light sensor determines it is daytime. headlamp system can be turned off. When the DRL are on, the taillamps, sidemarker, instrument panel lights, and other lamps will not be on.

This instrument cluster light comes on when The automatic headlamp system the high-beam headlamps are on. automatically switches from DRL to the headlamps depending on the darkness of Flash-to-Pass the surroundings. This feature is used to signal to the vehicle ahead that you want to pass. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

92 Lighting The vehicle has a light sensor on the top of To idle the vehicle with the automatic Hazard Warning Flashers the instrument panel. Do not cover the headlamp system off, turn the control off. sensor; otherwise the system will come on The headlamps will also stay on after whenever the ignition is on. exiting the vehicle. This feature may be The system may also turn on the headlamps programmable. See Vehicle Personalization when driving through a parking garage or 0 86. tunnel. If the feature is not programmable, exit There is a delay in the transition between lighting is automatic. When it is dark the daytime and nighttime operation of the enough outside, the exterior lamps remain Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) and the on for 30 seconds after the ignition is automatic headlamp system so that driving turned off. under bridges or bright overhead street lights does not affect the system. The DRL Lights On with Wipers and automatic headlamp system are only If the windshield wipers are activated in affected when the light sensor sees a daylight with the engine on, and the | : Press this button to make the front change in lighting lasting longer than the exterior lamp control is in AUTO, the and rear turn signal lamps flash on and off. delay. headlamps, parking lamps, and other This warns others that you are having trouble. Press again to turn the flashers off. If the vehicle is started in a dark garage, the exterior lamps come on. The transition time automatic headlamp system comes on for the lamps coming on varies based on When the hazard warning flashers are on, immediately. Once the vehicle leaves the wiper speed. When the wipers are not the vehicle's turn signals will not work. garage, it takes approximately 30 seconds operating, these lamps turn off. Move the for the automatic headlamp system to exterior lamp control to P or ; to change to DRL if it is light outside. During disable this feature. that delay, the instrument cluster may not be as bright as usual. Make sure the instrument panel brightness control is in the full bright position. See Instrument Panel Illumination Control 0 93. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Lighting 93 Turn and Lane-Change Signals The lever returns to its starting position Interior Lighting when released. If after signaling a turn or lane change the Instrument Panel Illumination arrow flashes rapidly or does not come on, a Control signal bulb may be burned out. Have any burned out bulbs replaced. If a bulb is not burned out, check the fuse. See Fuses and Circuit Breakers 0 205. G : An arrow on the instrument cluster flashes in the direction of the turn or lane Turn Signal On Chime change. If the turn signal is left on for more than To signal a turn, move the lever all the way 1.2 km (0.75 mi), a chime sounds at each up or down. flash of the turn signal and the message TURN SIGNAL ON also appears in the Driver To signal a lane change, raise or lower the Information Center (DIC). To turn off the lever until the arrow starts to flash. The chime and message, move the turn signal turn signal automatically flashes three times lever to the off position. and if the Tow/Haul Mode is active it This feature adjusts the brightness of all flashes six times. Holding the turn signal illuminated controls. The instrument panel lever for more than one second causes the illumination control is next to the exterior turn signals to flash continually until the lamp control. lever is released. D : Push the knob in all the way until it extends out and then turn the knob clockwise or counterclockwise to brighten or dim the lights. Push the knob back in when finished. The knob is functional at night, or when the headlamps or parking lamps are ON. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

94 Lighting Dome Lamps The dome lamp override sets the dome Lighting Features lamps to remain off or come on The dome lamps will come on when any automatically when a door is opened, the Entry Lighting door is opened, the remote unlock is remote unlock is pressed, or when the pressed, or when the ignition is switched ignition is switched off. Some exterior lamps turn on briefly at off. They will turn off after a delay, when all E night, or in areas with limited lighting, doors are closed, or when the ignition is DOME OFF : Press this button in and the when K is pressed on the RKE transmitter. dome lamps remain off when a door is switched on. After about 30 seconds the exterior lamps opened, the remote unlock is pressed, or the turn off. Entry lighting can be disabled The instrument panel brightness knob ignition is switched off. Press the button manually by turning the ignition on or to extends when D is pressed. To manually again to return it to the extended position turn on the dome lamps, press D then so that the dome lamps come on when a ACC/ACCESSORY, or by pressing Q on the turn the knob clockwise to the farthest door is opened, the remote unlock is RKE transmitter. When any door is opened position. In this position, the dome lamps pressed, or when the ignition is or the remote unlock is pressed, all interior remain on whether a door is opened or switched off. lights turn on and then interior lamps dim closed. to off within 20 seconds after all doors are Reading Lamps closed. Dome Lamp Override If equipped with reading lamps, press the The entry lighting feature for exterior button next to each lamp to turn it on lighting can be changed. See “Vehicle or off. Locator Lights” under Vehicle Personalization 0 86. To operate, the ignition must be on, in ACC/ ACCESSORY, or using Retained Accessory Exit Lighting Power (RAP). Some exterior lamps come on at night, or in The vehicle may also have reading lamps in areas with limited lighting, when the driver other locations. The lamps cannot be door is opened after the ignition is adjusted. turned off. The dome lamp comes on after the ignition is turned off or any door is opened. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Lighting 95 The exterior lamps and dome lamp remain (alternator) may not be spinning fast Battery Power Protection on after the door is closed for a set amount enough at idle to produce all the power that of time, then automatically turn off. is needed for very high electrical loads. This feature shuts off the interior lamps if they are left on for more than 10 minutes The exterior lamps turn off immediately by A high electrical load occurs when several of when the ignition is off. This helps to turning the exterior lamp control off. The the following are on, such as: headlamps, prevent the battery from running down. exit lighting for exterior lights can be high beams, fog lamps, rear window changed. See Vehicle Personalization 0 86. defogger, climate control fan at high speed, Exterior Lighting Battery Saver heated seats, engine cooling fans, trailer Battery Load Management loads, and loads plugged into accessory The exterior lamps turn off about 10 minutes power outlets. after the ignition is turned off, if the parking The vehicle may have Electric Power lamps or headlamps have been manually Management (EPM) that estimates the EPM works to prevent excessive discharge of left on. This protects against draining the battery's temperature and state of charge. the battery. It does this by balancing the battery. To restart the 10-minute timer, turn It then adjusts the voltage for best generator's output and the vehicle's the exterior lamp control to the O position performance and extended life of the electrical needs. It can increase engine idle ; 2 battery. speed to generate more power, whenever and then back to the or position. When the battery's state of charge is low, needed. It can temporarily reduce the power To keep the lamps on for more than the voltage is raised slightly to quickly bring demands of some accessories. 10 minutes, the ignition must be on or in the charge back up. When the state of Normally, these actions occur in steps or ACC/ACCESSORY. charge is high, the voltage is lowered levels, without being noticeable. In rare slightly to prevent overcharging. If the cases at the highest levels of corrective vehicle has a voltmeter gauge or a voltage action, this action may be noticeable to the display on the Driver Information Center driver. If so, a Driver Information Center (DIC), you may see the voltage move up or (DIC) message might be displayed, such as down. This is normal. If there is a problem, SERVICE BATTERY CHARGING SYSTEM. If this an alert will be displayed. messages displays, it is recommended that The battery can be discharged at idle if the the driver reduce the electrical loads as electrical loads are very high. This is true for much as possible. all vehicles. This is because the generator Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

96 Infotainment System Infotainment System Introduction Before driving: . Become familiar with the operation, Introduction Infotainment center stack controls, and infotainment controls. Infotainment ...... 96 Read the following pages to become familiar Theft-Deterrent Feature ...... 97 with the features. . Set up the audio by presetting favorite Overview (AM-FM Radio) ...... 97 stations, setting the tone, and adjusting the speakers. Overview (Radio with CD/MP3) ...... 99 { Warning Operation ...... 100 . Set up phone numbers in advance so they Taking your eyes off the road for too can be called easily by pressing a single Radio long or too often while using any control or by using a single voice AM-FM Radio ...... 101 infotainment feature can cause a crash. command if equipped with Bluetooth Satellite Radio ...... 102 You or others could be injured or killed. phone capability. Radio Reception ...... 103 Do not give extended attention to See Defensive Driving 0 126. Fixed Mast Antenna ...... 103 infotainment tasks while driving. Limit Multi-Band Antenna ...... 104 your glances at the vehicle displays and To play the infotainment system with the focus your attention on driving. Use voice ignition off, see Retained Accessory Power Audio Players (RAP) 0 138. Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices . . . . 104 commands whenever possible. CD Player ...... 104 Auxiliary Devices ...... 108 The infotainment system has built-in features intended to help avoid distraction OnStar System by disabling some functions when driving. OnStar System ...... 112 Many infotainment features are also available through the instrument cluster and Phone steering wheel controls. Bluetooth ...... 112 Trademarks and License Agreements Trademarks and License Agreements . . . 117 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Infotainment System 97 Active Noise Cancellation (ANC) Overview (AM-FM Radio) If equipped, ANC reduces engine noise in the vehicle’s interior. ANC requires the factory-installed audio system, radio, speakers, amplifier (if equipped), induction system, and exhaust system to work properly. Deactivation is required by your dealer if related aftermarket equipment is installed. Theft-Deterrent Feature The theft-deterrent feature works by learning a portion of the Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) to the infotainment system. The infotainment system does not operate if it is stolen or moved to a different vehicle.

1. 4 3. MENU . Press to show information on the . Press to set the number of favorite current station or track. pages. 2. FAV . Press to select the Speed Compensation Volume setting. . Press to scroll through the favorite pages. . Press to turn Auto Page Text Information on or off. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

98 Infotainment System 4. Buttons 1 - 6 8. Auxiliary Input Jack (If Equipped) 12. P . Press to save and select favorite . Use to connect external audio . Press to turn the infotainment stations. devices. system on or off. 5. EQ 9. SRCE . Turn to adjust the volume. . Press to adjust the equalizer. . Press to scroll through auxiliary 13. ¨ SEEK devices, AM, FM, or SXM if equipped. 6. f . Seeks or scans to the next station. 10. \ FWD . Press to set the bass, midrange, 14. © SEEK treble, fade, and balance. . Press and hold to fast forward through a track. . Seeks or scans to the previous . Turn to manually select radio station. stations. 11. s REV 15. H 7. CAT . Press and hold to go backward fast . Press to set the clock and date. . Press to display a list of SXM through a track. categories, if equipped. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Infotainment System 99 Overview (Radio with CD/MP3) 5. EQ . Press to adjust the equalizer. 6. f . Press to set the bass, midrange, treble, fade, and balance. . Turn to manually select radio stations. 7. CAT . Press to display a list of SXM categories, if equipped. 8. Z EJECT . Press to eject the loaded CD. 9. Auxiliary Input Jack (If Equipped) . Use to connect external audio devices. 10. CD/AUX 1. 4 3. MENU . Press to scroll through selecting the CD or an auxiliary device. . Press to show information on the . Press to set the number of favorite current station or track. pages. 11. \ FWD 2. FAV . Press to select the Speed . Press and hold to fast forward Compensation Volume setting. through a track. . Press to scroll through the favorite pages. . Press to turn Auto Page Text 12. s REV Information on or off. . Press and hold to go backward fast 4. Buttons 1 - 6 through a track. . Saves and selects favorite stations. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

100 Infotainment System 13. P text information related to the current Setting the Tone (Bass/Treble) FM-RDS station or MP3 song. A choice of . Press to turn the infotainment To adjust the bass or treble: system on or off. additional information such as Channel, Song, Artist, and CAT (category) can display. 1. Press the f knob until Bass or Treble . Turn to adjust the volume. Continue pressing to highlight the desired displays. 14. ¨ SEEK tab, or press the softkey under any one of 2. To adjust the setting, do one of the . Seeks or scans to the next station. the tabs and the information about that tab following: displays. 15. © SEEK . Turn the f knob. Speed Compensated Volume (SCV) : SCV . Seeks or scans to the previous automatically adjusts the radio volume to . Press ¨ SEEK, or © SEEK. station. compensate for road and wind noise as the EQ : Press this button to choose bass and 16. BAND vehicle speed changes while driving, so that treble equalization settings designed for . Press to scroll through the available the volume level stays consistent. different types of music. Selecting MANUAL, bands FM1, FM2, AM, or SXM if To activate SCV: or changing bass or treble, returns the EQ to equipped. the manual bass and treble settings. 1. Set the radio volume to the desired level. 17. H Unique EQ settings can be saved for each 2. Press the MENU button to display the source. . Press to set the clock and date. radio setup menu. Operation 3. Press the softkey under the AUTO Adjusting the Speakers (Balance/Fade) VOLUM (automatic volume) tab on the BAL/FADE : To adjust the balance or fade: Using the Radio infotainment display. 1. Press the f knob until the speaker O : Press to turn the system on and off. 4. Press the softkey under the desired SCV setting (OFF, Low, Med, or High) to control tabs display. Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to select the level of radio volume 2. Highlight the desired speaker control tab increase or decrease the volume. compensation. The display times out by doing one of the following: 4 : Press to switch the display between the after approximately 10 seconds. Each . Press the f knob. higher setting allows for more radio radio station frequency and the time. While . Press the softkey under the the ignition is off, press this button to volume compensation at faster vehicle desired tab. display the time. Press to display additional speeds. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Infotainment System 101 3. Adjust the setting by doing one of the Radio To scan stations, press and hold either following: button for two seconds until a beep sounds. . Turn the f knob clockwise or AM-FM Radio The radio goes to a station, plays for a few counterclockwise. seconds, then goes to the next station. For Radio Data System (RDS) AM-FM Radio and Radio with CD, the station . Press ¨ SEEK or © SEEK. frequency flashes while the radio is in the The radio may have an RDS. The RDS feature . Press \ FWD or s REV. scan mode. Press either button again to stop is available for use only on FM stations that scanning. To quickly adjust all speaker and tone broadcast RDS information. This system controls to the middle position, press the f relies upon receiving specific information The radio seeks and scans stations only with knob for more than two seconds. from these stations and only works when a strong signal that are in the the information is available. While the radio selected band. If the Rear Seat Audio (RSA) is turned on, is tuned to an FM-RDS station, the station Scan presets within the current selected the radio disables FADE and mutes the rear name or call letters display. In rare cases, a speakers. band by pressing and holding either SEEK radio station could broadcast incorrect button for four seconds until a double beep Radio Messages information that causes the radio features sounds. The radio goes to a stored preset, to work improperly. If this happens, contact plays for a few seconds if a strong signal is Calibration Error : The audio system has the radio station. present, then goes to the next stored preset. been calibrated for the vehicle from the The station frequency flashes while the factory. If Calibration Error displays, it Finding a Station radio is in the scan mode. means that the radio has not been BAND or SRCE : Press to switch between configured properly for the vehicle and it FM1, FM2, AM, and SXM if equipped. The Storing a Radio Station as a Favorite must be returned to your dealer for service. selection displays. You are encouraged to set up radio station VIN or NO VIN : One of these messages will f : Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to favorites while the vehicle is parked. Tune to display when the TheftLock system has increase or decrease the station frequency. favorite stations using the presets, favorites locked up the radio. Take the vehicle to your button, and steering wheel controls, dealer for service. © SEEK or ¨ SEEK : Press © SEEK to go to if equipped. See Defensive Driving 0 126. If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error the previous or ¨ SEEK to go to the next FAV : If equipped with a FAV button, a cannot be corrected, contact your dealer. station and stay there. maximum of 36 stations can be programmed as favorites by using the six softkeys below Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

102 Infotainment System the radio station frequency tabs and by 3. Select the desired number of favorites © SEEK or ¨ SEEK : Press © SEEK to go to using the radio favorites page button (FAV pages by pressing the softkey below the the previous or ¨ SEEK to go to the next button). Press FAV to go through up to displayed page numbers. station and stay there. six pages of favorites, each having 4. Press FAV, or let the menu time out, to To scan stations, press and hold either six favorite stations available per page. Each return to the original main radio screen button for two seconds until a beep sounds. page of favorites can contain any showing the radio station frequency tabs The radio goes to a station, plays for a few combination of AM and FM stations. and to begin the process of seconds, then goes to the next station. The programming favorites for the chosen The balance/fade and tone settings that station frequency flashes while the radio is number of numbered pages. were previously adjusted are stored with the in the scan mode. Press either button again favorite stations. Satellite Radio to stop scanning. To store a station as a favorite: SiriusXM, if equipped, is a satellite radio The radio seeks and scans stations only with 1. Tune to the desired radio station. service based in the United States and a strong signal that are in the 2. Press FAV to display the page where the Canada only. selected band. station is to be stored. To scan presets within the current selected 3. Press and hold one of the six softkeys Finding a Category (CAT) Station band, press and hold either SEEK button for until a beep sounds. When that softkey CAT : The CAT button is used to find SXM four seconds until a double beep sounds. The is pressed and released, the station that channels (if equipped) while the radio is in radio goes to a stored preset, plays for a was set returns. the SXM mode. few seconds if a strong signal is present, then goes to the next stored preset. The 4. Repeat the steps for each softkey radio Finding a Channel station to be stored as a favorite. station frequency flashes while the radio is BAND or SRCE : Press to switch between in the scan mode. The number of favorites pages can be set up FM1, FM2, AM, and SXM if equipped. The Storing a Radio Station as a Favorite using the MENU button. To set up the selection displays. number of favorites pages: f You are encouraged to set up radio station 1. Press MENU to display the radio : Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to favorites while the vehicle is parked. Tune to setup menu. increase or decrease the station frequency. favorite stations using the presets, favorites 2. Press the softkey below the FAV 1-6 tab. button, and steering wheel controls, if equipped. See Defensive Driving 0 126. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Infotainment System 103 FAV : If equipped with a FAV button, a 2. Press the softkey below the FAV 1-6 tab. occur when things like storms and power maximum of 36 stations can be programmed 3. Select the desired number of favorites lines interfere with radio reception. When as favorites using the six softkeys below the pages by pressing the softkey below the this happens, try reducing the treble on the radio station frequency tabs and by using displayed page numbers. radio. the radio favorites page button (FAV button). Press FAV to go through up to 4. Press FAV, or let the menu time out, to SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service return to the original main radio screen six pages of favorites, each having If equipped, SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service six favorite stations available per page. Each showing the radio station frequency tabs and to begin the process of provides digital radio reception. Tall page of favorites can contain any buildings or hills can interfere with satellite combination of AM, FM, or SXM stations. programming favorites for the chosen number of numbered pages. radio signals, causing the sound to fade in The balance/fade and tone settings that and out. In addition, traveling or standing were previously adjusted are stored with the Radio Reception under heavy foliage, bridges, garages, favorite stations. or tunnels may cause loss of the SiriusXM Unplug electronic devices from the accessory signal for a period of time. Some cellular To store a station as a favorite: power outlets if there is interference or services may interfere with SXM reception 1. Tune to the desired radio station. static in the radio. causing loss of signal. 2. Press FAV to display the page where the FM Mobile Device Usage station is to be stored. FM signals only reach about 16 to 65 km (10 Mobile device usage, such as making or 3. Press and hold one of the six softkeys to 40 mi). Although the radio has a built-in receiving calls, charging, or just having the until a beep sounds. When that softkey electronic circuit that automatically works to mobile device on may cause static is pressed and released, the station that reduce interference, some static can occur, interference in the radio. Unplug the mobile was set returns. especially around tall buildings or hills, device or turn it off if this happens. 4. Repeat the steps for each softkey radio causing the sound to fade in and out. station to be stored as a favorite. Fixed Mast Antenna AM The number of favorites pages can be set up The fixed mast antenna will go through using the MENU button. To set up the The range for most AM stations is greater most car washes as long as it is securely number of favorites pages: than for FM, especially at night. The longer attached. If the antenna becomes slightly range can cause station frequencies to bent, straighten it out by hand. If it is badly 1. Press MENU to display the radio interfere with each other. Static can also setup menu. bent, replace it. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

104 Infotainment System Occasionally check that the antenna is tight CD Player Care of CDs at the base. If tightening is required, protect If playing a CD-R, the sound quality can be the paint from damage. Care of the CD Player reduced due to CD-R or CD-RW quality, the Multi-Band Antenna Do not add any label to a CD. It could get method of recording, the quality of the caught in the CD player. If a CD is recorded music that has been recorded, and the way The multi-band antenna is on the roof of on a personal computer and a description the CD-R or CD-RW has been handled. the vehicle. The antenna is used for OnStar label is needed, try labeling the top of the Handle them carefully. Store CD-Rs or and the SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service recorded CD with a marking pen. CD-RWs in their original cases or other System if the vehicle has these features. Tall The use of CD lens cleaners is not advised, protective cases and away from direct buildings, hills, trees, heavy foliage, tunnels, due to the risk of contaminating the lens of sunlight and dust. The CD player scans the bridges, and garages will affect reception. the CD optics with lubricants internal to the bottom surface of the disc. If the surface of Keep the antenna clear of obstructions for CD player mechanism. a CD is damaged, such as cracked, broken, clear reception. Make sure there is sufficient or scratched, the CD does not play properly clearance when entering garages or parking Caution or not at all. Do not touch the bottom side structures. of a CD while handling it; this could damage If a label is added to a CD, more than the surface. Pick up CDs by the outer edges one CD is inserted into the slot at a time, or the edge of the hole and the outer edge. Audio Players or an attempt is made to play scratched Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices or damaged CDs, the CD player could be If the surface of a CD is soiled, clean it with damaged. While using the CD player, use a soft, lint-free cloth or dampen a clean, soft When using media devices such as CDs, only CDs in good condition without any cloth in a mild, neutral detergent solution mixed with water. Make sure the wiping DVDs, Blu-ray Discs, SD cards, USB devices, label, load one CD at a time, and keep process starts from the center to the edge. and mobile devices, consider the source. the CD player and the loading slot free of Untrusted media devices could contain files foreign materials, liquids, and debris. Inserting a CD that affect system operation or performance. Avoid use if the content or origin cannot be If an error displays, see “CD Player Insert a CD partway into the slot, label side trusted. Messages” later in this section. up. The player pulls it in and the CD should begin playing. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Infotainment System 105 Ejecting a CD automatically searches for an auxiliary input s REV : Press and hold to reverse playback device; see Auxiliary Devices 0 108. If a quickly within a track. Z EJECT : Press and release to eject the portable audio player is not connected, “No disc. Remove the CD when Remove Disc Input Device Found” displays. \ FWD : Press and hold to advance displays. If the disc is not removed, after playback quickly within a track. several seconds the disc is automatically 4 : Press to display additional text RDM : For Radios with CD/MP3. Press to pulled back into the player. information related to the current song. If information is available, the song title listen to tracks in random, rather than Playing a CD information displays on the top line of the sequential order. If the ignition or radio is turned off with a display and artist information displays on To use random: CD in the player, it stays in the player. the bottom line. When information is not 1. Press the softkey under the RDM tab When the ignition or radio is turned on, the available, NO INFO displays. until Random Current Disc displays. CD starts playing where it stopped, if it was f : Turn to select tracks on the CD that is 2. Press the softkey again to turn off the last selected audio source. currently playing. random play. When a CD is inserted, the CD symbol SEEK : Press to go to the start of the displays on the left side of the radio display. © MP3-Supported Files current track if more than 10 seconds on the As each new track starts to play, the track Radios with CD/MP3 have the capability of CD have played. number displays. playing an MP3 CD-R or CD-RW disc. Press to go to the previous track if less than The CD player can play the smaller 8 cm Format (3 in) single CDs with an adapter ring. 10 seconds on the CD have played. Radios that have the capability of playing Full-size CDs and the smaller CDs are loaded Press and hold, or press multiple times, to MP3s can play .mp3 or .wma files that were in the same manner. continue moving backward through the recorded onto a CD-R or CD-RW disc. The tracks on the CD. CD/AUX : Press to cycle between CD or files can be recorded with the following Auxiliary when listening to the radio. The CD ¨ SEEK : Press to go to the next track. fixed bit rates: 32 kbps, 40 kbps, 56 kbps, icon and a message showing the disc and/or 64 kbps, 80 kbps, 96 kbps, 112 kbps, 128 kbps, track number will display when a CD is in Press and hold, or press multiple times, to 160 kbps, 192 kbps, 224 kbps, 256 kbps, and the player. Press again and the system continue moving forward through the tracks 320 kbps or a variable bit rate. on the CD. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

106 Infotainment System Compressed Audio or Mixed Mode Discs Order of Play Track names longer than 32 characters or The radio can play discs that contain both Compressed audio files are accessed in the four pages are shortened. The display does uncompressed CD audio and MP3 files. following order: not show parts of words on the last page of If both formats are on the disc, the radio text, and the extension of the file name is . Playlists (Px). not displayed. reads all MP3 files first, then the . Files stored in the root directory. uncompressed CD audio files. Preprogrammed Playlists . Files stored in folders in the root CD-R- or CD-RW-Supported File and Folder directory. CDs that have preprogrammed playlists Structure created using WinAmp®, MusicMatch®, Tracks are played in the following order: ® The radio supports: or RealPlayer software can be accessed; . Play begins from the first track in the however, there is no playlist-editing . Up to 50 folders. first playlist and continues sequentially capability using the radio. These playlists . Up to eight folders in depth. through all tracks in each playlist. When are treated as special folders containing . Up to 50 playlists. the last track of the last playlist has compressed audio song files. . Up to 255 files. played, play continues from the first track of the first playlist. Playlists that have an .m3u or .pls file . Playlists with an .m3u or .wpl extension. extension and are stored on a USB device . Play begins from the first track in the . Files with an .mp3, .wma, or .cda file may be supported by the radio with a first folder and continues sequentially USB port. extension. through all tracks in each folder. When Root Directory the last track of the last folder has Playlists can be changed by using the S c c T The root directory is treated as a folder. played, play continues from the first track softkeys below the and tabs, Files are stored in the root directory when of the first folder. the f knob, the © SEEK button, or the ¨ the disc or storage device does not contain File System and Naming SEEK button. An MP3 CD-R or CD-RW that has been recorded without using file folders folders. Files accessed from the root The song name that displays is the song directory of a CD display as F1 ROOT. can be played. If a CD-R or CD-RW contains name contained in the ID3 tag. If the song more than the maximum of 50 folders, Empty Folder name is not present in the ID3 tag, then the 15 playlists, and 512 folders and files, the Folders that do not contain files are skipped, radio displays the file name without the player allows access and navigates up to the and the player advances to the next folder extension (such as .mp3) as the track name. maximum, but all items over the maximum that contains files. are not accessible. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Infotainment System 107 Playing an MP3 file displays. Release \ FWD to resume When the scan is finished, the disc begins playing. The elapsed time of the file playing files in order by artist. The current 4 : Press to display additional text displays. artist playing is shown on the second line of information related to the current song. the display. Once all songs by that artist are If information is available, the song title S c : Press the softkey below the S c played, the player moves to the next artist information displays on the top line of the tab to go to the first track in the previous in alphabetical order and begins playing files display and artist information displays on folder. by that artist. the bottom line. When information is not available, NO INFO displays. c T : Press the softkey below the c T To listen to files by another artist, press the tab to go to the first track in the next softkey below either arrow tab. The disc f : Turn to select MP3s on the CD currently folder. goes to the next or previous artist in playing. alphabetical order. Continue pressing either RDM : For Radios with CD/MP3. Press to softkey below the arrow tab until the SEEK : Press to go to the start of the listen to tracks in random, rather than © desired artist displays. track, if more than 10 seconds have played. sequential order. To change from playback by artist to Press and hold or press multiple times to To use random: continue moving backward through tracks. playback by album: 1. Press the softkey under the RDM tab 1. Press the softkey below the Sort By tab. ¨ SEEK : Press to go to the next track. Press until Random Current Disc displays. 2. Press one of the softkeys below the and hold or press multiple times to continue 2. Press the softkey again to turn off Album tab from the sort screen. moving forward through tracks. random play. s 3. Press the softkey below the Back tab to REV : Press and hold to reverse playback h : Press the softkey below the h quickly. Sound is heard at a reduced volume return to the main music navigator tab to play the files in order by artist or screen. and the elapsed time of the file displays. album. Release s REV to resume playing. The album name displays on the second line The player scans the disc to sort the files by between the arrows, and songs from the \ FWD : Press and hold to advance artist and album ID3 tag information. It can current album begin to play. Once all songs playback quickly. Sound is heard at a take several minutes to scan the disc from that album have played, the player reduced volume and the elapsed time of the depending on the number of files on the moves to the next album in alphabetical disc. The radio may begin playing while it is order on the CD and begins playing MP3s scanning in the background. from that album. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

108 Infotainment System To exit music navigator mode, press the Auxiliary Devices O : Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to softkey below the Back tab to return to increase or decrease the volume of the normal MP3 playback. Using the Auxiliary Input Jack portable player. Additional volume CD Player Messages Radios with an auxiliary input jack on the adjustments might have to be made from lower right side can connect to an external the portable device if the volume is not loud CHECK DISC : If this message displays and/or audio device such as an iPod, MP3 player, or soft enough. the CD ejects, it could be for one of the or CD player for use as another source for BAND : If equipped, press to listen to the following reasons: audio listening. This input jack is not an radio when a portable audio device is . It is very hot. When the temperature audio output; do not plug headphones into playing. The portable audio device continues returns to normal, the CD should play. the front auxiliary input jack. playing. . The road is very rough. When the road Drivers are encouraged to set up any CD/AUX : If equipped, press to play a CD becomes smoother, the CD should play. auxiliary device while the vehicle is in when a portable audio device is playing. . The CD is dirty, scratched, wet, P (Park). See Defensive Driving 0 126 for Press again and the system begins playing or upside down. more information on driver distraction. audio from the connected portable audio . The air is very humid. If so, wait about an To use a portable audio player, connect a player. If a portable audio player is not hour and try again. 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable to the radio's front connected, “No Input Device Found” displays. . There was a problem while burning auxiliary input jack. When a device is SRCE : If equipped, press to listen to the the CD. connected, press the radio CD/AUX button radio when a portable audio device is . The label is caught in the CD player. to begin playing audio from the device over playing. The portable audio device continues the vehicle speakers. If the CD is not playing correctly, for any playing. other reason, try a known good CD. For optimal sound quality, increase the Press to play a CD when a portable audio portable audio device's volume to the If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error device is playing. Press again and the loudest level. cannot be corrected, contact your dealer. system begins playing audio from the If the radio displays an error message, write It is always best to power the portable connected portable audio player. If a it down and provide it to your dealer when audio device through its own battery while portable audio player is not connected, “No reporting the problem. playing. Input Device Found” displays. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Infotainment System 109

Using the USB Port Caution (Continued) Radios that have a USB port can play .mp3 and .wma files that are stored on Radios with a USB port can control a USB damaged or cause an electrical short if a USB storage device as well as AAC files storage device or an iPod using the radio the unconnected end comes in contact that are stored on an iPod. buttons and knobs. See “Playing an MP3” in with liquids or another power source such CD Player 0 104 for information about how USB-Supported File and Folder Structure as the accessory power outlet. to connect and control a USB storage device The radio supports: or an iPod. If equipped, the USB port is on the . Up to 700 folders. USB Support instrument panel and uses the USB 2.0 . Up to eight folders in depth. standard. . Up to 65,535 files. USB-Supported Devices . Folder and file names up to 64 bytes. . USB flash drive . Files with an .mp3 or .wma file extension. . Portable USB hard drive . AAC files stored on an iPod. . Fifth generation or later iPod . FAT16. . iPod nano . FAT32. . iPod touch Connecting a USB Storage Device or iPod . iPod classic The USB port can be used to control an iPod Not all iPods and USB drives are compatible or a USB storage device. with the USB port. To connect a USB storage device, connect Make sure the iPod has the latest firmware the device to the USB port on the from Apple for proper operation. iPod Caution instrument panel. firmware can be updated using the latest To avoid vehicle damage, unplug all iTunes application. See www.apple.com/ To connect an iPod, connect one end of the accessories and disconnect all accessory itunes. USB cable that came with the iPod to the cables from the vehicle when not in use. iPod’s dock connector and connect the other For help with identifying the iPod, go to Accessory cables left plugged into the end to the USB port on the instrument www.apple.com/support. vehicle, unconnected to a device, could be panel. If the vehicle is on and the USB (Continued) connection works, “OK to disconnect” and a Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

110 Infotainment System GM logo may appear on the iPod, and iPod ¨ SEEK : Press to go to the next track. Press 2. Press the softkey below the tab with the appears on the infotainment display. The and hold or press multiple times to continue function on it to use that function. iPod music appears on the infotainment moving forward through tracks. j j display and begins playing. : Press the softkey below to pause the s REV : Press and hold to reverse playback track. The tab appears raised when pause is The iPod charges while it is connected to quickly. Sound is heard at a reduced volume. being used. Press the softkey below j again the vehicle if the ignition is on or in ACC/ Release s REV to resume playing. The to resume playback. ACCESSORY. When the vehicle is turned off, elapsed time of the file displays. the iPod automatically powers off and will Back : Press the softkey below the Back tab not charge or draw power from the vehicle's \ FWD : Press and hold to advance to go back to the main display screen on an battery. playback quickly. Sound is heard at a iPod, or the root directory on a USB storage device. If you have an older iPod model that is not reduced volume. Release \ FWD to resume supported, it can still be used by connecting playing. The elapsed time of the file c : Press the softkey below c to view it to the auxiliary input jack using a displays. the contents of the current folder on the standard 3.5 mm (1/8 in) stereo cable. See USB drive. To browse and select files: 4 : Press to display additional information “Using the Auxiliary Input Jack” previously in about the selected track. 1. Press the softkey below c. this section. 2. Turn f to scroll through the list of Using the Radio to Control a USB Using Softkeys to Control a USB Storage Device or iPod folders. Storage Device or iPod f The five softkeys below the infotainment 3. Press to select the desired folder. The radio can control a USB storage device display are used to control the functions If there is more then one folder, repeat or an iPod using the radio buttons and listed below. Steps 1 and 2 until the desired folder is knobs, and can display song information on reached. the infotainment display. To use the softkeys: 4. Turn f to scroll through the files in the 1. Press the first or fifth softkey below the f : Turn to select files. selected folder. infotainment display to display the © SEEK : Press to go to the start of the functions listed below, or press the 5. Press f to select the desired file to be track, if more than 10 seconds have played. softkey below the function if it is played. Press and hold or press multiple times to currently displayed. continue moving backward through tracks. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Infotainment System 111 To skip through large lists, the five softkeys 4. Turn f to scroll through the folders or ' : Press the softkey below ' to can be used to navigate in the following files in the selected menu. repeat one track. The tab appears raised order: when Repeat Track is being used. 5. Press f to select the desired file to be . First softkey, first item in the list. played. Shuffle Functionality . Second softkey, 1% through the list each time the softkey is pressed. To skip through large lists, the five softkeys To use Shuffle: can be used to navigate in the following . Third softkey, 5% through the list each Press the softkey below , , C , order: > 2 time the softkey is pressed. or = to select between Shuffle Off, . First softkey, first item in the list. . Fourth softkey, 10% through the list each Shuffle All Songs/Shuffle Songs, Shuffle time the softkey is pressed. . Second softkey, 1% through the list each Album, or Shuffle Folder. time the softkey is pressed. . Fifth softkey, end of the list. . Third softkey, 5% through the list each > : Press the softkey below 2 to turn h : Press the softkey below h to time the softkey is pressed. shuffle off. This is the default mode when a USB storage device or iPod is first view and select a file on an iPod, using the . Fourth softkey, 10% through the list each iPod's menu system. Files are sorted by: time the softkey is pressed. connected. . Playlists . Fifth softkey, end of the list. 2 : Press the softkey below = or . Artists C Repeat Functionality to shuffle all songs on the USB . Albums storage device or iPod. To use Repeat: . Genres C : Press the softkey below > to . Songs Press the softkey below " or ' to shuffle all songs in the current album on . Composers select between Repeat All and Repeat Track. an iPod. To select files: " : Press the softkey below " to repeat = : Press the softkey below > to 1. Press the softkey below h. all tracks. The tab appears lowered when shuffle all songs in the current folder on a Repeat All is being used. This is the default USB storage device. 2. Turn f to scroll through the list of mode when a USB storage device or iPod is menus. first connected. 3. Press f to select the desired menu. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

112 Infotainment System . See “Storing and Deleting Phone OnStar System Phone Numbers” in this section for more OnStar with 4G LTE Bluetooth information. For vehicles equipped with Bluetooth { Warning capability, the system can interact with many cell phones, allowing: When using a cell phone, it can be distracting to look too long or too often . Placement and receipt of calls in a at the screen of the phone or the hands-free mode. infotainment system. Taking your eyes . Sharing of the cell phone’s address book off the road too long or too often could or contact list with the vehicle. If equipped with OnStar 4G LTE, up to seven cause a crash resulting in injury or death. devices, such as smartphones, tablets, and To minimize driver distraction, before Focus your attention on driving. laptops, can be connected to high-speed driving, and with the vehicle parked: Internet through the vehicle’s built-in Wi-Fi . Become familiar with the features of the A Bluetooth system can use a hotspot. cell phone. Organize the phone book and Bluetooth-capable cell phone with a Call 1-888-4-ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) to contact lists clearly and delete duplicate Hands-Free Profile to make and receive connect to an OnStar Advisor for assistance. or rarely used entries. If possible, phone calls. The system can be used while See www.onstar.com for a detailed program speed dial or other shortcuts. the ignition is on or in ACC/ACCESSORY. The instruction guide, vehicle availability, details, . Review the controls and operation of the range of the Bluetooth system can be up to and system limitations. Services and apps infotainment system. 9.1 m (30 ft). Not all phones support all vary by make, model, year, carrier, functions, and not all phones work with the . Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle. The availability, and conditions. 4G LTE service is in-vehicle Bluetooth system. See system may not work with all cell available in select markets. 4G LTE www.gm.com/bluetooth for more phones. See “Pairing” in this section for performance is based on industry averages information on compatible phones in U.S. more information. and vehicle systems design. Some services and Canada only. require a data plan. . If the cell phone has voice dialing capability, learn to use that feature to access the address book or contact list. See “Voice Pass-Thru” in this section for more information. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Infotainment System 113 Voice Recognition Bluetooth Controls . Pairing only needs to be completed once, unless the pairing information on the cell The Bluetooth system uses voice recognition Use the buttons on the steering wheel to phone changes or the cell phone is to interpret voice commands to dial phone operate the in-vehicle Bluetooth system. See deleted from the system. numbers and name tags. Steering Wheel Controls 0 66. . Only one paired cell phone can be For additional information, say “Help” while b / g : Press to answer incoming calls, connected to the Bluetooth system at you are in a voice recognition menu. confirm system information, and start a time. Noise : Keep interior noise levels to a speech recognition. . If multiple paired cell phones are within minimum. The system may not recognize c / x : Press to end a call, reject a call, range of the system, the system connects voice commands if there is too much or cancel an operation. to the first available paired cell phone in background noise. the order that they were first paired to the system. To connect to a different When to Speak : A short tone sounds after Pairing paired phone, see “Connecting to a the system responds indicating when it is A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone must be Different Phone” later in this section. waiting for a voice command. Wait until the paired to the Bluetooth system and then tone and then speak. connected to the vehicle before it can be Pairing a Phone How to Speak : Speak clearly in a calm and used. See the cell phone manufacturer's user 1. Press and hold b / g for two seconds. natural voice. guide for Bluetooth functions before pairing the cell phone. 2. Say “Bluetooth.” This command can be skipped. Audio System Pairing Information 3. Say “Pair.” The system responds with When using the in-vehicle Bluetooth system, . A Bluetooth phone with MP3 capability instructions and a four-digit Personal sound comes through the vehicle's front cannot be paired to the vehicle as a Identification Number (PIN). The PIN is audio system speakers and overrides the phone and an MP3 player at the used in Step 5. audio system. Use the audio system volume same time. knob, during a call, to change the volume 4. Start the pairing process on the cell . Up to five cell phones can be paired to phone that you want to pair. For help level. The adjusted volume level remains in the Bluetooth system. memory for later calls. To prevent missed with this process, see the cell phone . The pairing process is disabled when the calls, a minimum volume level is used if the manufacturer's user guide. vehicle is moving. volume is turned down too low. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

114 Infotainment System 5. Locate the device named “Your Vehicle” 2. Say “Bluetooth.” The following commands are used to delete in the list on the cell phone. Follow the 3. Say “Delete.” The system asks which and store phone numbers. instructions on the cell phone to enter phone to delete. Store : This command will store a phone the PIN provided in Step 3. After the PIN 4. Say the name of the phone you want to number, or a group of numbers as a is successfully entered, the system name tag. prompts you to provide a name for the delete. paired cell phone. This name will be used Connecting to a Different Phone Digit Store : This command allows a phone to indicate which phones are paired and number to be stored as a name tag by To connect to a different cell phone, the entering the digits one at a time. connected to the vehicle. The system Bluetooth system looks for the next responds with “ has been available cell phone in the order in which all Delete : This command is used to delete successfully paired” after the pairing the available cell phones were paired. individual name tags. process is complete. Depending on which cell phone you want to Delete All Name Tags : This command 6. Repeat Steps 1–5 to pair additional connect to, you may have to use this deletes all stored name tags in the phones. command several times. Hands-Free Calling Directory. Listing All Paired and Connected Phones 1. Press and hold b / g for two seconds. Using the “Store” Command The system can list all cell phones paired to 2. Say “Bluetooth.” 1. Press and hold b / g for two seconds. it. If a paired cell phone is also connected to 3. Say “Change phone.” the vehicle, the system responds with “is 2. Say “Store.” . If another cell phone is found, the connected” after that phone name. 3. Say the phone number or group of response will be “ is numbers you want to store all at once 1. Press and hold b / g for two seconds. now connected.” with no pauses, then follow the 2. Say “Bluetooth.” . If another cell phone is not found, directions given by the system to save a 3. Say “List.” the original phone remains name tag for this number. connected. Deleting a Paired Phone Using the “Digit Store” Command Storing and Deleting Phone Numbers If the phone name you want to delete is If an unwanted number is recognized by the unknown, see “Listing All Paired and The system can store up to 30 phone system, say “Clear” at any time to clear the Connected Phones.” numbers as name tags in the Hands-Free last number. Directory for Bluetooth. 1. Press and hold b / g for two seconds. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Infotainment System 115 To hear all of the numbers recognized by Using the “List” Command Calling Emergency the system, say “Verify” at any time. 1. Press and hold b / g for two seconds. 1. Press and hold b / g for two seconds. 1. Press and hold b / g for two seconds. 2. Say “Directory.” The system responds “Ready,” followed by a tone. 2. Say “Digit Store.” 3. Say “Hands-Free Calling.” 2. Say “Dial” or “Call.” 3. Say each digit, one at a time, that you 4. Say “List.” want to store. After each digit is entered, 3. Say [emergency number]. the system repeats back the digit it Making a Call 4. Say “Dial” or “Call.” heard followed by a tone. After the last Calls can be made using the following Once connected, the person called will be digit has been entered, say “Store,” and commands. then follow the directions given by the heard through the audio speakers. system to save a name tag for this Dial or Call : The dial or call command can Using the “Digit Dial” Command number. be used interchangeably to dial a phone number or a stored name tag. The digit dial command allows a phone Using the “Delete” Command number to be dialed by entering the digits Digit Dial : This command allows a phone 1. Press and hold b / g for two seconds. one at a time. After each digit is entered, number to be dialed by entering the digits the system repeats back the digit it heard 2. Say “Delete.” one at a time. followed by a tone. 3. Say the name tag you want to delete. Re-dial : This command is used to dial the If an unwanted number is recognized by the Using the “Delete All Name Tags” Command last number used on the cell phone. system, say “Clear” at any time to clear the This command deletes all stored name tags Using the “Dial” or “Call” Command last number. in the Hands-Free Calling Directory. 1. Press and hold b / g for two seconds. To hear all of the numbers recognized by the system, say “Verify” at any time. To delete all name tags: 2. Say “Dial” or “Call.” 1. Press and hold b / g for two seconds. 3. Say the entire number without pausing, 1. Press and hold b / g for two seconds. 2. Say “Delete all name tags.” or say the name tag. 2. Say “Digit Dial.” Once connected, the person called will be Listing Stored Numbers heard through the audio speakers. The list command will list all stored numbers and name tags. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

116 Infotainment System 3. Say each digit, one at a time, that you . Press b / g again to return to the . To cancel mute, press b / g , and then want to dial. After each digit is entered, original call. say “Un-mute call.” the system repeats back the digit it . To ignore the incoming call, no action is Transferring a Call heard followed by a tone. After the last required. digit has been entered, say “Dial.” Audio can be transferred between the . Press / to disconnect the current c x Bluetooth system and the cell phone. Once connected, the person called will be call and switch to the call on hold. heard through the audio speakers. The cell phone must be paired and Using the “Re-dial” Command Three-Way Calling connected with the Bluetooth system before a call can be transferred. The connection 1. Press and hold b / g for two seconds. Three-way calling must be supported on the cell phone and enabled by the wireless process can take up to two minutes after 2. After the tone, say “Re-dial.” service carrier. the ignition is turned to on. Once connected, the person called will be 1. While on a call, press b / g. Transferring Audio from the Bluetooth heard through the audio speakers. System to a Cell Phone 2. Say “Three-way call.” Receiving a Call 3. Use the dial or call command to dial the During a call with the audio in the vehicle: When an incoming call is received, the audio number of the third party to be called. 1. Press b / g. system mutes and a ring tone is heard in 4. Once the call is connected, press b / g 2. Say “Transfer Call.” the vehicle. to link all callers together. Transferring Audio to the Bluetooth System . Press / to answer the call. b g Ending a Call from a Cell Phone . Press c / x to ignore a call. During a call with the audio on the cell Press c / x to end a call. Call Waiting phone, press b / g. The audio transfers to Muting a Call the vehicle. If the audio does not transfer to Call waiting must be supported on the cell the vehicle, use the audio transfer feature During a call, all sounds from inside the phone and enabled by the wireless service on the cell phone. See your cell phone vehicle can be muted so that the person on carrier. manufacturer's user guide for more the other end of the call cannot hear them. . Press b / g to answer an incoming call information. when another call is active. The original . To mute a call, press b / g , and then call is placed on hold. say “Mute call.” Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Infotainment System 117 Voice Pass-Thru Sending a Number or Name Tag During Trademarks and License a Call Voice pass-thru allows access to the voice Agreements recognition commands on the cell phone. 1. Press b / g. The system responds See your cell phone manufacturer's user “Ready,” followed by a tone. FCC Information guide to see if the cell phone supports this 2. Say “Dial.” See Radio Frequency Statement 0 273. feature. 3. Say the number or name tag to send. To access contacts stored in the cell phone: Clearing the System 1. Press and hold b / g for two seconds. Unless information is deleted out of the 2. Say “Bluetooth.” This command can be in-vehicle Bluetooth system, it will be skipped. retained indefinitely. This includes all saved 3. Say “Voice.” The system responds “OK, name tags in the phone book and phone accessing .” pairing information. For information on how "Made for iPod," and "Made for iPhone," The cell phone's normal prompt messages to delete this information, see the previous mean that an electronic accessory has been will go through their cycle according to the section “Deleting a Paired Phone” and the designed to connect specifically to iPod or phone's operating instructions. previous sections on deleting name tags. iPhone, respectively, and has been certified by the developer to meet Apple Dual Tone Multi-Frequency (DTMF) Tones Other Information performance standards. Apple is not The Bluetooth system can send numbers The Bluetooth word mark and logos are responsible for the operation of this device and the numbers stored as name tags owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any or its compliance with safety and regulatory during a call. You can use this feature when use of such marks by General Motors is standards. Please note that the use of this calling a menu-driven phone system. under license. Other trademarks and trade accessory with iPod or iPhone may affect Account numbers can also be stored for use. names are those of their respective owners. wireless performance. iPhone, iPod, iPod classic, iPod nano, iPod shuffle, and iPod See Radio Frequency Statement 0 273. touch are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

118 Infotainment System It is prohibited to copy, decompile, Bluetooth disassemble, reverse engineer, hack, The Bluetooth word mark and logos are manipulate, or otherwise make available any owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any technology or software incorporated in use of such marks by General Motors is receivers compatible with the SiriusXM under license. Other trademarks and trade Satellite Radio System or that support the names are those of their respective owners. SiriusXM website, the Online Service or any Fees and Taxes: Subscription fee, taxes, one of its content. Furthermore, the AMBER voice time activation fee, and other fees may compression software included in this apply. Subscription fee is consumer only. All product is protected by intellectual property fees and programming subject to change. rights including patent rights, copyrights, Subscriptions subject to Customer and trade secrets of Digital Voice Agreement available at www.siriusxm.com. Systems, Inc. SiriusXM service only available in the 48 contiguous United States and Canada. General Requirements: 1. A License Agreement from SiriusXM is In Canada: Some deterioration of service required for any product that may occur in extreme northern latitudes. incorporates SiriusXM Technology and/or This is beyond the control of SiriusXM for use of any of the SiriusXM marks to Satellite Radio. be manufactured, distributed, Explicit Language Notice: Channels with or marketed in the SiriusXM frequent explicit language are indicated with Service Area. an “XL” preceding the channel name. 2. For products to be distributed, marketed, Channel blocking is available for SiriusXM and/or sold in Canada, a separate Satellite Radio receivers by notifying agreement is required with Canadian SiriusXM: Satellite Radio Inc. (operating as XM . USA Customers: See www.siriusxm.com or Canada). call 1-888-601-6296. . Canadian Customers: See www.siriusxm.ca or call 1-877-438-9677. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Climate Controls 119 Climate Controls Climate Control Systems Climate Control Systems The heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled with this system. Climate Control Systems ...... 119 Rear Heating System ...... 121 Rear Climate Control System ...... 122 Air Vents Air Vents ...... 124 Maintenance Service ...... 124

Vehicles without Air Conditioning

1. Fan Control Temperature Control : Turn the knob 2. Temperature Control clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the temperature inside the vehicle. 3. Air Delivery Mode Control Air Delivery Mode Control : Turn the knob 9 : Turn the knob clockwise or clockwise or counterclockwise to change the counterclockwise to increase or decrease the current airflow mode. fan speed. H : Air is directed to the instrument panel 9 : Turns the system off. outlets. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

120 Climate Controls ) : Air is divided between the instrument panel and floor outlets, with some air directed toward the windshield. 6 : Air is directed to the floor outlets with some air directed to the windshield and side windows. - : This mode clears the windows of fog or moisture. Outside air is directed to the floor and defroster outlets. Adjust the temperature knob for warmer or cooler air. The air conditioning compressor might turn on in this setting to dehumidify the air. Vehicles with Air Conditioning 1 : This mode clears the windshield of fog or frost more quickly. Air is directed to the 1. Fan Control On hot days, open the windows to let hot windshield, with some to the floor outlets 2. Temperature Control inside air escape; then close them. This and front side windows. The air conditioning helps to reduce the time needed for the compressor might turn on in this setting to 3. Air Delivery Mode Control vehicle to cool down and the system dehumidify the air. 4. Rear Window Defogger (If Equipped) operates more efficiently. Do not drive the vehicle until all the # : Cools and dehumidifies the air inside windows are clear. of the vehicle. V : Cools the air inside the vehicle faster, by recirculating the inside air. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Climate Controls 121

Rear Window Defogger Caution AUX : The thumbwheel for this system is on the instrument panel below the audio If equipped with a rear window defogger, a Do not use a razor blade or sharp object system. warming grid is used to remove fog or frost to clear the inside rear window. Do not from the rear window. adhere anything to the defogger grid 9 : Turn the thumbwheel up or down to increase or decrease the amount of heated 1 : Press to turn the rear window lines in the rear glass. These actions may air sent to the rear seating area. defogger on or off. An indicator light on the damage the rear defogger. Repairs would button comes on to show that the rear not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Q : This position supplies the most amount window defogger is on. of heat to the rear seating area. The defogger only works when the ignition Rear Heating System c : This position supplies half the amount is on. The defogger turns off if the ignition If equipped, the rear heating system lets of heat to the rear seating area. is turned off or to ACC/ACCESSORY. you adjust the amount of air flowing into R : This position supplies the least amount the rear of the vehicle, from the front Heated Mirrors: If equipped with heated of heat to the rear seating area. outside mirrors, the mirrors heat to help seating area. This feature works with the clear fog or frost from the surface of the main climate control system in the vehicle. 9 : This turns the rear heating system off. mirror when 1 is pressed. See Heated Mirrors 0 19. Do not drive the vehicle until all the windows are clear. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

122 Climate Controls Rear Climate Control System If equipped with a rear heating and air conditioning system, it controls the temperature, fan speed, and air delivery for the rear seat passengers only. The front climate control panel is in the overhead console between the driver and front passenger.

Front Climate Control Panel

1. Fan Control When the fan knob is in the AUX position, 2. Air Delivery Mode Control the rear climate control panel can be used to adjust the climate settings in the rear 3. Temperature Control seating area. Use this control panel to maintain a separate temperature setting. Adjust the direction of the airflow or adjust the fan speed for the rear seat passenger(s). Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Climate Controls 123 Temperature Control : Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the temperature in the rear seating area. The air conditioning system on the main climate control panel must be turned on to direct cooled air to the rear of the vehicle. If it is not on, then the temperature in the rear of the vehicle remains at cabin temperature. Air Delivery Mode Control : Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to change the direction of the airflow in the rear seating area. Rear Climate Control Panel To change the current mode, select one of the following: 1. Fan Control AUX : Turn the fan knob on the front 2. Air Delivery Mode Control climate control panel to AUX to let rear seat H : Air is directed to the upper outlets, passengers use the control panel in the rear with some directed to the floor outlets. 3. Temperature Control seating area. This disables the front control : Air is directed to the floor outlets. For vehicles with a rear climate control panel. To return control to the front panel, 2 panel, it is located overhead behind the move the fan knob out of AUX. Be sure to keep the area under the front driver and front passenger, centered in front 9 seats clear of any objects so that the air of the second row. To adjust the rear : Turns the system off. inside of the vehicle can circulate effectively. climate control panel settings by a rear seat 9 : Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to For information on how to use the main passenger, the front climate control panel increase or decrease the fan speed in the climate control system, see Climate Control fan knob must be in the AUX position. The rear seating area. Systems 0 119. For information on fan speed, air delivery mode, and ventilation, see Air Vents 0 124. temperature can then be adjusted. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

124 Climate Controls Air Vents Maintenance Use the outlets located near the center and Service on the sides of the instrument panel to change the direction of airflow. All vehicles have a label underhood that identifies the refrigerant used in the vehicle. Operation Tips The refrigerant system should only be . Clear away any ice, snow or leaves from serviced by trained and certified technicians. the air inlets at the base of the The air conditioning evaporator should never windshield that may block the flow of air be repaired or replaced by one from a into the vehicle. salvage vehicle. It should only be replaced . Use of non-GM approved hood deflectors by a new evaporator to ensure proper and may adversely affect the performance of safe operation. the system. During service, all refrigerants should be . Clear snow off the hood to improve reclaimed with proper equipment. Venting visibility and help decrease moisture refrigerants directly to the atmosphere is drawn into the vehicle. harmful to the environment and may also . Keep the path under the front seats clear create unsafe conditions based on of objects to help circulate the air inside inhalation, combustion, frostbite, or other of the vehicle more effectively. health-based concerns. The air conditioning system requires periodic maintenance. See Maintenance Schedule 0 251. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Driving and Operating 125 Engine Exhaust Fuel Driving and Operating Engine Exhaust ...... 141 Top Tier Fuel ...... 157 Running the Vehicle While Parked . . . . . 142 Recommended Fuel ...... 158 Driving Information Prohibited Fuels ...... 158 Driving for Better Fuel Economy ...... 126 Automatic Transmission Fuels in Foreign Countries ...... 158 Distracted Driving ...... 126 Automatic Transmission ...... 142 Fuel Additives ...... 158 Defensive Driving ...... 126 Manual Mode ...... 144 Filling the Tank ...... 158 Impaired Driving ...... 127 Tow/Haul Mode ...... 145 Filling a Portable Fuel Container ...... 160 Control of a Vehicle ...... 127 Braking ...... 127 Brakes Trailer Towing Steering ...... 127 Antilock Brake System (ABS) ...... 146 General Towing Information ...... 160 Off-Road Recovery ...... 128 Parking Brake ...... 146 Driving Characteristics and Loss of Control ...... 128 Brake Assist ...... 147 Towing Tips ...... 160 Driving on Wet Roads ...... 129 Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 147 Trailer Towing ...... 164 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 130 Ride Control Systems Towing Equipment ...... 172 Winter Driving ...... 130 Traction Control/Electronic Stability Trailer Sway Control (TSC) ...... 175 If the Vehicle Is Stuck ...... 131 Control ...... 147 Vehicle Load Limits ...... 132 Conversions and Add-Ons Locking Rear Axle ...... 148 Add-On Electrical Equipment ...... 176 Starting and Operating Cruise Control New Vehicle Break-In ...... 135 Cruise Control ...... 149 Ignition Positions ...... 135 Starting the Engine ...... 137 Driver Assistance Systems Fast Idle System ...... 138 Driver Assistance Systems ...... 150 Retained Accessory Power (RAP) ...... 138 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) ...... 152 Engine Coolant Heater ...... 139 Park Assist ...... 153 Shifting Into Park ...... 140 Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Shifting out of Park ...... 141 System ...... 154 Parking over Things That Burn ...... 141 Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) ...... 155 Lane Departure Warning (LDW) ...... 157 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

126 Driving and Operating Distracted Driving . Wait until the vehicle is parked to Driving Information retrieve items that have fallen to the Driving for Better Fuel Economy Distraction comes in many forms and can floor. take your focus from the task of driving. . Stop or park the vehicle to tend to Driving habits can affect fuel mileage. Here Exercise good judgment and do not let other children. are some driving tips to get the best fuel activities divert your attention away from . Keep pets in an appropriate carrier or economy possible: the road. Many local governments have restraint. . Set the climate controls to the desired enacted laws regarding driver distraction. . Avoid stressful conversations while temperature after the engine is started, Become familiar with the local laws in driving, whether with a passenger or on a or turn them off when not required. your area. cell phone. . Avoid fast starts and accelerate smoothly. To avoid distracted driving, keep your eyes . Brake gradually and avoid abrupt stops. on the road, keep your hands on the { steering wheel, and focus your attention on Warning . Avoid idling the engine for long periods driving. Taking your eyes off the road too long or of time. . Do not use a phone in demanding driving too often could cause a crash resulting in . When road and weather conditions are situations. Use a hands-free method to injury or death. Focus your attention on appropriate, use cruise control. place or receive necessary phone calls. driving. . Always follow posted speed limits or . Watch the road. Do not read, take notes, drive more slowly when conditions or look up information on phones or Refer to the infotainment section for more require. other electronic devices. information on using that system and the . Keep vehicle tires properly inflated. navigation system, if equipped, including . Designate a front seat passenger to pairing and using a cell phone. . Combine several trips into a single trip. handle potential distractions. . Replace the vehicle's tires with the same . Become familiar with vehicle features Defensive Driving TPC Spec number molded into the tire's before driving, such as programming Defensive driving means “always expect the sidewall near the size. favorite radio stations and adjusting unexpected.” The first step in driving . Follow recommended scheduled climate control and seat settings. Program defensively is to wear the seat belt. See maintenance. all trip information into any navigation Seat Belts 0 28. device prior to driving. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Driving and Operating 127 . Assume that other road users Control of a Vehicle applied. Once the power assist is used up, it (pedestrians, bicyclists, and other drivers) can take longer to stop and the brake pedal are going to be careless and make Braking, steering, and accelerating are will be harder to push. mistakes. Anticipate what they may do important factors in helping to control a and be ready. vehicle while driving. Steering . Allow enough following distance between Braking you and the driver in front of you. Caution . Focus on the task of driving. Braking action involves perception time and To avoid damage to the steering system, reaction time. Deciding to push the brake do not drive over curbs, parking barriers, Impaired Driving pedal is perception time. Actually doing it is or similar objects at speeds greater than reaction time. Death and injury associated with impaired 3 km/h (1 mph). Use care when driving driving is a global tragedy. Average driver reaction time is about over other objects such as lane dividers three-quarters of a second. In that time, a and speed bumps. Damage caused by { Warning vehicle moving at 100 km/h (60 mph) travels misuse of the vehicle is not covered by 20 m (66 ft), which could be a lot of the vehicle warranty. Drinking alcohol or taking drugs and then distance in an emergency. driving is very dangerous. Your reflexes, perceptions, attentiveness, and judgment Helpful braking tips to keep in mind include: can be affected by even a small amount . Keep enough distance between you and of alcohol or drugs. You can have a the vehicle in front of you. serious — or even fatal — collision if you . Avoid needless heavy braking. drive after drinking or taking drugs. . Keep pace with traffic. Do not drive while under the influence of If the engine ever stops while the vehicle is alcohol or drugs, or ride with a driver being driven, brake normally but do not who has been drinking or is impaired by pump the brakes. Doing so could make the drugs. Find alternate transportation pedal harder to push down. If the engine home; or if you are with a group, stops, there will be some power brake assist designate a driver who will remain sober. but it will be used when the brake is Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

128 Driving and Operating Hydraulic Power Steering Steering in Emergencies The vehicle's right wheels can drop off the edge of a road onto the shoulder while This vehicle has hydraulic power steering. . There are some situations when steering driving. Follow these tips: It may require maintenance. See Power around a problem may be more effective Steering Fluid 0 196. than braking. 1. Ease off the accelerator and then, if there is nothing in the way, steer the If power steering assist is lost because the . Holding both sides of the steering wheel allows you to turn 180 degrees without vehicle so that it straddles the edge of engine stops or because of a system the pavement. malfunction, the vehicle can be steered but removing a hand. may require increased effort. See your . Antilock Brake System (ABS) allows 2. Turn the steering wheel about dealer if there is a problem. steering while braking. one-eighth of a turn, until the right front tire contacts the pavement edge. Caution Off-Road Recovery 3. Turn the steering wheel to go straight If the steering wheel is turned until it down the roadway. reaches the end of its travel, and is held Loss of Control in that position for more than 15 seconds, damage may occur to the power steering Skidding system and there may be loss of power There are three types of skids that steering assist. correspond to the vehicle's three control systems: Curve Tips . Braking Skid — wheels are not rolling. . Take curves at a reasonable speed. . Steering or Cornering Skid — too much . Reduce speed before entering a curve. speed or steering in a curve causes tires . Maintain a reasonable steady speed to slip and lose cornering force. through the curve. . Acceleration Skid — too much throttle . Wait until the vehicle is out of the curve causes the driving wheels to spin. before accelerating gently into the straightaway. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Driving and Operating 129 Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking Driving on Wet Roads Hydroplaning reasonable care suited to existing conditions, Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water can build and by not overdriving those conditions. But Rain and wet roads can reduce vehicle up under the vehicle's tires so they actually skids are always possible. traction and affect your ability to stop and accelerate. Always drive slower in these ride on the water. This can happen if the If the vehicle starts to slide, follow these types of driving conditions and avoid driving road is wet enough and you are going fast suggestions: through large puddles and deep-standing or enough. When the vehicle is hydroplaning, it . Ease your foot off the accelerator pedal flowing water. has little or no contact with the road. and steer the way you want the vehicle There is no hard and fast rule about to go. The vehicle may straighten out. Be { Warning hydroplaning. The best advice is to slow ready for a second skid if it occurs. Wet brakes can cause crashes. They down when the road is wet. . Slow down and adjust your driving might not work as well in a quick stop according to weather conditions. Stopping Other Rainy Weather Tips and could cause pulling to one side. You distance can be longer and vehicle control could lose control of the vehicle. Besides slowing down, other wet weather can be affected when traction is reduced driving tips include: by water, snow, ice, gravel, or other After driving through a large puddle of . Allow extra following distance. material on the road. Learn to recognize water or a car/vehicle wash, lightly apply . Pass with caution. warning clues — such as enough water, the brake pedal until the brakes work ice, or packed snow on the road to make normally. . Keep windshield wiping equipment in a mirrored surface — and slow down good shape. when you have any doubt. Flowing or rushing water creates strong . Keep the windshield washer fluid reservoir . Try to avoid sudden steering, acceleration, forces. Driving through flowing water filled. or braking, including reducing vehicle could cause the vehicle to be carried . Have good tires with proper tread depth. speed by shifting to a lower gear. Any away. If this happens, you and other See Tires 0 212. vehicle occupants could drown. Do not sudden changes could cause the tires to . Turn off cruise control. slide. ignore police warnings and be very cautious about trying to drive through Remember: Antilock brakes help avoid only flowing water. the braking skid. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

130 Driving and Operating Hill and Mountain Roads . Drive at speeds that keep the vehicle in . Antilock Brake System (ABS) improves its own lane. Do not swing wide or cross vehicle stability during hard stops, but Driving on steep hills or through mountains the center line. the brakes should be applied sooner than is different than driving on flat or rolling . Be alert on top of hills; something could when on dry pavement. See Antilock terrain. Tips include: be in your lane (e.g., stalled car, crash). Brake System (ABS) 0 146. . Keep the vehicle serviced and in good . Pay attention to special road signs (e.g., . Allow greater following distance and shape. falling rocks area, winding roads, long watch for slippery spots. Icy patches can . Check all fluid levels and brakes, tires, grades, passing or no-passing zones) and occur on otherwise clear roads in shaded cooling system, and transmission. take appropriate action. areas. The surface of a curve or an . Shift to a lower gear when going down overpass can remain icy when the steep or long hills. Winter Driving surrounding roads are clear. Avoid sudden steering maneuvers and braking while Driving on Snow or Ice { Warning on ice. Snow or ice between the tires and the road . Turn off cruise control. Using the brakes to slow the vehicle on a creates less traction or grip, so drive long downhill slope can cause brake carefully. Wet ice can occur at about 0 °C Blizzard Conditions overheating, can reduce brake (32 °F) when freezing rain begins to fall. Stop the vehicle in a safe place and signal performance, and could result in a loss of Avoid driving on wet ice or in freezing rain for help. Stay with the vehicle unless there braking. Shift the transmission to a lower until roads can be treated. is help nearby. If possible, use Roadside gear to let the engine assist the brakes For slippery road driving: Assistance. See Roadside Assistance Program on a steep downhill slope. 0 268. To get help and keep everyone in . Accelerate gently. Accelerating too quickly the vehicle safe: causes the wheels to spin and makes the . Turn on the hazard warning flashers. { Warning surface under the tires slick. . Turn on Traction Control. See Traction . Tie a red cloth to an outside mirror. Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) or with Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 147. the ignition off is dangerous. This can cause overheating of the brakes and loss of steering assist. Always have the engine running and the vehicle in gear. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Driving and Operating 131 To save fuel, run the engine for short { Warning periods to warm the vehicle and then shut { Warning Snow can trap engine exhaust under the the engine off and partially close the If the vehicle's tires spin at high speed, vehicle. This may cause exhaust gases to window. Moving about to keep warm also they can explode, and you or others get inside. Engine exhaust contains helps. could be injured. The vehicle can carbon monoxide (CO), which cannot be If it takes time for help to arrive, when overheat, causing an engine compartment seen or smelled. It can cause running the engine, push the accelerator fire or other damage. Spin the wheels as unconsciousness and even death. pedal slightly so the engine runs faster than little as possible and avoid going above the idle speed. This keeps the battery If the vehicle is stuck in snow: 56 km/h (35 mph). charged to restart the vehicle and to signal . Clear snow from the base of the for help with the headlamps. Do this as Rocking the Vehicle to Get it Out vehicle, especially any blocking the little as possible, to save fuel. exhaust pipe. Turn the steering wheel left and right to If the Vehicle Is Stuck clear the area around the front wheels. Turn . Open a window about 5 cm (2 in) on off any traction system. Shift back and forth the vehicle side that is away from the Slowly and cautiously spin the wheels to between R (Reverse) and a low forward gear, wind, to bring in fresh air. free the vehicle when stuck in sand, mud, spinning the wheels as little as possible. To . Fully open the air outlets on or under ice, or snow. prevent transmission wear, wait until the the instrument panel. If stuck too severely for the traction system wheels stop spinning before shifting gears. . Adjust the climate control system to to free the vehicle, turn the traction system Release the accelerator pedal while shifting, circulate the air inside the vehicle and off and use the rocking method. See and press lightly on the accelerator pedal set the fan speed to the highest Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control when the transmission is in gear. Slowly setting. See “Climate Control Systems.” 0 147. spinning the wheels in the forward and reverse directions causes a rocking motion For more information about CO, see that could free the vehicle. If that does not Engine Exhaust 0 141. get the vehicle out after a few tries, it might need to be towed out. If the vehicle does need to be towed out, see Towing the Vehicle 0 240. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

132 Driving and Operating Vehicle Load Limits Tire and Loading Information Label pressures (4). For more information on tires and inflation see Tires 0 212 and It is very important to know how much Tire Pressure 0 217. weight the vehicle can carry. This weight is called the vehicle capacity There is also important loading weight and includes the weight of all information on the vehicle Certification/ occupants, cargo, and all Tire label. It may show the Gross nonfactory-installed options. Two labels Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) and the on the vehicle may show how much Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for weight it was designed to carry, the the front and rear axle. See Tire and Loading Information label and “Certification/Tire Label” later in this the Certification/Tire label. section. “Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit– { Label Example Warning 1. Locate the statement "The combined Do not load the vehicle any heavier A vehicle specific Tire and Loading weight of occupants and cargo than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating Information label is attached to the should never exceed XXX kg or (GVWR), or either the maximum center pillar (B-pillar). The tire and XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s placard. front or rear Gross Axle Weight loading information label shows the 2. Determine the combined weight of Rating (GAWR). This can cause number of occupant seating the driver and passengers that will systems to break and change the positions (1), and the maximum vehicle be riding in your vehicle. way the vehicle handles. This could capacity weight (2) in kilograms and 3. Subtract the combined weight of the cause loss of control and a crash. pounds. Overloading can also reduce stopping driver and passengers from XXX kg performance, damage the tires, and The Tire and Loading Information label or XXX lbs. shorten the life of the vehicle. also shows the size of the original 4. The resulting figure equals the equipment tires (3) and the available amount of cargo and recommended cold tire inflation luggage load capacity. For example, Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Driving and Operating 133 if the "XXX" amount equals 1400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.) 5. Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4. Example 1 Example 2 6. If your vehicle will be towing a A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 2 = trailer, load from your trailer will be 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 1 453 kg (1,000 lbs) = 453 kg (1,000 lbs) transferred to your vehicle. Consult 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg B. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg this manual to determine how this (150 lbs) × 2 = 136 kg (300 lbs) (150 lbs) × 5 = 136 kg (750 lbs) reduces the available cargo and 3. Available Occupant and Cargo Weight C. Available Cargo Weight = 113 kg (250 lbs) luggage load capacity of your = 317 kg (700 lbs) vehicle.” See Trailer Towing 0 164 for important information on towing a trailer, towing safety rules and trailering tips. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

134 Driving and Operating Certification/Tire Label actual loads on the front and rear axles, you need to go to a weigh station and weigh the vehicle. Your dealer can help you with this. Be sure to spread out the load equally on both sides of the centerline.

{ Warning Things you put inside the vehicle can strike and injure people in a sudden stop or turn, or in a crash. Example 3 . Put things in the cargo area of the A vehicle specific Certification/Tire label vehicle. Try to spread the weight 1. Maximum Vehicle Capacity Weight for evenly. Example 3 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs) is attached to the rear edge of the 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 91 kg driver door. The label may show the . Never stack heavier things, like (200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs) size of the vehicle's original tires and suitcases, inside the vehicle so 3. Available Cargo Weight = 0 kg (0 lbs) the inflation pressures needed to obtain that some of them are above the Refer to the vehicle tire and loading the gross weight capacity of the tops of the seats. vehicle. This is called Gross Vehicle information label for specific . Do not leave an unsecured child information about the vehicle's capacity Weight Rating (GVWR). The GVWR restraint in the vehicle. weight and seating positions. The includes the weight of the vehicle, all occupants, fuel, and cargo. . When you carry something inside combined weight of the driver, the vehicle, secure it whenever passengers, and cargo should never The Certification/Tire label also may you can. exceed the vehicle capacity weight. show the maximum weights for the front and rear axles, called Gross Axle . Do not leave a seat folded down Weight Rating (GAWR). To find out the unless you need to. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Driving and Operating 135

Add-On Equipment Caution (Continued) 0. Stopping the Engine/LOCK/OFF When carrying removable items, a limit broken in. Hard stops with new linings 1. ACC/ACCESSORY on how many people carried inside the can mean premature wear and earlier 2. ON/RUN replacement. Follow this breaking-in vehicle may be necessary. Be sure to 3. START weigh the vehicle before buying and guideline every time you get new installing the new equipment. brake linings. The ignition switch has four positions. . Do not tow a trailer during break-in. To shift out of P (Park), the ignition must be Starting and Operating See Trailer Towing 0 164 for the trailer in ON/RUN and the brake pedal must be towing capabilities of the vehicle and applied. New Vehicle Break-In more information. 0 (Stopping the Engine/LOCK/OFF) : This Following break-in, engine speed and load position turns off the vehicle. It also locks Caution can be gradually increased. the ignition, the transmission, and the The vehicle does not need an elaborate steering column, if equipped with a locking break-in. But it will perform better in the Ignition Positions steering column. long run if you follow these guidelines: . Keep the vehicle speed at 88 km/h (55 mph) or less for the first 805 km (500 mi). . Do not drive at any one constant speed, fast or slow, for the first 805 km (500 mi). Do not make full-throttle starts. Avoid downshifting to brake or slow the vehicle. . Avoid making hard stops for the first 322 km (200 mi) or so. During this time the new brake linings are not yet (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

136 Driving and Operating To turn off the vehicle: 7. Push the key all the way in toward the { Warning 1. Make sure that the vehicle is stopped. steering column, then turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. 2. Shift to P (Park). Turning off the vehicle while moving may cause loss of power assist in the brake 8. Remove the key. 3. Continue to hold the brake pedal, then and steering systems and disable the set the parking brake. See Parking Brake 9. Release the brake pedal. airbags. While driving, turn off the 0 146. vehicle only in an emergency. Caution 4. Push the key all the way in toward the Use the correct key, make sure it is all steering column (1), then turn the key to In an emergency, if the vehicle cannot be the way in — or pushed all the way in LOCK/OFF (2). pulled over and must be turned off while toward the steering column when turning 5. Remove the key. driving: off the vehicle — and turn it only with 6. Release the brake pedal. 1. Push the key all the way in toward the your hand. steering column, then turn the key to See your dealer if the key can be removed ACC/ACCESSORY. in any other position. 1 (ACC/ACCESSORY) : This position allows 2. Brake using firm and steady pressure. Do features such as the infotainment system to Retained Accessory Power (RAP) will remain not pump the brakes repeatedly. This operate while the vehicle is off. It also active. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) may deplete power assist, requiring 0 unlocks the steering column, if equipped 138. increased brake pedal force. with a locking steering column. Use this A warning chime will sound when the driver 3. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). This can position if the vehicle must be pushed or door is opened and the key is in the be done while the vehicle is moving. towed. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) ignition. Continue braking and steer the vehicle to 0 138. If equipped with a locking steering column, a safe location. From ON/RUN, push the key all the way in the steering can bind with the front wheels 4. Come to a complete stop. toward the steering column, then turn the turned off center, which may prevent key 5. Shift to P (Park). key to ACC/ACCESSORY. rotation out of LOCK/OFF. If this happens, If the key is left in ACC/ACCESSORY with the move the steering wheel from right to left 6. Continue to hold the brake pedal, then set the parking brake. See Parking Brake engine off, the battery could drain and the while turning the key to ACC/ACCESSORY. 0 vehicle may not start. If this does not work, then the vehicle needs 146. service. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Driving and Operating 137

A warning chime will sound when the driver Starting the Engine Caution door is opened and the key is in the ignition. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the If the steering wheel is turned until it Duramax diesel supplement. reaches the end of its travel, and is held 2 (ON/RUN) : This position can be used to operate the electrical accessories and to To place the transmission in the in that position while starting the vehicle, display some instrument cluster warning proper gear: damage may occur to the hydraulic power steering system and there may be and indicator lights. This position can also Move the shift lever to P (Park) or be used for service and diagnostics, and to N (Neutral). The engine will not start in any loss of power steering assist. verify the proper operation of the other position. To restart the engine when Starting Procedure malfunction indicator lamp as may be the vehicle is already moving, use required for emission inspection purposes. N (Neutral) only. 1. With your foot off the accelerator pedal, The switch stays in this position when the turn the ignition key to START. When engine is running. The transmission is also Caution the engine starts, let go of the key. The unlocked in this position. If you add electrical parts or accessories, idle speed will go down as your engine gets warm. Do not race the engine If the key is left in ON/RUN with the engine you could change the way the engine immediately after starting it. Operate off, the battery could drain and the vehicle operates. Any resulting damage would the engine and transmission gently to may not start. not be covered by the vehicle warranty. allow the oil to warm up and lubricate 0 3 (START) : This is the position that starts See Add-On Electrical Equipment 176. all moving parts. the engine. When the engine starts, release When the low fuel warning light is on the key. The ignition returns to ON/RUN for Caution and the FUEL LEVEL LOW message is driving. displayed in the Driver Information Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the Center (DIC), the Computer-Controlled vehicle is moving. If you do, you could Cranking System is disabled to prevent damage the transmission. Shift to P (Park) possible vehicle component damage. only when the vehicle is stopped. When this happens, hold the ignition switch in the START position to continue engine cranking. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

138 Driving and Operating . Selecting the cruise control cancel button. Caution Fast Idle System . Releasing the parking brake. Cranking the engine for long periods of If equipped, this feature is available only with cruise control. The manual fast idle . Moving the transmission shift lever out of time, by returning the ignition to the P (Park) or N (Neutral). START position immediately after switch is operated using the cruise control . Selecting the cruise control on/off button cranking has ended, can overheat and buttons on the left side of the steering when it was previously on. damage the cranking motor, and drain wheel. the battery. Wait at least 15 seconds This system can be used to increase engine . Pressing the cruise control SET- button a second time. between each try, to let the cranking idle speed whenever the following motor cool down. conditions are met: . Pressing the accelerator more than one-quarter of the way down. . The parking brake is set. . 2. If the engine does not start after five to . The brake pedal is not pressed. Turning the ignition off. 10 seconds, especially in very cold . The vehicle must not be moving and the weather (below −18 °C or 0 °F), it could Retained Accessory Power (RAP) accelerator must not be pressed. be flooded with too much gasoline. Try When the ignition is turned from on to off, pushing the accelerator pedal all the way To control the fast idle: the following features (if equipped) will to the floor and holding it there as you . To enable the Fast Idle System, press and continue to function for up to 10 minutes, hold the key in START for up to release the cruise control on/off button or until the driver door is opened. These 15 seconds. Wait at least 15 seconds and ensure that the switch indicator light features will also work when the ignition is between each try, to allow the cranking is lit. in RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY: motor to cool down. When the engine . Press and release the cruise control SET- . Infotainment System starts, let go of the key and accelerator. button. Engine speed will be held at . Power Windows (during RAP this If the vehicle starts briefly but then approximately 1200 rpm. stops again, do the same thing. This functionality will be lost when any door clears the extra gasoline from the When the fast idle is active, the Driver is opened) engine. Do not race the engine Information Center (DIC) will display FAST . Sunroof (during RAP this functionality will immediately after starting it. Operate IDLE ON. be lost when any door is opened) the engine and transmission gently until One of the following actions will turn off . Auxiliary Power Outlet the oil warms up and lubricates all the fast idle: . Audio System moving parts. . Pressing the brake. . OnStar System Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Driving and Operating 139 To Use the Engine Coolant Heater Engine Coolant Heater { Warning 1. Turn off the engine. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Improper use of the heater cord or an Duramax diesel supplement. extension cord can damage the cord and may result in overheating and fire. { Warning . Plug the cord into a three-prong Do not plug in the engine block heater electrical utility receptacle that is while the vehicle is parked in a garage or protected by a ground fault detection under a carport. Property damage or function. An ungrounded outlet could personal injury may result. Always park cause an electric shock. the vehicle in a clear open area away . Use a weatherproof, heavy-duty, from buildings or structures. 15 amp-rated extension cord if needed. Failure to use the recommended The engine coolant heater can provide easier extension cord in good operating starting and better fuel economy during condition, or using a damaged heater engine warm-up in cold weather conditions 2. Open the hood and unwrap the or extension cord, could make it at or below −18 °C (0 °F). Vehicles with an electrical cord. overheat and cause a fire, property engine coolant heater should be plugged in The cord for the engine coolant heater is damage, electric shock, and injury. at least four hours before starting. on the driver side of the engine An internal thermostat in the plug end of . Do not operate the vehicle with the compartment. the cord may exist which will prevent heater cord permanently attached to engine coolant heater operation at Check the heater cord for damage. If it is the vehicle. Possible heater cord and temperatures above −18 °C (0 °F). damaged, do not use it. See your dealer thermostat damage could occur. for a replacement. Inspect the cord for . While in use, do not let the heater damage yearly. cord touch vehicle parts or sharp 3. Plug it into a normal, grounded 110-volt edges. Never close the hood on the AC outlet. heater cord. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

140 Driving and Operating 4. Remove the key and take it with you. If you have to leave the vehicle with the Warning (Continued) If you can leave the vehicle with the engine running, be sure the vehicle is in ignition key in your hand, the vehicle is P (Park) and the parking brake is firmly set. . Before starting the vehicle, unplug the in P (Park). After the shift lever is moved into P (Park), cord, reattach the cover to the plug, hold the regular brake pedal down. Then, and securely fasten the cord. Keep the Leaving the Vehicle with the Engine see if you can move the shift lever away cord away from any moving parts. Running from P (Park) without first pulling it toward you. If you can, it means that the shift lever 4. Before starting the engine, be sure to { Warning was not fully locked into P (Park). unplug and store the cord as it was It can be dangerous to leave the vehicle before to keep it away from moving Torque Lock with the engine running. It could engine parts and prevent damage. overheat and catch fire. If you are parking on a hill and you do not The length of time the heater should remain shift the transmission into P (Park) properly, plugged in depends on several factors. Ask a It is dangerous to get out of the vehicle the weight of the vehicle can put too much dealer in the area where you will be parking if the shift lever is not fully in P (Park) force on the parking pawl in the the vehicle for the best advice on this. with the parking brake firmly set. The transmission. It might be difficult to pull the vehicle can roll. shift lever out of P (Park). This is called torque lock. To prevent torque lock, set the Shifting Into Park Do not leave the vehicle when the engine parking brake and then shift into P (Park) 1. Hold the brake pedal down, then set the is running. If you have left the engine parking brake. properly before you leave the driver seat. To running, the vehicle can move suddenly. find out how, see Shifting Into Park 0 140. 2. Move the shift lever into the P (Park) You or others could be injured. To be position by pulling the shift lever toward sure the vehicle will not move, even When you are ready to drive, move the you and moving it up as far as it will go. when you are on fairly level ground, shift lever out of P (Park) before releasing the parking brake. 3. Push the ignition key in, towards the always set the parking brake and move steering column and then turn the the shift lever to P (Park). See Shifting ignition off. Into Park 0 140. If you are towing a trailer, see Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips 0 160. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Driving and Operating 141 If torque lock does occur, you might need to To shift out of P (Park): Engine Exhaust have another vehicle push yours a little 1. Apply the brake pedal. uphill to take some of the pressure from the parking pawl in the transmission. Then you 2. Turn the ignition on. { Warning should be able to pull the shift lever out of 3. Move the shift lever to the desired Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide P (Park). position. (CO), which cannot be seen or smelled. If you still are unable to shift out of Exposure to CO can cause Shifting out of Park P (Park): unconsciousness and even death. The vehicle has an automatic transmission 1. Ease the pressure on the shift lever. Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: shift lock control system. You have to fully 2. While holding down the brake pedal, apply the brakes before you can shift from . The vehicle idles in areas with poor push the shift lever all the way into P (Park) when the ignition is on. See ventilation (parking garages, tunnels, P (Park). Automatic Transmission 0 142. deep snow that may block underbody 3. Move the shift lever to the desired airflow or tail pipes). The shift lock control system is designed to: position. . The exhaust smells or sounds strange . Prevent the ignition key from being or different. removed unless the shift lever is in If you are still having a problem shifting, P (Park). have the vehicle serviced. . The exhaust system leaks due to corrosion or damage. . Prevent movement of the shift lever out Parking over Things That Burn of P (Park), unless the ignition is on and . The vehicle exhaust system has been the regular brake pedal is applied. { Warning modified, damaged, or improperly repaired. The shift lock control system is always Things that can burn could touch hot . There are holes or openings in the functional except in the case of a dead exhaust parts under the vehicle and battery or low voltage (less than 9 V) vehicle body from damage or ignite. Do not park over papers, leaves, battery. aftermarket modifications that are not dry grass, or other things that can burn. completely sealed. If the vehicle has an uncharged battery or a (Continued) battery with low voltage, try charging or jump starting the battery. See Jump Starting - North America 0 237. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

142 Driving and Operating

Warning (Continued) Automatic Transmission { Warning If unusual fumes are detected or if it is A shift position indicator is in the It is dangerous to get out of the vehicle suspected that exhaust is coming into the instrument cluster. if the shift lever is not fully in P (Park) vehicle: There are several different positions for the with the parking brake firmly set. The . Drive it only with the windows shift lever. vehicle can roll. completely down. Do not leave the vehicle when the engine . Have the vehicle repaired immediately. is running. If you have left the engine running, the vehicle can move suddenly. Never park the vehicle with the engine You or others could be injured. To be running in an enclosed area such as a sure the vehicle will not move, even garage or a building that has no fresh air when you are on fairly level ground, ventilation. See “Range Selection Mode” under Manual always set the parking brake and move Mode 0 144. the shift lever to P (Park). See Shifting Running the Vehicle While Parked Into Park 0 140 and It is better not to park with the engine P: This position locks the rear wheels. It is Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips running. the best position to use when starting the 0 160. engine because the vehicle cannot move If the vehicle is left with the engine running, easily. When parked on a hill, especially R: Use this gear to back up. follow the proper steps to be sure the when the vehicle has a heavy load, you vehicle will not move. See Shifting Into Park might notice an increase in the effort to Caution 0 140 and shift out of P (Park). See “Torque Lock” Engine Exhaust 0 141. under Shifting Into Park 0 140. Shifting to R (Reverse) while the vehicle is moving forward could damage the If parking on a hill and pulling a trailer, see transmission. The repairs would not be Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips 0 160. covered by the vehicle warranty. Shift to R (Reverse) only after the vehicle is stopped. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Driving and Operating 143

To rock the vehicle back and forth to get Caution (Continued) D (Drive) can be used when towing a trailer, out of snow, ice, or sand without damaging carrying a heavy load, or driving on steep the transmission, see If the Vehicle Is Stuck warranty. Be sure the engine is not hills. You might want to shift the 0 131. running at high speed when shifting the transmission to a lower gear selection if the N: In this position, the engine does not vehicle. transmission shifts too often. connect with the wheels. To restart when Downshifting the transmission in slippery you are already moving, use N (Neutral) Caution road conditions could result in skidding. See only. Also, use N (Neutral) when the vehicle “Skidding” under Loss of Control 0 128. is being towed. A transmission hot message may display if the automatic transmission fluid is too The vehicle has a shift stabilization feature hot. Driving under this condition can that adjusts the transmission shifting to the { Warning current driving conditions in order to reduce damage the vehicle. Stop and idle the rapid upshifts and downshifts. This shift Shifting into a drive gear while the engine to cool the automatic stabilization feature is designed to engine is running at high speed is transmission fluid. This message clears dangerous. Unless your foot is firmly on determine, before making an upshift, if the when the transmission fluid has cooled engine is able to maintain vehicle speed by the brake pedal, the vehicle could move sufficiently. very rapidly. You could lose control and analyzing things such as vehicle speed, throttle position, and vehicle load. If the hit people or objects. Do not shift into a D: This position is for normal driving. drive gear while the engine is running at shift stabilization feature determines that a It provides the best fuel economy. If you current vehicle speed cannot be maintained, high speed. need more power for passing, and you are: the transmission does not upshift and . Going less than about 55 km/h (35 mph), instead holds the current gear. In some Caution push the accelerator pedal about cases, this could appear to be a delayed halfway down. shift, however the transmission is operating Shifting out of P (Park) or N (Neutral) with . Going about 55 km/h (35 mph) or more, normally. the engine running at high speed may push the accelerator all the way down. damage the transmission. The repairs The transmission uses adaptive shift By doing this, the vehicle shifts down to would not be covered by the vehicle controls. Adaptive shift controls continually the next gear and has more power. (Continued) compare key shift parameters to pre-programmed ideal shifts stored in the transmission’s computer. The transmission Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

144 Driving and Operating constantly makes adjustments to improve provides the lowest gear appropriate to To disable or enable Normal Mode Grade vehicle performance according to how the current road speed and continues to Braking within the current ignition key cycle, vehicle is being used, such as with a heavy downshift as the vehicle slows, eventually press and hold the Tow/Haul button for load or when the temperature changes. downshifting to 1 (First) gear. The three seconds. During this adaptive shift control process, transmission can be held in 1 (First) gear For other forms of grade braking, see Tow/ shifting might feel different as the using Range Selection Mode or the shift Haul Mode 0 145 and transmission determines the best settings. lever. See “Range Selection Mode” under 0 0 Cruise Control 149. The shift quality of a new vehicle may not Manual Mode 144. Manual Mode be ideal because the adaptive shift control Caution process may not have determined the best settings for a particular shift or condition. Spinning the tires or holding the vehicle Range Selection Mode Shift quality will improve with continued in one place on a hill using only the driving. accelerator pedal may damage the transmission. The repair will not be When temperatures are very cold, the transmission's gear shifting could be covered by the vehicle warranty. If the delayed, providing more stable shifts until vehicle is stuck, do not spin the tires. the engine warms up. Shifts could be more When stopping on a hill, use the brakes to hold the vehicle in place. noticeable with a cold transmission. This If equipped, Range Selection Mode helps difference in shifting is normal. Normal Mode Grade Braking control the vehicle's transmission and vehicle M: This position lets drivers select the speed while driving downhill or towing a range of gears appropriate for current This mode is enabled when the vehicle is trailer by letting you select a desired range driving conditions. If the vehicle has this started, but is not enabled in Range of gears. Selection Mode. It assists in maintaining feature, see “Range Selection Mode” under To use this feature: Manual Mode 0 144. desired vehicle speeds when driving on downhill grades by using the engine and 1. Move the shift lever to 1 : This position reduces vehicle speed transmission to slow the vehicle. The first M (Manual Mode). without using the brakes. You can use it for time the system activates for each ignition 2. Press the +/− buttons on the shift lever major/severe downgrades where the vehicle key cycle. would otherwise accelerate due to steepness to select the desired range of gears for of grade. When you shift to 1 (First) it current driving conditions. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Driving and Operating 145

When M (Manual Mode) is selected, the Caution (Continued) Turn the Tow/Haul Mode on and off by transmission will downshift and a number pressing the button on the instrument displays in the Driver Information covered by the vehicle warranty. If the panel. When Tow/Haul is on, a light on the Center (DIC) next to the M indicating the vehicle is stuck, do not spin the tires. instrument cluster will come on. current gear. When stopping on a hill, use the brakes See Tow/Haul Mode Light 0 78. to hold the vehicle in place. This number is the highest gear that can be Also see “Tow/Haul Mode” under Towing used. However, the vehicle can automatically Equipment 0 172. shift to lower gears as it adjusts to driving Tow/Haul Mode conditions. This means that all gears below Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking that number are available. When 5 (Fifth) is selected, 1 (First) through 5 (Fifth) gears are Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking is only automatically shifted by the vehicle, but enabled while the Tow/Haul Mode is 6 (Sixth) cannot be used until the +/− selected and the vehicle is not in the Range Selection Mode. See “Tow/Haul Mode” listed button on the shift lever is used to change 0 to the gear. previously and Manual Mode 144. Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking assists in Grade Braking is not available when Range maintaining desired vehicle speeds when Selection Mode is active. See Tow/Haul driving on downhill grades by using the Mode 0 145. engine and transmission to slow the vehicle. While using Range Selection Mode, cruise To disable or enable Tow/Haul Mode Grade control and the Tow/Haul Mode can Braking within the current ignition key cycle, be used. If equipped, Tow/Haul Mode adjusts the press and hold the Tow/Haul button for transmission shift pattern to reduce shift three seconds. Caution cycling, providing increased performance, See Towing Equipment 0 172. Spinning the tires or holding the vehicle vehicle control, and transmission cooling in one place on a hill using only the when towing or hauling heavy loads. For other forms of grade braking, see 0 accelerator pedal may damage the Automatic Transmission 142. transmission. The repair will not be (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

146 Driving and Operating Brakes Using ABS 3. The brake system warning light will come on, if the ignition is on. See Brake Do not pump the brakes. Just hold the brake System Warning Light 0 77. Antilock Brake System (ABS) pedal down firmly. Hearing or feeling ABS The Antilock Brake System (ABS) helps operate is normal. If you are towing a trailer and parking on a hill, see Driving Characteristics and Towing prevent a braking skid and maintain steering Braking in Emergencies 0 while braking hard. Tips 160. ABS allows steering and braking at the same To release the parking brake: ABS performs a system check when the time. In many emergencies, steering can 1. Hold the regular brake pedal down. vehicle is first driven. A momentary motor help even more than braking. or clicking noise may be heard while this 2. Pull the handle with the parking brake test is going on, and the brake pedal may Parking Brake symbol located just above the parking move slightly. This is normal. brake pedal. 3. The brake system warning light will turn off, if the ignition is on. Caution Driving with the parking brake on can overheat the brake system and cause If there is a problem with ABS, this warning premature wear or damage to brake light stays on. See Antilock Brake System system parts. Make sure that the parking (ABS) Warning Light 0 78. brake is fully released and the brake ABS does not change the time needed to warning light is off before driving. get a foot on the brake pedal and does not Driving with the parking brake applied will always decrease stopping distance. If you To set the parking brake: cause a warning chime to sound and a get too close to the vehicle ahead, there will 1. Hold the regular brake pedal down. Driver Information Center (DIC) message not be enough time to apply the brakes if may display. Release the parking brake or that vehicle suddenly slows or stops. Always 2. Firmly push the parking brake stop the vehicle. leave enough room ahead to stop, even pedal down. with ABS. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Driving and Operating 147 Brake Assist pedal release to accelerator pedal apply. The StabiliTrak/ESC activates when the vehicle brakes release when the accelerator pedal is senses a difference between the intended Brake Assist detects rapid brake pedal applied or automatically release after a few path and the direction the vehicle is actually applications due to emergency braking seconds. The brakes may also release under traveling. StabiliTrak/ESC selectively applies situations and provides additional braking to other conditions. Do not rely on HSA to hold braking pressure to any one of the vehicle activate the Antilock Brake System (ABS) if the vehicle. wheel brakes to assist the driver in keeping the brake pedal is not pushed hard enough HSA is available when the vehicle is facing the vehicle on the intended path. Trailer to activate ABS normally. Minor noise, brake Sway Control (TSC) is also on automatically pedal pulsation, and/or pedal movement uphill in a forward gear, or when facing downhill in R (Reverse). The vehicle must when the vehicle is started. See Trailer Sway during this time may occur. Continue to Control (TSC) 0 175. apply the brake pedal as the driving come to a complete stop on a grade for HSA situation dictates. Brake Assist disengages to activate. If cruise control is being used and traction when the brake pedal is released. control or StabiliTrak/ESC begins to limit Ride Control Systems wheel spin, cruise control will disengage. Hill Start Assist (HSA) Cruise control may be turned back on when Traction Control/Electronic road conditions allow. { Warning Stability Control Both systems come on automatically when Do not rely on the HSA feature. HSA does the vehicle is started and begins to move. not replace the need to pay attention System Operation The systems may be heard or felt while and drive safely. You may not hear or The vehicle has a Traction Control System they are operating or while performing diagnostic checks. This is normal and does feel alerts or warnings provided by this (TCS) and StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability not mean there is a problem with the system. Failure to use proper care when Control (ESC), an electronic stability control vehicle. driving may result in injury, death, system. These systems help limit wheel spin or vehicle damage. See Defensive Driving and assist the driver in maintaining control, It is recommended to leave both systems on 0 126. especially on slippery road conditions. for normal driving conditions, but it may be TCS activates if it senses any of the drive necessary to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets When the vehicle is stopped on a grade, Hill stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. See If the wheels are spinning or beginning to lose 0 Start Assist (HSA) temporarily prevents the traction. When this happens, TCS applies the Vehicle Is Stuck 131 and “Turning the vehicle from rolling in an unintended brakes to the spinning wheels and reduces Systems Off and On” later in this section. direction during the transition from brake engine power to limit wheel spin. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

148 Driving and Operating Drive the vehicle. If d comes on and stays If TCS is limiting wheel spin when g is on, the vehicle may need more time to pressed, the system will not turn off until diagnose the problem. If the condition the wheels stop spinning. persists, see your dealer. To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC, Turning the Systems Off and On press and hold g until the StabiliTrak/ESC OFF light comes on and stays on in the The indicator light for both systems is in the g instrument cluster. This light will: instrument cluster, then release. The appropriate message will display in the DIC. . Flash when TCS is limiting wheel spin. . Flash when StabiliTrak/ESC is activated. To turn TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC on again, press and release . The StabiliTrak/ESC OFF . Turn on and stay on when either system g is not working. light g in the instrument cluster turns off. If either system fails to turn on or to StabiliTrak/ESC will automatically turn back activate, a message displays in the Driver on if the vehicle exceeds 32 km/h (20 mph). Information Center (DIC), and d comes on TCS will remain off until g is pressed or the and stays on to indicate that the system is ignition is cycled off then on. inactive and is not assisting the driver in The vehicle has a Trailer Sway Control (TSC) maintaining control. The vehicle is safe to feature and a Hill Start Assist (HSA) feature. drive, but driving should be adjusted Caution See Trailer Sway Control (TSC) 0 175 or accordingly. Do not repeatedly brake or accelerate Hill Start Assist (HSA) 0 147. If d comes on and stays on: heavily when TCS is off. The vehicle Adding accessories can affect the vehicle driveline could be damaged. 1. Stop the vehicle. performance. See Accessories and Modifications 0 178. 2. Turn the engine off and wait 15 seconds. To turn off only TCS, press and release g. 3. Start the engine. The appropriate message will display in the Locking Rear Axle DIC. To turn TCS on again, press and Vehicles with a locking rear axle can give release g. more traction on snow, mud, ice, sand, or gravel. It works like a standard axle most Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Driving and Operating 149 of the time, but when traction is low, this automatically disengages. See Traction SET− : Press briefly to set the speed and feature will allow the rear wheel with the Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 147. activate cruise control. If cruise control is most traction to move the vehicle. When road conditions allow you to safely already active, use to decrease vehicle use it again, cruise control can be turned speed. back on. Cruise Control [ : Press to disengage cruise control If the brakes are applied, cruise control without erasing the set speed from memory. { disengages. Warning Setting Cruise Control Cruise control can be dangerous where you cannot drive safely at a steady If I is on when not in use, the SET− or speed. Do not use cruise control on +RES button could get pressed and go into winding roads or in heavy traffic. cruise when not desired. Keep I off when cruise is not being used. Cruise control can be dangerous on slippery roads. On such roads, fast To set a speed: changes in tire traction can cause 1. Press I to turn the cruise system on. excessive wheel slip, and you could lose 2. Get up to the desired speed. control. Do not use cruise control on 3. Press and release SET−. slippery roads. 4. Remove your foot from the accelerator. If equipped with cruise control, a speed of The cruise control indicator on the about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more can be I : Press to turn cruise control on or off. instrument cluster turns green after cruise maintained without keeping your foot on The white indicator comes on in the control has been set to the desired speed. the accelerator. Cruise control does not work instrument cluster when cruise control is See Instrument Cluster 0 71. at speeds below about 40 km/h (25 mph). turned on. Resuming a Set Speed If the Traction Control System (TCS) or +RES : If there is a set speed in memory, StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC) press briefly to resume that speed or press If the cruise control is set at a desired speed system begins to limit wheel spin while and hold to accelerate. If cruise control is and then the brakes are applied or [ is using cruise control, the cruise control already active, use to increase vehicle speed. pressed, the cruise control is disengaged without erasing the set speed from memory. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

150 Driving and Operating Once the vehicle speed reaches about The speedometer reading can be displayed Ending Cruise Control 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, briefly press in either English or metric units. See Driver There are four ways to end cruise control: +RES. The vehicle returns to the previous set Information Center (DIC) 0 81. The increment speed. value used depends on the units displayed. . Step lightly on the brake pedal. [ Increasing Speed While Using Cruise Control Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise . Press . . Shift the transmission to N (Neutral). If the cruise control system is already Control activated: Use the accelerator pedal to increase the . To turn off cruise control, press I. . Press and hold +RES until the desired vehicle speed. When you take your foot off Erasing Speed Memory speed is reached, then release it. the pedal, the vehicle will slow down to the previous set cruise speed. While pressing the The cruise control set speed is erased from . To increase vehicle speed in small accelerator pedal or shortly following the memory if I is pressed or if the vehicle is increments, briefly press +RES. For each turned off. press, the vehicle goes about release to override cruise control, briefly 1 km/h (Metric display) or 1 mph (English pressing SET– will result in cruise set to the display) faster. current vehicle speed. Driver Assistance Systems The speedometer reading can be displayed Using Cruise Control on Hills This vehicle may have features that work in either English or metric units. See Driver How well the cruise control works on hills together to help avoid crashes or reduce Information Center (DIC) 0 81. The increment depends on the vehicle speed, load, and the crash damage while driving, backing, and value used depends on the units displayed. steepness of the hills. When going up steep parking. Read this entire section before using these systems. Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control hills, you might have to step on the accelerator pedal to maintain the vehicle If the cruise control system is already speed. When going downhill, you might { Warning activated: have to brake or shift to a lower gear to Do not rely on the Driver Assistance . Press and hold SET– until the desired keep your speed down. Systems. These systems do not replace lower speed is reached, then release it. If the brake pedal is applied, cruise control the need for paying attention and driving . To slow down in small increments, briefly will disengage. safely. You may not hear or see alerts or press SET–. For each press, the vehicle warnings provided by these systems. goes about 1 km/h (Metric display) or (Continued) 1 mph (English display) slower. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Driving and Operating 151

Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) Failure to use proper care when driving Complete attention is always required may result in injury, death, or vehicle while driving, and you should be ready to damage. See Defensive Driving 0 126. take action and apply the brakes and/or Under many conditions, these systems steer the vehicle to avoid crashes. will not: Audible Alert . Detect children, pedestrians, bicyclists, Some driver assistance features alert the or animals. driver of obstacles by beeping. To change . Detect vehicles or objects outside the the volume of the warning chime, see area monitored by the system. Vehicle Personalization 0 86. . Work at all driving speeds. Cleaning . Warn you or provide you with enough Depending on vehicle options, keep these time to avoid a crash. areas of the vehicle clean to ensure the best . Work under poor visibility or bad driver assistance feature performance. Driver weather conditions. Information Center (DIC) messages may . Work if the detection sensor is not display when the systems are unavailable or cleaned or is covered by ice, snow, blocked. mud, or dirt. . Work if the detection sensor is covered up, such as with a sticker, magnet, or metal plate. . Work if the area surrounding the . Front and rear bumpers and the area detection sensor is damaged or not below the bumpers properly repaired. . Front grille and headlamps (Continued) . Front camera lens in the front grille or near the front emblem Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

152 Driving and Operating . Front side and rear side panels Displayed images may be farther or closer . Outside of the windshield in front of the than they appear. The area displayed is rearview mirrors limited and objects that are close to either . Side camera lens on the bottom of the corner of the bumper or under the bumper outside mirrors do not display. . Rear side corner bumpers A warning triangle may appear on the . Rear Vision Camera above the license infotainment display to show that RPA or plate Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) has detected an object. This triangle changes from amber Radio Frequency to red and increases in size the closer the This vehicle may be equipped with driver object. assistance systems that operate using radio frequency. See Radio Frequency Statement { Warning 0 1. View displayed by the camera 273. The camera(s) do not display children, Rear Vision Camera (RVC) pedestrians, bicyclists, crossing traffic, animals, or any other object outside of When the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse), the cameras’ field of view, below the the RVC displays an image of the area bumper, or under the vehicle. Shown behind the vehicle in the infotainment distances may be different from actual display. The previous screen displays when distances. Do not drive or park the the vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse) after vehicle using only these camera(s). a short delay. To return to the previous Always check behind and around the screen sooner, press Home or Back on the vehicle before driving. Failure to use infotainment system, shift into P (Park), 1. View displayed by the camera or reach a vehicle speed of approximately proper care may result in injury, death, 2. Corners of the rear bumper 12 km/h (8 mph) while in D (Drive). or vehicle damage. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Driving and Operating 153 Park Assist An obstacle detection is indicated by beeps. PARK ASSIST OFF : This message occurs if The time between beeps gets shorter as the the driver disables the system or if the If equipped, the Rear Park Assist (RPA) vehicle approaches the obstacle. Repeated vehicle is driven above 8 km/h (5 mph) in system uses sensors on the rear bumper to beeps are heard when the distance is less R (Reverse). assist with parking and avoiding objects than 30 cm (12 in). while in R (Reverse). PARK ASST BLOCKED SEE OWNERS To be detected, objects must be at least MANUAL : This message can occur under the { Warning 25 cm (10 in) off the ground and below rear following conditions: door level. Objects must also be within 2.5 m . The sensors are not clean. Keep the rear The Park Assist system does not detect (8 ft) from the rear bumper. This distance bumper free of mud, dirt, snow, ice, slush, children, pedestrians, bicyclists, animals, may be less during warmer or humid and frost. The message may not clear or objects below the bumper or that are weather. until frost or ice has melted all around too close or too far from the vehicle. It is Turning the System On and Off and inside the sensor. not available at speeds greater than . A trailer is attached to the vehicle, or a 8 km/h (5 mph). To prevent injury, death, The system can be disabled through the bicycle or an object hanging out of the or vehicle damage, even with Park Assist, Driver Information Center (DIC). See “Park rear door during the current or last drive always check the area around the vehicle Assist” under Driver Information Center (DIC) cycle. RPA will return to normal operation 0 and check all mirrors before backing. 81. after it is determined the object is RPA defaults to the on setting each time the removed. This could take a few drive How the System Works vehicle is started. cycles. RPA comes on automatically when the shift Turn RPA off when towing a trailer. . A tow bar is attached to the vehicle. lever is moved into R (Reverse). A single Other conditions may affect system beep sounds to indicate the system is When the System Does Not Seem to performance, such as vibrations from a working. Work Properly jackhammer or the compression of air RPA operates only at speeds less than The following messages may be displayed brakes on a very large truck. 8 km/h (5 mph). on the DIC: SERVICE PARK ASSIST : If this message occurs, take the vehicle to your dealer for repair. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

154 Driving and Operating

Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Warning (Continued) { Warning System objects. Be ready to take action and FCA does not provide a warning to help If equipped, the FCA system may help to apply the brakes. See Defensive Driving avoid a crash, unless it detects a vehicle. avoid or reduce the harm caused by 0 126. FCA may not detect a vehicle ahead if front-end crashes. When approaching a the FCA sensor is blocked by dirt, snow, vehicle ahead too quickly, FCA provides a FCA can be disabled with the [ button on or ice, or if the windshield is damaged. red flashing alert on the windshield and the center stack. It may also not detect a vehicle on rapidly beeps. FCA also lights an amber winding or hilly roads, or in conditions visual alert if following another vehicle Detecting the Vehicle Ahead that can limit visibility such as fog, rain, much too closely. or snow, or if the headlamps or FCA detects vehicles within a distance of windshield are not cleaned or in proper approximately 60 m (197 ft) and operates at condition. Keep the windshield, speeds above 40 km/h (25 mph). headlamps, and FCA sensors clean and in good repair. { Warning FCA is a warning system and does not FCA warnings will not occur unless the FCA Collision Alert apply the brakes. When approaching a system detects a vehicle ahead. When a slower-moving or stopped vehicle ahead vehicle is detected, the vehicle ahead too rapidly, or when following a vehicle indicator will display green. Vehicles may too closely, FCA may not provide a not be detected on curves, highway exit warning with enough time to help avoid ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility; or if a a crash. It also may not provide any vehicle ahead is partially blocked by warning at all. FCA does not warn of pedestrians or other objects. FCA will not When your vehicle approaches another pedestrians, animals, signs, guardrails, detect another vehicle ahead until it is completely in the driving lane. detected vehicle too rapidly, the red FCA bridges, construction barrels, or other display will flash on the windshield. Also, (Continued) eight rapid high-pitched beeps will sound from the front. When this Collision Alert Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Driving and Operating 155 occurs, the brake system may prepare for occur. Consider traffic and weather driver braking to occur more rapidly which conditions when selecting the alert timing. { Warning can cause a brief, mild deceleration. The range of selectable alert timings may SBZA does not alert the driver to vehicles Continue to apply the brake pedal as not be appropriate for all drivers and driving rapidly approaching outside of the side needed. Cruise control may be disengaged conditions. blind zones, pedestrians, bicyclists, when the Collision Alert occurs. Unnecessary Alerts or animals. It may not provide alerts Tailgating Alert when changing lanes under all driving FCA may provide unnecessary alerts to conditions. Failure to use proper care turning vehicles, vehicles in other lanes, when changing lanes may result in injury, objects that are not vehicles, or shadows. death, or vehicle damage. Before making These alerts are normal operation and the a lane change, always check mirrors, vehicle does not need service. glance over your shoulder, and use the Cleaning the System turn signals.

The vehicle ahead indicator will display If the FCA system does not seem to operate SBZA Detection Zones amber if following a detected vehicle ahead properly, cleaning the outside of the much too closely. windshield area in front of the camera sensor may correct the issue. Selecting the Alert Timing The Collision Alert button is on the center Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) stack. Press [ to set the alert timing to If equipped, the SBZA system is a far, medium, near, or off. The first button lane-changing aid that assists drivers with press shows the current control setting on avoiding crashes that occur with moving the DIC. Additional button presses will vehicles in the side blind zone, or blind spot change this setting. The chosen setting will areas. The SBZA warning display will light remain until it is changed and will affect up in the corresponding outside side mirror both the Collision Alert and the Tailgating and will flash if the turn signal is on. Alert features. The timing of both alerts will vary based on vehicle speed. The faster the vehicle speed, the farther away the alert will Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

156 Driving and Operating The SBZA sensor covers a zone of side mirror display will light up if a moving SBZA may not operate when the SBZA approximately one lane over from both vehicle is detected in that blind zone. If the sensors in the left or right corners of the sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m (11 ft). The turn signal is activated in the same direction rear bumper are covered with mud, dirt, height of the zone is approximately between of a detected vehicle, this display will flash snow, ice, or slush, or in heavy rainstorms. 0.5 m (1.5 ft) and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. as an extra warning not to change lanes. For cleaning instructions, see "Washing the 0 This zone starts at approximately the middle SBZA can be disabled through the Driver Vehicle" under Exterior Care 242. If the DIC of the vehicle and goes back 5 m (16 ft). Information Center (DIC). See Driver displays the system unavailable message after cleaning both sides of the vehicle How the System Works Information Center (DIC) 0 81. If SBZA is disabled by the driver, the SBZA mirror toward the rear corners of the vehicle, see The SBZA symbol lights up in the side displays will not light up. your dealer. mirrors when the system detects a moving If the SBZA displays do not light up when vehicle in the next lane over that is in the When the System Does Not Seem to vehicles are in the blind zone and the side blind zone. This indicates it may be Work Properly system is clean, the system may need unsafe to change lanes. Before making a SBZA displays may not come on when service. Take the vehicle to your dealer. lane change, check the SBZA display, check passing a vehicle quickly, or for a stopped mirrors, glance over your shoulder, and use When SBZA is disabled for any reason other the turn signals. vehicle. SBZA may alert to objects attached than the driver turning it off, the Side Blind to the vehicle, such as a bicycle, or object Zone Alert On option will not be available extending out to either side of the vehicle. on the personalization menu. This is normal system operation; the vehicle does not need service. Driving with a Trailer SBZA may not always alert the driver to If equipped with Lane Change Alert (LCA), vehicles in the side blind zone, especially in the LCA detection zones that extend back Left Side Mirror Right Side Mirror wet conditions. The system does not need from the side of the vehicle do not move Display Display to be serviced. The system may light up due further back when a trailer is towed. to guardrails, signs, trees, shrubs, and other Use caution while changing lanes when When the vehicle is started, both outside non-moving objects. This is normal system towing a trailer. mirror SBZA displays will briefly come on to operation; the vehicle does not need service. indicate the system is operating. When the Radio Frequency Information vehicle is in a forward gear, the left or right See Radio Frequency Statement 0 273. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Driving and Operating 157 Lane Departure Warning (LDW) if the turn signal is active in the direction of Warning (Continued) lane departure, or if LDW detects that you If equipped, LDW may help avoid crashes If LDW only detects lane markings on one are accelerating, braking or actively steering. due to unintentional lane departures. LDW side of the road, it will only warn you uses a camera sensor to detect the lane when departing the lane on the side markings at speeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) or Fuel greater. It may provide an alert if the where it has detected a lane marking. vehicle is crossing a lane without using a Always keep your attention on the road Top Tier Fuel turn signal in that direction. LDW light will and maintain proper vehicle position GM recommends the use of TOP TIER not alert if the turn signal is active in the within the lane, or vehicle damage, Detergent Gasoline to keep the engine clean, direction of lane departure, or if LDW injury, or death could occur. Always keep reduce engine deposits, and maintain detects that you are accelerating, braking or the windshield, headlamps, and camera optimal vehicle performance. Look for the actively steering. sensors clean and in good repair. Do not TOP TIER Logo or see www.toptiergas.com use LDW in bad weather conditions. for a list of TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline { Warning marketers and applicable countries. The LDW system does not steer the How the System Works vehicle. The LDW system may not: LDW utilizes a camera sensor installed on the windshield ahead of the rearview mirror . Provide enough time to avoid a crash. to detect lane markings. . Detect lane markings under poor weather or visibility conditions. This To turn LDW on and off, press @ on the can occur if the windshield or center stack. The control indicator will light headlamps are blocked by dirt, snow, when LDW is on. When LDW is on, @ is or ice; if they are not in proper green if LDW is available to warn of a lane condition; or if the sun shines directly departure. If the vehicle crosses a detected into the camera. lane marking without using the turn signal . Detect road edges. in that direction, @ changes to amber and flashes. Additionally, there will be three . Detect lanes on winding or hilly roads. (Continued) beeps on the right or left, depending on the lane departure direction. LDW will not alert Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

158 Driving and Operating Recommended Fuel Prohibited Fuels Fuels in Foreign Countries For diesel engine vehicles, see “Fuel for Caution The U.S., Canada, and Mexico post fuel Diesel Engines” in the Duramax diesel octane ratings in anti-knock index (AKI). For supplement. Do not use fuels with any of the fuel not to use in a foreign country, see following conditions; doing so may Prohibited Fuels 0 158. damage the vehicle and void its warranty: Fuel Additives . For vehicles that are not FlexFuel, fuel TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is highly labeled greater than 15% ethanol by recommended for use with your vehicle. volume, such as mid-level ethanol If your country does not have TOP TIER blends (16–50% ethanol), E85, Detergent Gasoline, add ACDelco Fuel Use regular unleaded gasoline meeting or FlexFuel. System Treatment Plus−Gasoline to the ASTM specification D4814 with a posted . Fuel with any amount of methanol, vehicle’s gasoline fuel tank at every oil octane rating of 87 — (R+M)/2 — or higher. change or 15 000 km (9,000 mi), whichever Do not use gasoline with a posted octane methylal, ferrocene, and aniline. These fuels can corrode metal fuel system occurs first. TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline and rating of less than 87, as this may cause ACDelco Fuel System Treatment Plus engine knock and will lower fuel economy. parts or damage plastic and rubber parts. −Gasoline will help keep your vehicle’s Do not use any fuel labeled E85 or FlexFuel. engine fuel deposit free and performing Do not use gasoline with ethanol levels . Fuel containing metals such as optimally. greater than 15% by volume. methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl (MMT), which can damage Filling the Tank the emissions control system and spark plugs. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement. . Fuel with a posted octane rating of less than the recommended fuel. Using An arrow on the fuel gauge indicates which this fuel will lower fuel economy and side of the vehicle the fuel door is on. See 0 performance, and may decrease the Fuel Gauge 72. life of the emissions catalyst. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Driving and Operating 159

{ Warning Warning (Continued) { Warning Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn violently . Fuel can spray out if the fuel cap is Overfilling the fuel tank by more than and can cause injury or death. opened too quickly. This spray can three clicks of a standard fill nozzle may happen if the tank is nearly full, and is cause: Follow these guidelines to help avoid more likely in hot weather. Open the injuries to you and others: fuel cap slowly and wait for any hiss . Vehicle performance issues, including engine stalling and damage to the fuel . Read and follow all the instructions on noise to stop, then unscrew the cap all system. the fuel pump island. the way. . Fuel spills. . Turn off the engine when refueling. . Under certain conditions, fuel fires. . Keep sparks, flames, and smoking materials away from fuel. Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait five seconds . Do not leave the fuel pump after you have finished pumping before unattended. removing the fill nozzle. Clean fuel from . Avoid using electronic devices while painted surfaces as soon as possible. See 0 refueling. Exterior Care 242. Reinstall the cap by turning it clockwise until it clicks. Push the . Do not re-enter the vehicle while fuel door closed. pumping fuel. . Keep children away from the fuel { Warning pump and never let children If a fire starts while you are refueling, do pump fuel. Turn the fuel cap counterclockwise to not remove the fill nozzle. Shut off the . Before touching the fill nozzle, touch a remove. When refueling, hang the fuel cap flow of fuel by shutting off the pump or metallic object to discharge static from the hook on the fuel door. Fully insert by notifying the station attendant. Leave electricity from your body. and latch the fill nozzle, begin fueling. the area immediately. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

160 Driving and Operating

Caution Warning (Continued) Driving Characteristics and If a new fuel cap is needed, get the right . Bring the fill nozzle in contact with Towing Tips type of cap from your dealer. The wrong the inside of the fill opening before type of fuel cap may not fit properly, operating the nozzle. Maintain contact { Warning may turn on the malfunction indicator until filling is complete. You can lose control when towing a lamp, and could damage the fuel system . Keep sparks, flames, and smoking trailer if the correct equipment is not and emissions system. See Malfunction materials away from fuel. used or the vehicle is not driven properly. Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 76. . Avoid using electronic devices while For example, if the trailer is too heavy or pumping fuel. the trailer brakes are inadequate for the Filling a Portable Fuel Container load, the vehicle may not stop as expected. You and others could be { Warning Trailer Towing seriously injured. The vehicle may also be Never fill a portable fuel container while General Towing Information damaged, and the repairs would not be it is in the vehicle. Static electricity covered by the vehicle warranty. Pull a Only use towing equipment that has been discharge from the container can ignite trailer only if all the steps in this section designed for the vehicle. Contact your dealer have been followed. Ask your dealer for the fuel vapor. You or others could be or trailering dealer for assistance with badly burned and the vehicle could be advice and information about towing a preparing the vehicle to tow a trailer. Read trailer with the vehicle. damaged. To help avoid injury to you the entire section before towing a trailer. and others: To tow a disabled vehicle, see Towing the Driving with a Trailer . Dispense fuel only into approved 0 Vehicle 240. To tow the vehicle behind Trailering is different than just driving the containers. another vehicle such as a motor home, see 0 vehicle by itself. Trailering means changes in . Do not fill a container while it is Recreational Vehicle Towing 240. handling, acceleration, braking, durability, inside a vehicle, in a vehicle's trunk, in and fuel economy. Successful, safe trailering a pickup bed, or on any surface other takes correct equipment, and it has to be than the ground. used properly. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Driving and Operating 161 The following information has many . Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). Tow/Haul If equipped with Rear Cross Traffic Alert time-tested, important trailering tips and Mode is recommended for heavier trailers. (RCTA), use caution while backing up when safety rules. Many of these are important See Tow/Haul Mode 0 145. If the towing a trailer, as the RCTA detection zones for your safety and that of your passengers. transmission downshifts too often, a that extend out from the back of the vehicle Read this section carefully before pulling a lower gear may be selected using Manual do not move further back when a trailer is trailer. Mode. See Manual Mode 0 144. towed. When towing a trailer: If equipped, the following driver assistance { Warning . Become familiar with and follow all state features should be turned off when towing and local laws that apply to trailer a trailer: To prevent serious injury or death from towing. These requirements vary from . Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) carbon monoxide (CO), when towing a state to state. . Super Cruise Control trailer: . State laws may require the use of . Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . Do not drive with the liftgate, trunk/ extended side view mirrors. Even if not . Park Assist hatch, or rear-most window open. required, you should install extended side . Automatic Parking Assist (APA) . Fully open the air outlets on or under view mirrors if your visibility is limited or the instrument panel. restricted while towing. . Reverse Automatic Braking (RAB) . Do not tow a trailer during the first If equipped, the following driver assistance . Adjust the climate control system to a 800 km (500 mi) of vehicle use to prevent features should be turned to alert or off setting that brings in only outside air. damage to the engine, axle, or other when towing a trailer: See “Climate Control Systems” in the Index. parts. . Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) . It is recommended to perform the first oil . Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) For more information about carbon 0 change before heavy towing. . Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) monoxide, see Engine Exhaust 141. . During the first 800 km (500 mi) of trailer If equipped with Lane Change Alert (LCA), towing, do not drive over 80 km/h Towing a trailer requires experience. The the LCA detection zones that extend back combination of the vehicle and trailer is (50 mph) and do not make starts at full from the side of the vehicle do not move throttle. longer and not as responsive as the vehicle further back when a trailer is towed. Use itself. Get used to the handling and braking caution while changing lanes when towing a of the combination by driving on a level trailer. road surface before driving on public roads. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

162 Driving and Operating The trailer structure, the tires, and the Passing Make wider turns than normal when towing, brakes must be all be rated to carry the so trailer will not go over soft shoulders, More passing distance is needed when intended cargo. Inadequate trailer over curbs, or strike road signs, trees, towing a trailer. The combination of the equipment can cause the combination to or other objects. Always signal turns well in vehicle and trailer will not accelerate as operate in an unexpected or unsafe manner. advance. Do not steer or brake suddenly. quickly and is much longer than the vehicle Before driving, inspect all trailer hitch parts alone. It is necessary to go much farther and attachments, safety chains, electrical Driving on Grades beyond the passed vehicle before returning connectors, lamps, tires, and mirrors. See to the lane. Pass on level roadways. Avoid Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear Towing Equipment 0 172. If the trailer has passing on hills if possible. before starting down a long or steep electric brakes, start the combination downhill grade. If the transmission is not moving and then manually apply the trailer Backing Up shifted down, the brakes may overheat and brake controller to check the trailer brakes result in reduced braking efficiency. work. During the trip, occasionally check Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with that the cargo and trailer are secure and one hand. To move the trailer to the left, The vehicle can tow in D (Drive). Shift the that the lamps and any trailer brakes are move that hand to the left. To move the transmission to a lower gear if the working. trailer to the right, move that hand to the transmission shifts too often under heavy right. Always back up slowly and, if possible, loads and/or hilly conditions. Towing with a Stability Control System have someone guide you. When towing at higher altitudes, engine When towing, the stability control system Making Turns coolant will boil at a lower temperature might be heard. The system reacts to than at lower altitudes. If the engine is vehicle movement caused by the trailer, Caution turned off immediately after towing at high altitude on steep uphill grades, the vehicle which mainly occurs during cornering. This is Turn more slowly and make wider arcs normal when towing heavier trailers. could show signs similar to engine when towing a trailer to prevent damage overheating. To avoid this, let the engine Following Distance to your vehicle. Making very sharp turns run, preferably on level ground, with the could cause the trailer to contact the Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle transmission in P (Park) for a few minutes ahead as you would when driving without a vehicle. before turning the engine off. If the trailer. This can help to avoid heavy braking overheat warning comes on, see Engine 0 and sudden turns. Overheating 194. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Driving and Operating 163 Parking on Hills 2. Let up on the brake pedal. Warning (Continued) 3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of { Warning the chocks. . Do not move the vehicle if someone is in the path of the trailer. Some parts To prevent serious injury or death, 4. Stop and have someone pick up and of the trailer might be underwater and always park your vehicle and trailer on a store the chocks not visible to people who are assisting level surface when possible. Launching and Retrieving a Boat in launching the boat. When parking your vehicle and your trailer Backing the Trailer into the Water Disconnect the wiring to the trailer before on a hill: backing the trailer into the water to prevent 1. Press the brake pedal, but do not shift { Warning damage to the electrical circuits on the into P (Park) yet. Turn the wheels into . Have all passengers get out of the trailer. Reconnect the wiring to the trailer the curb if facing downhill or into traffic vehicle before backing onto the sloped after removing the trailer from the water. if facing uphill. part of the ramp. Lower the driver and If the trailer has electric brakes that can 2. Have someone place chocks under the passenger side windows before function when the trailer is submerged, it trailer wheels. backing onto the ramp. This will might help to leave the electrical trailer provide a means of escape in the connector attached to maintain trailer brake 3. When the wheel chocks are in place, unlikely event the vehicle slides into functionality while on the boat ramp. gradually release the brake pedal to the water. allow the chocks to absorb the load of To back the trailer into the water: the trailer. . If the boat launch surface is slippery, 1. Slowly back down the boat ramp until 4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then apply the have the driver remain in the vehicle the boat is floating, but no further than parking brake and shift into P (Park). with the brake pedal applied while the necessary. boat is being launched. The boat 2. Press and hold the brake pedal, but do 5. Release the brake pedal. launch can be especially slippery at not shift into P (Park) yet. Leaving After Parking on a Hill low tide when part of the ramp was previously submerged at high tide. Do 3. Have someone place chocks under the 1. Apply and hold the brake pedal. not back onto the ramp to launch the front wheels of the vehicle. . Start the engine. boat if you are not sure the vehicle 4. Gradually release the brake pedal to . Shift into a gear. can maintain traction. allow the chocks to absorb the load of . Release the parking brake. (Continued) the trailer. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

164 Driving and Operating 5. Reapply the brake pedal. Then apply the Maintenance when Trailer Towing Trailer Towing parking brake and shift into P (Park). The vehicle needs service more often when If equipped with a diesel engine, see the 6. Release the brake pedal. used to tow trailers. See Maintenance Duramax diesel supplement. Pulling the Trailer from the Water Schedule 0 251. It is especially important to check the automatic transmission fluid, Caution To pull the trailer from the water: engine oil, axle lubricant, belts, cooling Towing a trailer improperly can damage 1. Press and hold the brake pedal. system, and brake system before and during the vehicle and result in costly repairs each trip. 2. Start the engine and shift into a gear. not covered by the vehicle warranty. To 3. Release the parking brake. Check periodically that all nuts and bolts on tow a trailer correctly, follow the 4. Let up on the brake pedal. the trailer hitch are tight. directions in this section and see your 5. Drive slowly until the tires are clear of Engine Cooling when Trailer Towing dealer for important information about the chocks. towing a trailer with the vehicle. The cooling system may temporarily 6. Stop and have someone pick up and overheat during severe operating conditions. Trailering is different than just driving the store the chocks. See Engine Overheating 0 194. vehicle by itself. Trailering means changes in 7. Slowly pull the trailer from the water. handling, acceleration, braking, durability, and fuel economy. Successful, safe trailering Caution takes correct equipment, and it has to be If the vehicle tires begin to spin and the used properly. vehicle begins to slide toward the water, The following information has many remove your foot from the accelerator time-tested, important trailering tips and pedal and apply the brake pedal. Seek safety rules. Many of these are important help to have the vehicle towed up for your safety and that of your passengers. the ramp. Read this section carefully before pulling a trailer. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Driving and Operating 165 Trailer Weight See “Weight-Distributing Hitch Adjustment” Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR) under Towing Equipment 0 172 to determine GCWR is the total allowable weight of the if equalizer bars are required to obtain the { Warning completely loaded vehicle and trailer maximum trailer weight rating. Never exceed the towing capacity for including any fuel, passengers, cargo, your vehicle. See “Trailer Brakes” under Towing equipment, and accessories. Do not exceed Equipment 0 172 to determine if brakes are the GCWR for your vehicle. The GCWR for Safe trailering requires monitoring the required based on your trailer's weight. the vehicle is on the Tow Rating Chart weight, speed, altitude, road grades, outside The only way to be sure the weight is not following. temperature, dimensions of the front of the exceeding any of these ratings is to weigh To check that the weight of the vehicle and trailer, and how frequently the vehicle is the tow vehicle and trailer combination, trailer are within the GCWR for the vehicle, used to tow a trailer. fully loaded for the trip, getting individual follow these steps: Trailering Weight Ratings weights for each of these items. 1. Start with the curb weight from the Tow Rating Chart. When towing a trailer, the combined weight { Warning of the vehicle, vehicle contents, trailer, and 2. Add the weight of the trailer loaded with trailer contents must be below all of the You and others could be seriously injured cargo and ready for the trip. maximum weight ratings for the vehicle, or killed if the trailer is too heavy or the 3. Add the weight of all passengers. including: trailer brakes are inadequate for the load. The vehicle may be damaged, and the 4. Add the weight of all cargo in the . GCWR: Gross Combined Weight Rating vehicle. repairs would not be covered by the . GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating vehicle warranty. 5. Add the weight of hitch hardware such . Maximum Trailer Weight Rating as a draw bar, ball, load equalizer bars, . GAWR-RR: Gross Axle Weight Rating-Rear Only tow a trailer if all the steps in this or sway bars. section have been followed. Ask your . Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating 6. Add the weight of any accessories or dealer for advice and information about aftermarket equipment added to the towing a trailer. vehicle. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

166 Driving and Operating The resulting weight cannot exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) GCWR value shown on the Tow Rating For information about the vehicle's Chart. maximum load capacity, see Vehicle Load The gross combined weight can also be Limits 0 132. When calculating the GVWR confirmed by weighing the truck and trailer with a trailer attached, the trailer tongue on a public scale. The truck and trailer weight must be included as part of the should be loaded for the trip with weight the vehicle is carrying. passengers and cargo. Maximum Trailer Weight The maximum trailer weight rating is calculated assuming only the driver is in the tow vehicle and it has all the required trailering equipment. The weight of additional optional equipment, passengers, and cargo in the tow vehicle must be subtracted from the maximum trailer weight. Use the Tow Rating Chart to determine how much the trailer can weigh, based on the vehicle model and options. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Driving and Operating 167 Tow Rating Chart Vehicle Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR (a) G2500 Cargo Van 2WD Short Wheelbase 3.42 3 357 kg (7,400 lb) 5 897 kg (13,000 lb) I4.3L V6 3.42 4 536 kg (10,000 lb) 7 258 kg (16,000 lb) I6.6L V8 G2500 Cargo Van 2WD Long Wheelbase 3.42 3 220 kg (7,100 lb) 5 897 kg (13,000 lb) I4.3L V6 3.42 4 536 kg (10,000 lb) 7 258 kg (16,000 lb) I6.6L V8 G2500 Passenger Van 2WD Short Wheelbase 3.42 3 039 kg (6,700 lb) 5 897 kg (13,000 lb) I4.3L V6 3.42 4 355 kg (9,600 lb) 7 258 kg (16,000 lb) I6.6L V8 G3500 Cargo Van 2WD Short Wheelbase 3.42 3 357 kg (7,400 lb) 5 897 kg (13,000 lb) I4.3L V6 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

168 Driving and Operating Tow Rating Chart (cont'd) Vehicle Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR (a) 3.42 4 536 kg (10,000 lb) 7 258 kg (16,000 lb) I6.6L V8 G3500 Cargo Van 2WD Long Wheelbase 3.42 3 265 kg (7,200 lb) 5 897 kg (13,000 lb) I4.3L V6 3.42 4 536 kg (10,000 lb) 7 258 kg (16,000 lb) I6.6L V8 G3500 Passenger Van 2WD Short Wheelbase 3.42 3 039 kg (6,700 lb) 5 897 kg (13,000 lb) I4.3L V6 3.42 4 355 kg (9,600 lb) 7 258 kg (16,000 lb) I6.6L V8 G3500 Passenger Van 2WD Long Wheelbase 3.42 2 858 kg (6,300 lb) 5 897 kg (13,000 lb) I4.3L V6 3.42 4 173 kg (9,200 lb) 7 258 kg (16,000 lb) I6.6L V8 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Driving and Operating 169 Tow Rating Chart (cont'd) Vehicle Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR (a) 3500 Series Cutaway – 353 cm (139 in) Wheelbase 3.42/3.73 (b) 5 897 kg (13,000 lb) I4.3L V6 3.42/3.73 (b) 7 258 kg (16,000 lb) I6.6L V8 3500 Series Cutaway – 404 cm (159 in) Wheelbase 3.42/3.73 (b) 5 897 kg (13,000 lb) I4.3L V6 3.42/3.73 (b) 7 258 kg (16,000 lb) I6.6L V8 4.10 (b) 8 618 kg (19,000 lb) I6.6L V8 I(5 579 kg (12,300 lb) GVWR) 4.10 (b) 9 072 kg (20,000 lb) I6.6L V8 I(6 441 kg (14,200 lb) GVWR) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

170 Driving and Operating Tow Rating Chart (cont'd) Vehicle Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR (a) 3500 Series Cutaway – 450 cm (177 in) Wheelbase 3.42/3.73 (b) 7 258 kg (16,000 lb) I6.6L V8 4.10 (b) 8 618 kg (19,000 lb) I6.6L V8 I(5 579 kg (12,300 lb) GVWR) 4.10 (b) 9 072 kg (20,000 lb) I6.6L V8 I(6 441 kg (14,200 lb) GVWR) (a) The Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle and trailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment, and conversion. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be exceeded. (b) Maximum Trailer Weight cannot be provided because total vehicle weight is unknown.

The bumper on this vehicle is not designed Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating the overall trailer weight to stay within the to tow a trailer. maximum trailer tongue weight rating while The Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating still maintaining the correct trailer load is the allowable trailer tongue weight that balance. the vehicle can support using a conventional trailer hitch. It may be necessary to reduce Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Driving and Operating 171

Vehicle Series Hitch Type Maximum Tongue Weight 2500/3500 Weight - Carrying 181 kg (400 lb) 2500/3500 Weight - Distributing 454 kg (1,000 lb)

The trailer tongue weight contributes to the Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW). GVW includes the curb weight of your vehicle, any passengers, cargo, equipment, and the trailer tongue weight. Vehicle options, passengers, Do not exceed a maximum trailer tongue cargo, and equipment reduce the maximum weight of 454 kg (1,000 lb). allowable tongue weight the vehicle can carry, which also reduces the maximum allowable trailer weight. Trailer Load Balance The correct trailer load balance must be maintained to ensure trailer stability. Incorrect load balance is a leading cause of The trailer tongue weight (1) should be 10– trailer sway. 15% of the loaded trailer weight (2). Some specific trailer types, such as boat trailers, fall outside of this range. Always refer to the trailer owner’s manual for the recommended trailer tongue weight for each trailer. Never exceed the maximum loads for your vehicle, hitch, and trailer. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

172 Driving and Operating After loading the trailer, separately weigh with the tow vehicle and trailer fully loaded Proper hitch equipment for your vehicle the trailer and then the trailer tongue and for the trip including the weight of the helps maintain combination control. Many calculate the trailer load balance percentage trailer tongue. If using a weight-distributing trailers can be towed using a to see if the weights and distribution are hitch, do not exceed the GAWR-RR before weight-carrying hitch which has a coupler appropriate for your vehicle. If the trailer applying the weight distribution spring bars. latched to the hitch ball, or a tow eye weight is too high, it may be possible to latched to a pintle hook. Other trailers may transfer some of the cargo into your vehicle. require a weight-distributing hitch that uses If the trailer tongue weight is too high or spring bars to distribute the trailer tongue too low, it may be possible to rearrange weight between your vehicle and trailer some of the cargo inside of the trailer. axles. See “Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight 0 Do not exceed the maximum allowable Rating” under Trailer Towing 164 for tongue weight for your vehicle. Use the weight limits with various hitch types. shortest hitch extension available to position Never attach rental hitches or other the hitch ball closer to your vehicle. This will bumper-type hitches. Only use help reduce the effect of the trailer tongue frame-mounted hitches that do not attach to weight on the trailer hitch and the rear axle. the bumper. If a cargo carrier is used in the trailer hitch Consider using mechanical sway controls receiver, choose a carrier that positions the Ask your dealer for trailering information or with any trailer. Ask a trailering professional load as close to the vehicle as possible. assistance. about sway controls or refer to the trailer Make sure the total weight, including the manufacturer's recommendations and carrier, is no more than half of the Towing Equipment instructions. maximum allowable tongue weight for the vehicle or 227 kg (500 lb), whichever is less. Hitches Weight-Distributing Hitch Adjustment Always use the correct hitch equipment for A weight distributing hitch may be useful Rear Gross Axle Weight Rating with some trailers. (GAWR-RR) your vehicle. Crosswinds, large trucks going by, and rough roads can affect the trailer The GAWR-RR is the total weight that can be and the hitch. supported by the rear axle of the vehicle. Do not exceed the GAWR-RR for the vehicle, Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Driving and Operating 173 . Tires must be properly inflated to support State or local regulations may require loads while towing a trailer. See Tires trailers to have their own braking system if 0 212 for instructions on proper tire the loaded weight of the trailer exceeds inflation. certain minimums that can vary from state to state. Read and follow the instructions for Safety Chains the trailer brakes so they are installed, Always attach chains between the vehicle adjusted, and maintained properly. Never and the trailer, and attach the chains to the attempt to tap into your vehicle's hydraulic holes on the trailer hitch platform. brake system. If you do, both the vehicle Instructions about safety chains may be anti-lock brakes and the trailer brakes may provided by the hitch manufacturer or by not function, which could result in a crash. the trailer manufacturer. Trailer Wiring Harness Cross the safety chains under the tongue of 1. Front of Vehicle the trailer to help prevent the tongue from Basic Trailer Wiring 2. Body to Ground Distance contacting the road if it becomes separated If the vehicle is not equipped with a trailer When using a weight-distributing hitch, from the hitch. Always leave just enough connector on the rear bumper, a seven-wire measure the front fender height distance (2) slack so the combination can turn. Never trailering harness is tied to the vehicle’s before connecting the trailer. Adjust the allow safety chains to drag on the ground. frame. The harness requires the installation of a trailer connector, which is available spring bars until the front fender height Trailer Brakes distance (2) is the same height before the through your dealer. trailer was connected. Do not reduce the Loaded trailers over 675 kg (1,500 lb) must Use only a round, seven-wire connector with front fender height below the initial be equipped with brake systems and with flat blade terminals meeting SAE J2863 distance (2). brakes for each axle. Trailer braking specifications for proper electrical equipment conforming to Canadian connectivity. Tires Standards Association (CSA) requirement . Do not tow a trailer while using a CAN3-D313, or its equivalent, is compact spare tire on the vehicle. recommended. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

174 Driving and Operating The seven-wire harness contains the Heavy-Duty Trailer Wiring Harness Package Electric Brake Control Wiring Provisions following trailer circuits: lf equipped, the trailer wiring harness, with If the vehicle is not equipped with an Stop/Turn Yellow a seven-pin connector is mounted on the integrated trailer brake controller, and the Signal Left* trailer hitch. trailer has electric brakes, a trailer brake Stop/Turn Signal controller needs to be installed on the Dark Green Right* vehicle. The brake controller should be installed by your dealer or a qualified Tail/Parking Brown service center. Lamps** If equipped, wiring provisions for an Reverse Lamps** Light Green aftermarket electric trailer brake controller Battery Feed Red/Black are included with the vehicle as part of the trailer wiring package. The harness contains Ground White the following circuits: Electric Trailer Brake Dark Blue Electric Trailer Dark Blue Brakes *If the vehicle is a cutaway with trailer Battery Feed Red/White provisions, a 15 amp fuse will be shared 1. Left Turn/Brake Brake Apply Signal Light Blue for both left/stop trailer turn and right/ 2. Taillamps stop trailer turn signals. However, the 3. Reverse Lamps Ground Black cutaway lighting connector will have a 4. Battery Feed 10 amp fuse for each signal. There are four blunt cut wires under the 5. Right Turn/Brake **If the vehicle is a cutaway with trailer floor carpeting in front of the brake pedal. provisions, a 15 amp fuse will be shared 6. Electric Brakes It will be necessary to have a technician for trailer park lamps and cutaway rear 7. Ground connect the 12-volt power to the engine lighting connector park lamps. Also, a compartment fuse block. 10 amp fuse will be shared for trailer back-up lamps and cutaway rear lighting connector back-up lamps. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Driving and Operating 175 Refer to the aftermarket electric trailer brake vehicle's Gross Combined Weight Rating controller owner's manual to determine wire (GCWR). See “Trailer Weight” under Trailer color coding of the electric trailer brake Towing 0 164. controller. The wire colors on the brake Tow/Haul Mode is most useful when towing controller may be different from the vehicle. a heavy trailer or carrying a large or Trailer Lamps heavy load: . through rolling terrain If TSC is enabled, the Traction Control Always check all trailer lamps are working at . in stop-and-go traffic System (TCS)/StabiliTrak/ESC warning light the beginning of each trip, and periodically will flash on the instrument cluster. Reduce on longer trips. . in busy parking lots vehicle speed by gradually removing your Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer Operating the vehicle in Tow/Haul Mode foot from the accelerator. If trailer sway when lightly loaded or not towing will not continues, StabiliTrak/ESC can reduce engine When properly connected, the trailer turn cause damage; however, it is not torque to help slow the vehicle. TSC will not signals will illuminate to indicate the vehicle recommended and may result in unpleasant function if StabiliTrak/ESC is turned off. See is turning, changing lanes, or stopping. engine and transmission driving Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control When towing a trailer, the arrows on the characteristics and reduced fuel economy. 0 147. instrument cluster will illuminate even if the trailer is not properly connected or the bulbs Trailer Sway Control (TSC) { Warning are burned out. Vehicles with StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Trailer sway can result in a crash and in Tow/Haul Mode Control (ESC) have a Trailer Sway Control serious injury or death, even if the (TSC) feature. Trailer sway is unintended vehicle is equipped with TSC. Tow/Haul assists when pulling a heavy side-to-side motion of a trailer while towing. trailer or a large or heavy load. For If the vehicle is towing a trailer and the TSC If the trailer begins to sway, reduce instructions on how to enter Tow/Haul vehicle speed by gradually removing your 0 detects that sway is increasing, the vehicle mode, see Tow/Haul Mode 145. brakes are selectively applied at each wheel, foot from the accelerator. Then pull over Tow/Haul Mode is designed to be most to help reduce excessive trailer sway. to check the trailer and vehicle to help effective when the vehicle and trailer correct possible causes, including an combined weight is at least 75% of the improperly or overloaded trailer, (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

176 Driving and Operating Overloading is another leading cause of Warning (Continued) trailer tire blow-outs. Never load your trailer Warning (Continued) unrestrained cargo, improper trailer hitch with more weight than the tires are operation and cause a crash. Such devices configuration, or improperly inflated or designed to support. The load rating is may also access information stored in the incorrect vehicle or trailer tires. See located on the trailer tire sidewall. vehicle’s systems. Towing Equipment 0 172 for trailer Always know the maximum speed rating for ratings and hitch setup recommendations. the trailer tires before driving. This may be significantly lower than the vehicle tire Caution Trailer Tires speed rating. The speed rating may be on Some electrical equipment can damage Special Trailer (ST) tires differ from vehicle the trailer tire sidewall. If the speed rating is the vehicle or cause components to not tires. Trailer tires are designed with stiff not shown, the default trailer tire speed work and would not be covered by the sidewalls to help prevent sway and to rating is 105 km/h (65 mph). vehicle warranty. Always check with your support heavy loads. These features can dealer before adding electrical equipment. make it difficult to determine if the trailer Conversions and Add-Ons tire pressures are low only based on a visual Add-on equipment can drain the vehicle's inspection. Add-On Electrical Equipment 12-volt battery, even if the vehicle is not operating. Always check all trailer tire pressures before each trip when the tires are cool. Low trailer { Warning The vehicle has an airbag system. Before tire pressure is a leading cause of trailer tire The Data Link Connector (DLC) is used for attempting to add anything electrical to the blow-outs. vehicle service and Emission Inspection/ vehicle, see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 44 and Trailer tires deteriorate over time. The trailer Maintenance testing. See Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 76. Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped tire sidewall will show the week and year Vehicle 0 45. the tire was manufactured. Many trailer tire A device connected to the DLC — such as manufacturers recommend replacing tires an aftermarket fleet or driver-behavior more than six years old. tracking device — may interfere with vehicle systems. This could affect vehicle (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Vehicle Care 177 Starter Switch Check ...... 200 Tire Sidewall Labeling ...... 213 Vehicle Care Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Tire Designations ...... 214 Control Function Check ...... 201 Tire Terminology and Definitions ...... 215 General Information Ignition Transmission Lock Check ...... 201 Tire Pressure ...... 217 General Information ...... 178 Park Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Tire Pressure Monitor System ...... 218 California Proposition 65 Warning . . . . . 178 Check ...... 201 Tire Pressure Monitor Operation ...... 218 California Perchlorate Materials Wiper Blade Replacement ...... 201 Tire Inspection ...... 221 Requirements ...... 178 Windshield Replacement ...... 202 Tire Rotation ...... 221 Accessories and Modifications ...... 178 When It Is Time for New Tires ...... 223 Headlamp Aiming Buying New Tires ...... 223 Vehicle Checks Front Headlamp Aiming ...... 202 Doing Your Own Service Work ...... 179 Different Size Tires and Wheels ...... 225 Hood ...... 179 Bulb Replacement Uniform Tire Quality Grading ...... 225 Engine Compartment Overview ...... 181 Bulb Replacement ...... 202 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance . . . . 226 Engine Oil ...... 184 Halogen Bulbs ...... 202 Wheel Replacement ...... 226 Engine Oil Life System ...... 186 Front Turn Signal, Sidemarker, and Tire Chains ...... 227 Automatic Transmission Fluid (6-Speed Parking Lamps ...... 202 If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 227 Transmission) ...... 186 Taillamps ...... 203 Tire Changing ...... 229 Automatic Transmission Fluid (8-Speed Center High-Mounted Stoplamp Full-Size Spare Tire ...... 236 Transmission) ...... 189 (CHMSL) ...... 204 Jump Starting Engine Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 189 License Plate Lamp ...... 204 Jump Starting - North America ...... 237 Cooling System ...... 191 Engine Overheating ...... 194 Electrical System Towing the Vehicle Engine Fan ...... 195 Electrical System Overload ...... 205 Towing the Vehicle ...... 240 Power Steering Fluid ...... 196 Fuses and Circuit Breakers ...... 205 Recreational Vehicle Towing ...... 240 Washer Fluid ...... 196 Engine Compartment Fuse Block ...... 206 Brakes ...... 197 Floor Console Fuse Block ...... 210 Appearance Care Exterior Care ...... 242 Brake Fluid ...... 197 Wheels and Tires Battery - North America ...... 199 Interior Care ...... 246 Tires ...... 212 Floor Mats ...... 248 Rear Axle ...... 199 All-Season Tires ...... 212 Noise Control System ...... 199 Winter Tires ...... 213 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

178 Vehicle Care

General Information Warning (Continued) Accessories and Modifications For service and parts needs, visit your cancer and birth defects or other Adding non-dealer accessories or making modifications to the vehicle can affect dealer. You will receive genuine GM parts reproductive harm. Engine exhaust, many vehicle performance and safety, including and GM-trained and supported service parts and systems, many fluids, and people. such things as airbags, braking, stability, some component wear by-products ride and handling, emissions systems, Genuine GM parts have one of these marks: contain and/or emit these chemicals. For aerodynamics, durability, and electronic more information go to systems like antilock brakes, traction control, www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ and stability control. These accessories or passenger-vehicle. modifications could even cause malfunction or damage not covered by the vehicle See Battery - North America 0 199 and warranty. Jump Starting - North America 0 237 and the back cover. Damage to suspension components caused by modifying vehicle height outside of California Perchlorate Materials factory settings will not be covered by the Requirements vehicle warranty. Damage to vehicle components resulting Certain types of automotive applications, from modifications or the installation or use such as airbag initiators, seat belt of non-GM certified parts, including control pretensioners, and lithium batteries California Proposition 65 Warning module or software modifications, is not contained in electronic keys, may contain covered under the terms of the vehicle perchlorate materials. Perchlorate Material – warranty and may affect remaining { Warning special handling may apply. See warranty coverage for affected parts. Most motor vehicles, including this one, www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ perchlorate. GM Accessories are designed to complement as well as many of its service parts and and function with other systems on the fluids, contain and/or emit chemicals vehicle. See your dealer to accessorize the known to the State of California to cause vehicle using genuine GM Accessories (Continued) installed by a dealer technician. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Vehicle Care 179 Also, see Adding Equipment to the If equipped with remote vehicle start, open Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 45. the hood before performing any service { Warning work to prevent remote starting the vehicle Components under the hood can get hot Vehicle Checks accidentally. See Remote Vehicle Start 0 10. from running the engine. To help avoid Keep a record with all parts receipts and list the risk of burning unprotected skin, Doing Your Own Service Work the mileage and the date of any service never touch these components until they work performed. See Maintenance Records have cooled, and always use a glove or { Warning 0 259. towel to avoid direct skin contact. It can be dangerous to work on your Caution Clear any snow from the hood before vehicle if you do not have the proper opening. knowledge, service manual, tools, Even small amounts of contamination can or parts. Always follow owner’s manual cause damage to vehicle systems. Do not To open the hood: procedures and consult the service allow contaminants to contact the fluids, 1. Pull the hood release lever with the reservoir caps, or dipsticks. manual for your vehicle before doing any i symbol. It is on the lower left side service work. of the instrument panel. Hood If doing some of your own service work, use the proper service manual. It tells you much { Warning more about how to service the vehicle than Turn the vehicle off before opening the this manual can. To order the proper service hood. If the engine is running with the manual, see Publication Ordering Information 0 273. hood open, you or others could be injured. This vehicle has an airbag system. Before attempting to do your own service work, see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 44. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

180 Vehicle Care 2. Go to the front of the vehicle and locate To close the hood: the secondary release lever under the 1. Before closing the hood, be sure all filler front center of the hood. Push the caps are on properly, and all tools are secondary hood release lever upward to removed. release. 2. Lift the hood and remove the hood prop rod from the underside of the hood. Return the prop rod to its retainer. The prop rod must click into place when returning it to the retainer to prevent hood damage. 3. Lower the hood 20 cm (8 in) above the vehicle and release it. Check to make sure the hood is latched completely. Repeat this process with additional force if necessary.

{ Warning 3. Lift the hood and release the hood prop Do not drive the vehicle if the hood is rod from its retainer, in the front of the not latched completely. The hood could engine compartment. Securely insert the open fully, block your vision, and cause a rod end into the slot marked with an crash. You or others could be injured. arrow, on the underside of the hood. Always close the hood completely before driving. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Vehicle Care 181 Engine Compartment Overview For diesel engine vehicles, see the Duramax diesel supplement.

4.3L V6 Engine Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

182 Vehicle Care 1. Battery - North America 0 199. 2. Radiator Pressure Cap. See Cooling System 0 191. 3. Coolant Recovery Tank. See Cooling System 0 191. 4. Engine Oil Dipstick. See “Checking Engine Oil” under Engine Oil 0 184. 5. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of View). See Cooling System 0 191. 6. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 189. 7. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When to Add Engine Oil” under Engine Oil 0 184. 8. Power Steering Fluid Reservoir. See Power Steering Fluid 0 196. 9. Engine Compartment Fuse Block 0 206. 10. Brake Master Cylinder Reservoir. See Brake Fluid 0 197. 11. Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir. See “Adding Washer Fluid” under Washer Fluid 0 196. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Vehicle Care 183

6.6L V8 Engine 1. Battery - North America 0 199. 4. Engine Oil Dipstick. See “Checking Engine 7. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When to Add 0 0 2. Radiator Pressure Cap. See Cooling Oil” under Engine Oil 184. Engine Oil” under Engine Oil 184. System 0 191. 5. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of View). See 8. Power Steering Fluid Reservoir. See 0 0 3. Coolant Recovery Tank. See Cooling Cooling System 191. Power Steering Fluid 196. System 0 191. 6. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 189. 9. Engine Compartment Fuse Block 0 206. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

184 Vehicle Care 10. Brake Master Cylinder Reservoir. See Checking Engine Oil dipstick, wipe it with a clean paper towel Brake Fluid 0 197. or cloth, then push it back in all the way. Check the engine oil level regularly, every Remove it again, keeping the tip down, 11. Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir. See 650 km (400 mi), especially prior to a long and check the level. “Adding Washer Fluid” under Washer trip. The engine oil dipstick handle is a loop. 0 Fluid 196. See Engine Compartment Overview 0 181 for When to Add Engine Oil Engine Oil the location. For diesel engine vehicles, see “Engine Oil” { Warning in the Duramax diesel supplement. The engine oil dipstick handle may be To ensure proper engine performance and hot; it could burn you. Use a towel or long life, careful attention must be paid to glove to touch the dipstick handle. engine oil. Following these simple, but 4.3L V6 Engine important steps will help protect your If a low oil Driver Information Center (DIC) investment: message displays, check the oil level. . Use engine oil approved to the proper Follow these guidelines: specification and of the proper viscosity . To get an accurate reading, park the grade. See “Selecting the Right Engine vehicle on level ground. Check the engine Oil” in this section. oil level after the engine has been off for . Check the engine oil level regularly and at least two hours. Checking the engine maintain the proper oil level. See oil level on steep grades or too soon after 6.6L V8 Engine “Checking Engine Oil” and “When to Add engine shutoff can result in incorrect Engine Oil” in this section. readings. Accuracy improves when If the oil is below the cross-hatched area at . Change the engine oil at the appropriate checking a cold engine prior to starting. the tip of the dipstick and the engine has time. See Engine Oil Life System 0 186. Remove the dipstick and check the level. been off for at least 15 minutes, add 1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oil and then . Always dispose of engine oil properly. See . If unable to wait two hours, the engine recheck the level. See “Selecting the Right “What to Do with Used Oil” in this must be off for at least 15 minutes if the Engine Oil” later in this section for an section. engine is warm, or at least 30 minutes if the engine is not warm. Pull out the Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Vehicle Care 185 explanation of what kind of oil to use. For Specification extremely low temperatures. When selecting engine oil crankcase capacity, see Capacities an oil of the appropriate viscosity grade, it 0 Use full synthetic engine oils that meet the and Specifications 261. dexos1 specification. Engine oils that have is recommended to select an oil of the correct specification. See “Specification” Caution been approved by GM as meeting the dexos1 specification are marked with the earlier in this section. Do not add too much oil. Oil levels above dexos1 approved logo. See Engine Oil Additives/Engine Oil Flushes or below the acceptable operating range www.gmdexos.com. shown on the dipstick are harmful to the Do not add anything to the oil. The engine. If the oil level is above the recommended oils meeting the dexos1 operating range (i.e., the engine has so specification are all that is needed for good much oil that the oil level gets above the performance and engine protection. cross-hatched area that shows the proper Engine oil system flushes are not operating range), the engine could be recommended and could cause engine damaged. Drain the excess oil or limit damage not covered by the vehicle driving of the vehicle, and seek a service warranty. professional to remove the excess oil. Caution What to Do with Used Oil Failure to use the recommended engine 0 Used engine oil contains certain elements See Engine Compartment Overview 181 for oil or equivalent can result in engine the location of the engine oil fill cap. that can be unhealthy for your skin and damage not covered by the vehicle could even cause cancer. Do not let used oil Add enough oil to put the level somewhere warranty. stay on your skin for very long. Clean your in the proper operating range. Push the skin and nails with soap and water, or a dipstick all the way back in when through. Viscosity Grade good hand cleaner. Wash or properly Selecting the Right Engine Oil Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade engine oil. dispose of clothing or rags containing used Cold Temperature Operation: In an area of engine oil. See the manufacturer's warnings Selecting the right engine oil depends on about the use and disposal of oil products. both the proper oil specification and extreme cold, where the temperature falls viscosity grade. See Recommended Fluids below −29 °C (−20 °F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may Used oil can be a threat to the environment. and Lubricants 0 257. be used. An oil of this viscosity grade will If you change your own oil, be sure to drain provide easier cold starting for the engine at all the oil from the filter before disposal. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

186 Vehicle Care Never dispose of oil by putting it in the reset. Your dealer has trained service people 2. Fully press and release the accelerator trash or pouring it on the ground, into who will perform this work and reset the pedal three times within five seconds. sewers, or into streams or bodies of water. system. It is also important to check the oil If the display shows 100%, the system is Recycle it by taking it to a place that regularly over the course of an oil drain reset. collects used oil. interval and keep it at the proper level. If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message Engine Oil Life System If the system is ever reset accidentally, the comes back on when the vehicle is started, oil must be changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) the engine oil life system has not reset. When to Change Engine Oil since the last oil change. Remember to reset Repeat the procedure. the oil life system whenever the oil is This vehicle has a computer system that changed. Automatic Transmission Fluid indicates when to change the engine oil and filter. This is based on a combination of How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System (6-Speed Transmission) factors which include engine revolutions, Reset the system whenever the engine oil is When to Check and Change Automatic engine temperature, and miles driven. Based changed so that the system can calculate Transmission Fluid on driving conditions, the mileage at which the next engine oil change. an engine oil change is indicated can vary It is usually not necessary to check the considerably. For the oil life system to work To reset the Engine Oil Life System on most transmission fluid level. The only reason for properly, the system must be reset every models: fluid loss is a transmission leak or time the oil is changed. 1. Display the OIL LIFE REMAINING on the overheated transmission. If a small leak is suspected, use the following procedures to When the system has calculated that oil life DIC. See Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 81. check the fluid level. However, if there is a has been diminished, it indicates that an oil large leak, it may be necessary to have the change is necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE OIL 2. Press and hold V on the DIC while the vehicle towed to a dealer and have it SOON message comes on. Change the oil as Oil Life display is active. The oil life will repaired before driving the vehicle further. soon as possible within the next 1 000 km change to 100%. (600 mi). It is possible that, if driving under Change the fluid and filter at the intervals the best conditions, the oil life system The oil life system can also be reset as listed in Maintenance Schedule 0 251, and be might indicate that an oil change is not follows: sure to use the transmission fluid listed in necessary for up to a year. The engine oil 1. Display the OIL LIFE REMAINING on the Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 257. and filter must be changed at least once a DIC. See Driver Information Center (DIC) year and, at this time, the system must be 0 81. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Vehicle Care 187 How to Check Automatic Transmission Wait at least 30 minutes with the engine A warm fluid level check can be performed Fluid off, before checking the transmission fluid by driving the vehicle under lightly loaded level if the vehicle has been driven: conditions and outside temperatures Because this operation can be difficult, it is between 10 °C to 27 °C (50 °F to 80 °F). The recommended to have this check done at . In hot weather, when outside temperatures are above 32 °C (90 °F). vehicle should be driven for at least 24 km your dealer, which can monitor the (15 mi) before performing a warm check. . The vehicle is heavily loaded. transmission temperature. The transmission Checking the fluid warm or hot will give a fluid level increases with temperature. To . At high speed for quite a while in hot more accurate reading of the fluid level than obtain a highly accurate fluid level check, weather. a cold check. the transmission temperature must be . In heavy traffic and hot weather. measured. Because the vehicle is equipped with a . While pulling a trailer. high-efficiency air-to-oil cooler, the If it is decided to check the fluid level, be After driving under these conditions, a hot transmission fluid temperature may not sure to follow all the instructions here, or a check can be performed. The fluid should be reach the required hot fluid level checking false reading on the dipstick may occur. hot, which is 71 °C to 93 °C (160 °F to temperature under normal lightly loaded Caution 200 °F). driving vehicle conditions. Too much or too little fluid can damage A cold fluid level check can be performed Checking the Fluid Level after the vehicle has been sitting for eight the transmission. Too much can mean Prepare the vehicle: hours or more with the engine off, but this that some of the fluid could come out is used only as a reference. Let the engine 1. Park the vehicle on a level place. Keep and fall on hot engine parts or exhaust run at idle for five minutes if the outside the engine running. system parts, starting a fire. Too little temperature is between 15 °C to 32 °C (60 °F 2. With the parking brake applied, place the fluid could cause the transmission to to 90 °F). Should the fluid level be low shift lever in P (Park). overheat. Be sure to get an accurate during this cold check, the fluid must be 3. With a foot on the brake pedal, move reading if checking the transmission fluid. checked warm or hot before adding fluid. the shift lever through each gear range, If the outside temperature is colder than pausing for about three seconds in each 15 °C (60 °F) or hotter than 32 °C (90 °F), a range. When M is reached, move the cold check cannot be performed. selector from M1 through M3. Then, position the shift lever in P (Park). Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

188 Vehicle Care 4. Let the engine run at idle for 1. Flip the handle up, pull out the dipstick, two minutes or more. and wipe it with a clean rag or paper Then, without shutting off the engine, use towel. the steps that follow. 2. Push it back in all the way, wait three seconds, and pull it back out again. 3. Check both sides of the dipstick, and read the lower level. The fluid level must 1. WARM Range be in the COLD (1) range for a cold check, transmission temperature 27 °C to 32 °C 2. HOT Range (80 °F to 90 °F); between the COLD (1) Using a funnel, add fluid down the and HOT (3) range for a WARM (2) check, transmission dipstick tube only after The transmission dipstick is near the center 50 °C to 60 °C (122 °F to 140 °F); or in the checking the transmission fluid while it is of the engine compartment and will be HOT (3) cross-hatched range for a hot warm or hot. A cold check is used only as a labeled with the graphic shown. check, 71 °C to 93 °C (160 °F to 200 °F). Be reference. If the fluid level is low, add only See Engine Compartment Overview 0 181 for sure to keep the dipstick pointed down enough of the proper fluid to bring the level more information on location. to get an accurate reading. up to the middle of the WARM (1) or 4. If the fluid level is in the acceptable HOT (2) range depending on the ambient range, push the dipstick back in all the temperature and prior driving conditions. way; then flip the handle down to lock Refer to “How to Check Automatic the dipstick in place. Transmission Fluid” earlier in this section for instructions on driving to achieve warm or How to Add Automatic Transmission hot transmission fluid. It does not take Fluid much fluid, generally less than 0.5 L (1 pt). Do not overfill. Refer to Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 1. COLD Range 0 2. WARM Range 257 to determine what kind of transmission fluid to use. 3. HOT Range Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Vehicle Care 189

Caution checking and changing the transmission fluid When to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner/Filter in these vehicles. Because this procedure is Use of the incorrect automatic For intervals on changing and inspecting the difficult, this should be done at the dealer. engine air filter, see Maintenance Schedule transmission fluid may damage the Contact the dealer for additional information 0 251. vehicle, and the damage may not be or the procedure can be found in the service covered by the vehicle warranty. Always manual. See Publication Ordering How to Inspect/Replace the Engine Air use the correct automatic transmission Information 0 273. Cleaner/Filter fluid. See Recommended Fluids and Do not start the engine or have the engine Lubricants 0 257. Caution running with the engine air filter housing Use of the incorrect automatic open. Before removing the engine air filter, . After adding fluid, recheck the fluid level transmission fluid may damage the make sure that the engine air filter housing as described under “How to Check vehicle, and the damage may not be and nearby components are free of dirt and Automatic Transmission Fluid,” earlier in covered by the vehicle warranty. Always debris. Do not clean the engine air filter or this section. use the correct automatic transmission components with water or compressed air. . When the correct fluid level is obtained, fluid. See Recommended Fluids and push the dipstick back in all the way; Lubricants 0 257. then flip the handle down to lock the dipstick in place. Change the fluid and filter at the scheduled maintenance intervals listed in Maintenance Automatic Transmission Fluid Schedule 0 251. Be sure to use the (8-Speed Transmission) transmission fluid listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 257. When to Check and Change Automatic Transmission Fluid Engine Air Cleaner/Filter It is usually not necessary to check the The air cleaner/filter assembly is on the transmission fluid level. The only reason for front of the engine compartment on the fluid loss is a transmission leak or driver side of the vehicle. See Engine 4.3L V6 Engine overheated transmission. This vehicle is not Compartment Overview 0 181. equipped with a transmission fluid level dipstick. There is a special procedure for Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

190 Vehicle Care To inspect and replace the filter: Warning (Continued) 1. Remove the eight screws, slide the top cover forward and lift, to gain access to same fit, form, and function may result the air cleaner/filter. in personal injury or damage to the 2. Remove the air cleaner/filter from the vehicle. housing base. Take care to dislodge as little dirt as possible. 3. Clean the air cleaner/filter sealing surface and housing base. { Warning 4. Install the engine air cleaner/filter in the housing base. If part replacement is necessary, the part must be replaced with one of the same 5. Install the top cover by sliding it into part number or with an equivalent part. position on the housing base, and secure 6.6L V8 Engine using six screws. Use of a replacement part without the same fit, form, and function may result To inspect and replace the filter: See Maintenance Schedule 0 251 to in personal injury or damage to the 1. Remove the six screws, slide the top determine when to replace the engine air vehicle. cover forward and lift, to gain access to cleaner/filter. the air cleaner/filter. { 3. Clean the air cleaner/filter sealing surface 2. Remove the air cleaner/filter from the Warning and housing base. housing base. Take care to dislodge as Operating the engine with the air 4. Install the engine air cleaner/filter in the little dirt as possible. cleaner/filter off can cause you or others housing base. to be burned. Use caution when working 5. Install the top cover by sliding it into { Warning on the engine. Do not start the engine or position on the housing base, and secure If part replacement is necessary, the part drive the vehicle with the air cleaner/ using eight screws. must be replaced with one of the same filter off, as flames may be present if the part number or with an equivalent part. engine backfires. Use of a replacement part without the (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Vehicle Care 191

Caution { Warning If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt can Do not touch heater or radiator hoses, easily get into the engine, which could or other engine parts. They can be very damage it. Always have the air cleaner/ hot and can burn you. Do not run the filter in place when driving. engine if there is a leak; all coolant could leak out. That could cause an engine fire Cooling System and can burn you. Fix any leak before The cooling system allows the engine to driving the vehicle. maintain the correct working temperature. Engine Coolant The cooling system in the vehicle is filled 6.6L V8 Engine with DEX-COOL engine coolant. This coolant is designed to remain in the vehicle for 1. Radiator Pressure Cap 5 years or 240 000 km (150,000 mi), 2. Coolant Recovery Tank whichever occurs first. 3. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of View) The following explains the cooling system { Warning and how to check and add coolant when it is low. If there is a problem with engine An underhood electric fan can start up overheating, see Engine Overheating 0 194. even when the engine is not running and can cause injury. Keep hands, clothing, What to Use 4.3L V6 Engine and tools away from any underhood electric fan. { Warning 1. Radiator Pressure Cap Plain water, or other liquids such as 2. Coolant Recovery Tank alcohol, can boil before the proper 3. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of View) coolant mixture will. With plain water or (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

192 Vehicle Care Never dispose of engine coolant by putting The coolant recovery tank cap has this Warning (Continued) it in the trash, pouring it on the ground, symbol on it. the wrong mixture, the engine could get or into sewers, streams, or bodies of water. too hot but there would not be an Have the coolant changed by an authorized overheat warning. The engine could catch service center, familiar with legal fire and you or others could be burned. requirements regarding used coolant disposal. This will help protect the Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable environment and your health. water and DEX-COOL coolant. If using this Checking Coolant mixture, nothing else needs to be added. This mixture: The vehicle must be on a level surface when . Gives freezing protection down to −37 °C checking the coolant level. (−34 °F), outside temperature. Check to see if coolant is visible in the . Gives boiling protection up to 129 °C coolant recovery tank. If the coolant inside (265 °F), engine temperature. the coolant recovery tank is boiling, do not When the engine is cold, the coolant level . Protects against rust and corrosion. do anything else until it cools down. If coolant is visible but the coolant level is should be at or above the COLD FILL mark. . Will not damage aluminum parts. not at or above the indicated mark, add a If it is not, there could be a leak in the . Helps keep the proper engine 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and cooling system. temperature. DEX-COOL coolant at the coolant recovery If the coolant is low, add the coolant or take tank, but be sure the cooling system is cool the vehicle to a dealer for service. Caution before this is done. Do not use anything other than a mix of DEX-COOL coolant that meets GM Standard GMW3420 and clean, drinkable water. Anything else can cause damage to the engine cooling system and the vehicle, which would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Vehicle Care 193 How to Add Coolant to the Recovery Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) Tank for Gasoline Engines including the pressure cap, is hot. Wait including the pressure cap, is hot. Wait { Warning for the cooling system and pressure cap for the cooling system and pressure cap to cool. to cool. Spilling coolant on hot engine parts can burn you. Coolant contains ethylene If coolant is needed, add the proper mixture glycol and it will burn if the engine parts Caution directly to the radiator, but be sure the are hot enough. Failure to follow the specific coolant fill cooling system is cool before this is done. procedure could cause the engine to { Warning overheat and could cause system damage. If coolant is not visible in the Plain water, or other liquids such as surge tank, contact your dealer. alcohol, can boil before the proper coolant mixture will. With plain water or If coolant is needed, add the proper the wrong mixture, the engine could get DEX-COOL coolant mixture at the coolant too hot but there would not be an recovery tank. 1. Remove the radiator pressure cap when the cooling system, including the overheat warning. The engine could catch radiator pressure cap and upper radiator fire and you or others could be burned. How to Add Coolant to the Radiator hose, is no longer hot. Turn the pressure { Warning cap slowly counterclockwise until it first stops. Do not press down while turning { Warning Steam and scalding liquids from a hot the pressure cap. cooling system are under pressure. Steam and scalding liquids from a hot If a hiss is heard, wait for that to stop. Turning the pressure cap, even a little, cooling system are under pressure. A hiss means there is still some can cause them to come out at high Turning the pressure cap, even a little, pressure left. speed and you could be burned. Never can cause them to come out at high 2. Keep turning the pressure cap, but now speed and you could be burned. Never turn the cap when the cooling system, (Continued) push down as you turn it. Remove the turn the cap when the cooling system, pressure cap. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

194 Vehicle Care 3. Fill the radiator with the proper mixture, 7. By this time, the coolant level inside the The vehicle has an indicator to warn of up to the base of the filler neck. See radiator filler neck may be lower. If the engine overheating. Recommended Fluids and Lubricants level is lower, add more of the proper 0 There is an engine coolant temperature 257 for more information about the mixture through the filler neck until the gauge on the vehicle's instrument cluster. proper coolant mixture. level reaches the base of the filler neck. See Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge 0 73. 8. Replace the pressure cap. At any time during this procedure if coolant begins to If the decision is made not to lift the hood flow out of the filler neck, reinstall the when this warning appears, but instead get pressure cap. service help right away, see Roadside Assistance Program 0 268. Caution If the decision is made to lift the hood, If the pressure cap is not tightly installed, make sure the vehicle is parked on a level coolant loss and engine damage may surface. occur. Be sure the cap is properly and Then check to see if the engine cooling fans tightly secured. are running. If the engine is overheating, the fan should be running. If it is not, do not Engine Overheating continue to run the engine and have the vehicle serviced. 4. Remove the coolant recovery tank cap If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the and fill to the COLD FILL mark. Duramax diesel supplement. See if the engine cooling fan speed increases 5. Reinstall the cap back on the coolant when idle speed is doubled by pushing the recovery tank, but leave the radiator Caution accelerator pedal down. If it does not, the vehicle needs service. Turn off the engine. pressure cap off. Do not run the engine if there is a leak 6. Start the engine and let it run until the in the engine cooling system. This can upper radiator hose can be felt getting cause a loss of all coolant and can hot. Watch out for the engine damage the system and vehicle. Have cooling fan. any leaks fixed right away. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Vehicle Care 195 If Steam is Coming from the Engine If the overheat warning is displayed with no If the decision is made not to lift the hood, Compartment sign of steam: get service help right away. 1. Turn the air conditioning off. Engine Fan { Warning 2. Turn the heater on to the highest Steam and scalding liquids from a hot temperature and to the highest fan The vehicle has a clutched engine cooling cooling system are under pressure. speed. Open the windows as necessary. fan. When the clutch is engaged, the fan spins faster to provide more air to cool the Turning the pressure cap, even a little, 3. When it is safe to do so, pull off the engine. In most everyday driving conditions, road, shift to P (Park) or N (Neutral) and can cause them to come out at high the fan is spinning slower and the clutch is let the engine idle. speed and you could be burned. Never not fully engaged. This improves fuel turn the cap when the cooling system, If the engine coolant temperature gauge is economy and reduces fan noise. Under including the pressure cap, is hot. Wait no longer in the overheat zone or an heavy vehicle loading, trailer towing, and/or for the cooling system and pressure cap overheat warning no longer displays, the high outside temperatures, the fan speed to cool. vehicle can be driven. Continue to drive the increases as the clutch more fully engages, vehicle slowly for about 10 minutes. Keep a so an increase in fan noise may be heard. If No Steam is Coming from the Engine safe vehicle distance from the vehicle in This is normal and should not be mistaken Compartment front. If the warning does not come back on, as the transmission slipping or making extra continue to drive normally and have the shifts. It is merely the cooling system If an engine overheat warning is displayed cooling system checked for proper fill and functioning properly. The fan will slow down but no steam can be seen or heard, the function. when additional cooling is not required and problem may not be too serious. Sometimes the clutch partially disengages. the engine can get a little too hot when the If the warning continues, pull over, stop, and vehicle: park the vehicle right away. This fan noise may be heard when starting . Climbs a long hill on a hot day. If there is still no sign of steam, push down the engine. It will go away as the fan clutch partially disengages. . Stops after high-speed driving. the accelerator until the engine speed is . Idles for long periods in traffic. about twice as fast as normal idle speed for at least three minutes while parked. If the . Tows a trailer. See “Driving on Grades” under Trailer Towing 0 164. warning is still on, turn off the engine until it cools down. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

196 Vehicle Care Power Steering Fluid 4. Replace the cap and completely Washer Fluid tighten it. 5. Remove the cap again and look at the What to Use fluid level on the dipstick. When the vehicle needs windshield washer The level should be at the COLD FILL mark. fluid, be sure to read the manufacturer's If necessary, add only enough fluid to bring instructions before use. If operating the the level up to the mark. vehicle in an area where the temperature may fall below freezing, use a fluid that has The power steering fluid reservoir is in the To prevent contamination of brake fluid, sufficient protection against freezing. engine compartment on the driver side of never check or fill the power steering the vehicle. See Engine Compartment reservoir with the brake master cylinder Adding Washer Fluid Overview 0 181 for reservoir location. cover off. When to Check Power Steering Fluid What to Use It is not necessary to regularly check power Caution steering fluid unless there is a leak suspected in the system or an unusual noise Use of the incorrect fluid may damage is heard. A fluid loss in this system could the vehicle and the damages may not be indicate a problem. Have the system covered by the vehicle warranty. Always Open the cap with the washer symbol on it. inspected and repaired. use the correct fluid listed in Add washer fluid until the tank is full. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Engine Compartment Overview 0 181 for How to Check Power Steering Fluid 0 257. reservoir location. To check the power steering fluid: To determine what kind of fluid to use, see Caution 1. Turn the key off and let the engine Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 257. . Do not use washer fluid that contains compartment cool down. Always use the proper fluid. Failure to use any type of water repellent coating. 2. Wipe the cap and the top of the the proper fluid can cause leaks and damage This can cause the wiper blades to reservoir clean. hoses and seals. chatter or skip. 3. Unscrew the cap and wipe the dipstick (Continued) with a clean rag. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Vehicle Care 197 Brake Pedal Travel Caution (Continued) { Warning See your dealer if the brake pedal does not . Do not use engine coolant (antifreeze) The brake wear warning sound means in the windshield washer. It can return to normal height, or if there is a that soon the brakes will not work well. damage the windshield washer system rapid increase in pedal travel. This could be That could lead to a crash. When the and paint. a sign that brake service may be required. brake wear warning sound is heard, have . Do not mix water with ready-to-use the vehicle serviced. Replacing Brake System Parts washer fluid. Water can cause the solution to freeze and damage the Always replace brake system parts with new, approved replacement parts. If this is washer fluid tank and other parts of Caution the washer system. not done, the brakes may not work Continuing to drive with worn-out brake properly. The braking performance can . When using concentrated washer fluid, linings could result in costly brake change in many ways if the wrong brake follow the manufacturer instructions repairs. parts are installed or if parts are improperly for adding water. installed. . Fill the washer fluid tank only Some driving conditions or climates can three-quarters full when it is very cold. cause a brake squeal when the brakes are Brake Fluid This allows for fluid expansion if first applied, clearing up following several freezing occurs, which could damage applications. This does not mean something the tank if it is completely full. is wrong with the brakes. Properly torqued wheel nuts are necessary Brakes to help prevent brake pulsation. When tires are rotated, inspect brake linings for wear Disc brake linings have built-in wear and evenly tighten wheel nuts in the proper indicators that make a high-pitched warning The brake master cylinder reservoir is filled sequence to torque specifications. See sound when the brake linings are worn and with DOT 3 brake fluid. See Engine Capacities and Specifications 0 261. new linings are needed. The sound can come Compartment Overview 0 181 for the and go or can be heard all the time when Brake pads should be replaced as complete location of the reservoir. the vehicle is moving, except when applying axle sets. the brake pedal firmly. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

198 Vehicle Care There are only two reasons why the brake When the brake fluid falls to a low level, After work is done on the brake hydraulic fluid level in the reservoir may go down: the brake warning light comes on. See Brake system, make sure the level is above MIN . Normal brake lining wear. When new System Warning Light 0 77. but not over the MAX mark. linings are installed, the fluid level goes Brake fluid absorbs water over time. Replace What to Add back up. brake fluid at the specified intervals to Use only GM approved DOT 3 brake fluid . A fluid leak in the brake hydraulic system. prevent increased stopping distance. See 0 from a clean, sealed container. See Have the brake hydraulic system fixed. Maintenance Schedule 251. Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 257. With a leak, the brakes will not work well. Checking Brake Fluid { Warning Always clean the brake fluid reservoir cap Check brake fluid by looking at the brake The wrong or contaminated brake fluid and the area around the cap before fluid reservoir. See Engine Compartment 0 removing it. Overview 181. could result in damage to the brake system. This could result in the loss of Do not top off the brake fluid. Adding fluid braking leading to a possible injury. does not correct a leak. If fluid is added Always use the proper GM approved when the linings are worn, there will be too brake fluid. much fluid when new brake linings are installed. Add or remove fluid, as necessary, only when work is done on the brake Caution hydraulic system. If brake fluid is spilled on the vehicle's { Warning painted surfaces, the paint finish can be damaged. Immediately wash off any If too much brake fluid is added, it can painted surface. spill on the engine and burn, if the engine is hot enough. You or others could be burned, and the vehicle could be The fluid level should be above MIN. If it is damaged. Add brake fluid only when not, have the brake hydraulic system work is done on the brake hydraulic checked to see if there is a leak. system. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Vehicle Care 199 Battery - North America Vehicle Storage and contaminate the fluid. Contaminated fluid will decrease the life of the transfer The original equipment battery is { Warning case and/or drive axles and should be maintenance free. Do not remove the cap replaced. and do not add fluid. Batteries have acid that can burn you and gas that can explode. You can be badly Refer to the replacement number shown on Noise Control System hurt if you are not careful. See Jump the original battery label when a new 0 Noise Emissions Warranty battery is needed. See Engine Compartment Starting - North America 237 for tips on Overview 0 181 for battery location. working around a battery without General Motors warrants to the first person getting hurt. who purchases this vehicle for purposes { Warning other than resale and to each subsequent Infrequent Usage: Remove the black, purchaser that this vehicle as manufactured WARNING: Battery posts, terminals, and negative (−) cable from the battery to keep by General Motors, was designed, built and related accessories contain lead and lead the battery from running down. equipped to conform at the time it left compounds, chemicals known to the Extended Storage: Remove the black, General Motors’s control with all applicable State of California to cause cancer and negative (−) cable from the battery or use a U.S. EPA Noise Control Regulations. This birth defects or other reproductive harm. battery trickle charger. warranty covers this vehicle as designed, Batteries also contain other chemicals built and equipped by General Motors, and known to the State of California to cause Rear Axle is not limited to any particular part, cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING. component or system of the vehicle When to Check Lubricant For more information go to manufactured by General Motors. Defects in www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ It is not necessary to regularly check the design, assembly or in any part, component passenger-vehicle. rear axle fluid unless a leak is suspected or or system of the vehicle as manufactured by an unusual noise is heard. A fluid loss could General Motors, which, at the time it left See California Proposition 65 Warning 0 178 indicate a problem. Have it inspected and General Motors’s control, caused noise and the back cover. repaired. This service can be complex. See emissions to exceed Federal standards, are your dealer. covered by this warranty for the life of the vehicle. Do not directly power wash the transfer case and/or front/rear axle output seals. High pressure water can overcome the seals Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

200 Vehicle Care The following information relates to Among those acts presumed to constitute Starter Switch Check compliance with federal noise emission tampering are the acts listed below. standards for vehicles with a Gross Vehicle Insulation: { Warning Weight Rating (GVWR) of more than 4 536 kg (10,000 lb). The Maintenance Removal of the noise shields or any When you are doing this inspection, the Schedule provides information on underhood insulation. vehicle could move suddenly. If the maintaining the noise control system to Engine: vehicle moves, you or others could be minimize degradation of the noise emission injured. control system during the life of the vehicle. Removal or rendering the engine speed The noise control system warranty is given governor, if equipped, inoperative so as to 1. Before starting this check, be sure there in the warranty manual. allow engine speed to exceed manufacturer is enough room around the vehicle. specifications. These standards apply only to vehicles sold 2. Apply both the parking brake and the in the United States. Fan and Drive: regular brake. . Removal of the fan clutch, if equipped, Do not use the accelerator pedal, and be TAMPERING WITH NOISE CONTROL or rendering the clutch inoperative. ready to turn off the engine immediately SYSTEM PROHIBITED . Removal of the fan shroud, if equipped. if it starts. Federal law prohibits the following acts or Air Intake: 3. Try to start the engine in each gear. The the causing thereof: . Removal of the air cleaner silencer. vehicle should start only in P (Park) or 1. The removal or rendering inoperative by N (Neutral). If the vehicle starts in any . Modification of the air cleaner. any person, other than for purposes of other position, contact your dealer for maintenance, repair, or replacement, of Exhaust: service. any device or element of design . Removal of the muffler and/or resonator. incorporated into any new vehicle for . Removal of the exhaust pipes and exhaust the purpose of noise control prior to its pipe clamps. sale or delivery to the ultimate purchaser or while it is in use; or Fuel Operated Heater (FOH) - Diesel Engine: 2. The use of the vehicle after such device . Removal of the muffler. or element of design has been removed or rendered inoperative by any person. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Vehicle Care 201 Automatic Transmission Shift Lock . The ignition should turn to off only when . To check the P (Park) mechanism's holding Control Function Check the shift lever is in P (Park). ability: With the engine running, shift to . The ignition key should come out only P (Park). Then release the parking brake when the ignition is off. followed by the regular brake. { Warning Contact your dealer if service is required. Contact your dealer if service is required. When you are doing this inspection, the vehicle could move suddenly. If the Park Brake and P (Park) Wiper Blade Replacement vehicle moves, you or others could be Mechanism Check Windshield wiper blades should be inspected injured. for wear and cracking. See Maintenance Schedule 0 251. 1. Before starting this check, be sure there { Warning is enough room around the vehicle. When you are doing this check, the Replacement blades come in different types It should be parked on a level surface. vehicle could begin to move. You or and are removed in different ways. For others could be injured and property proper type and length, see Maintenance 2. Apply the parking brake. Be ready to 0 apply the regular brake immediately if could be damaged. Make sure there is Replacement Parts 258. the vehicle begins to move. room in front of the vehicle in case it Caution 3. With the engine off, turn the ignition on, begins to roll. Be ready to apply the Allowing the wiper arm to touch the but do not start the engine. Without regular brake at once should the vehicle applying the regular brake, try to move begin to move. windshield when no wiper blade is the shift lever out of P (Park) with installed could damage the windshield. normal effort. If the shift lever moves Park on a fairly steep hill, with the vehicle Any damage that occurs would not be out of P (Park), contact your dealer for facing downhill. Keeping your foot on the covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not service. regular brake, set the parking brake. allow the wiper arm to touch the . To check the parking brake's holding windshield. Ignition Transmission Lock Check ability: With the engine running and the 1. Lift the wiper arm away from the While parked, and with the parking brake transmission in N (Neutral), slowly remove windshield. set, try to turn the ignition off in each shift foot pressure from the regular brake lever position. pedal. Do this until the vehicle is held by the parking brake only. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

202 Vehicle Care Headlamp Aiming Halogen Bulbs Front Headlamp Aiming { Warning Headlamp aim has been preset and should Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside need no further adjustment. and can burst if you drop or scratch the If the vehicle is damaged in a crash, the bulb. You or others could be injured. Be headlamp aim may be affected. sure to read and follow the instructions If adjustment to the headlamps is necessary, on the bulb package. 2. Push the release lever (2) to disengage see your dealer. the hook and push the wiper arm (1) out Front Turn Signal, Sidemarker, of the blade assembly (3). Bulb Replacement and Parking Lamps 3. Push the new blade assembly securely on the wiper arm until the release lever For the proper type of replacement bulbs, clicks into place. or any bulb changing procedure not listed in this section, contact your dealer. Windshield Replacement Caution Driver Assistance Systems Do not replace incandescent bulbs with If the windshield needs to be replaced and aftermarket LED replacement bulbs. This the vehicle is equipped with a front camera can cause damage to the vehicle electrical sensor for the Driver Assistance Systems, a system. GM replacement windshield is 1. Front Parking and Turn Signal Lamp recommended. The replacement windshield 2. Front Sidemarker Lamp must be installed according to GM specifications for proper alignment. If it is not, these systems may not work properly, they may display messages, or they may not work at all. See your dealer for proper windshield replacement. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Vehicle Care 203 To replace the front turn signal, sidemarker, Taillamps and/or parking lamp bulb(s): To replace a taillamp/turn signal lamp or back-up lamp bulb:

1. Use a small tool to unlatch the outboard clip on the lamp by pushing inboard and prying the lamp assembly forward. 2. Remove the lamp from the grille. 2. The third nut (3) is under the applique 3. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise piece (2) above the lamp. Remove the one-quarter turn and remove it from the two inboard applique nuts. Pull the lamp assembly. applique (2) straight rearward slightly to 4. Remove the bulb from the socket by 1. Remove the two inboard nuts from the clear the studs. Then rotate the pulling it straight out. inside of the taillamp assembly. applique (2) just far enough to gain access to the outer push pins (1). 5. Replace the bulb. 3. Carefully disconnect the push pins (1) 6. Turn the bulb socket clockwise to from the applique bracket. reinstall it in the lamp assembly. 4. Remove the third nut (3) from the upper 7. Reinstall the lamp assembly into the outboard side of the lamp. grille until the outboard clip snaps into place. 5. Remove the taillamp assembly from the vehicle. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

204 Vehicle Care Center High-Mounted Stoplamp 4. Pull the old bulb straight out of the socket and push the new bulb into the (CHMSL) socket. The Center High-Mounted Stoplamp (CHMSL) 5. Turn the bulb socket clockwise is above the rear doors at the center of the one-quarter turn to install it in the lamp vehicle. assembly. To replace a bulb: 6. Reinstall the CHMSL assembly and two screws. Do not block or damage the CHMSL when items are loaded on the roof of the vehicle. License Plate Lamp 6. Remove the taillamp/turn signal lamp (1) or back-up lamp (2) bulb socket by turning it counterclockwise one-quarter turn and pulling it out of the lamp assembly. 7. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out. 8. Push the new bulb into the socket. 1. Remove the two screws from the CHMSL 9. Reinstall the bulb socket by turning it assembly. clockwise into the lamp assembly. 2. Remove the CHMSL assembly. 10. Reverse Steps 1–5 to reinstall the 3. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise taillamp assembly and applique. one-quarter turn to remove it from the lamp assembly. 1. Bulb Socket 2. License Plate Bulb Assembly 3. Screws Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Vehicle Care 205 To replace one of these bulbs: Fuses and circuit breakers protect power Although the circuit is protected from 1. Remove the screws (3) that secure the devices in the vehicle. electrical overload, overload due to heavy license plate bulb assembly (2). Replace a bad fuse with a new one of the snow or ice may cause wiper linkage identical size and rating. damage. Always clear ice and heavy snow 2. Turn the bulb socket (1) counterclockwise from the windshield before using the and pull the bulb straight out of the If there is a problem on the road and a fuse windshield wipers. socket. needs to be replaced, the same amperage 3. Install the new bulb. fuse can be borrowed. Choose some feature If the overload is caused by an electrical of the vehicle that is not needed to use and problem and not snow or ice, be sure to get 4. Reverse Steps 1 and 2 to reinstall the it fixed. license plate bulb assembly. replace it as soon as possible. Headlamp Wiring Fuses and Circuit Breakers Electrical System An electrical overload may cause the lamps The wiring circuits in the vehicle are Electrical System Overload to go on and off, or in some cases to protected from short circuits by a remain off. Have the headlamp wiring combination of fuses and circuit breakers. The vehicle has fuses and circuit breakers to checked right away if the lamps go on and This greatly reduces the chance of damage protect against an electrical system off or remain off. caused by electrical problems. overload. Windshield Wipers When the current electrical load is too heavy, the circuit breaker opens and closes, If the wiper motor overheats due to heavy protecting the circuit until the current load snow or ice, the windshield wipers will stop returns to normal or the problem is fixed. until the motor cools and will then restart. This greatly reduces the chance of circuit overload and fire caused by electrical problems. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

206 Vehicle Care See Accessories and Modifications 0 178 and Engine Compartment Fuse Block { Danger General Information 0 178. The fuse block is in the engine compartment Fuses and circuit breakers are marked To check a fuse, look at the silver-colored on the driver side of the vehicle. with their ampere rating. Do not exceed band inside the fuse. If the band is broken the specified amperage rating when or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure to Vehicles with Upfitter Content replacing fuses and circuit breakers. Use replace a bad fuse with a new one of the See www.gmupfitter.com for upfitter of an oversized fuse or circuit breaker can identical size and rating. provisions and best practices. result in a vehicle fire. You and others Fuses of the same amperage can be could be seriously injured or killed. temporarily borrowed from another fuse Caution location, if a fuse goes out. Replace the fuse Spilling liquid on any electrical as soon as possible. component on the vehicle may damage it. Always keep the covers on any electrical component.

{ Warning Installation or use of fuses that do not meet GM’s original fuse specifications is dangerous. The fuses could fail, and result in a fire. You or others could be injured or killed, and the vehicle could be damaged. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Vehicle Care 207 The vehicle may not be equipped with all of the fuses, relays, and features shown. Fuses Usage 1 ABS motor 2 ABS module 3 Right trailer stoplamp/ Turn signal lamp 4 – 5 – 6 Fuel system control module/Ignition 7 Body control module 5 8 Body control module 7 9 Body control module 4 10 Instrument cluster 11 Trailer wiring 12 – 13 Interior rear vision camera module 14 Windshield washer 16 Horn 17 Transmission Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

208 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage 18 A/C 32 Transmission control 52 Right high-beam 19 Engine control module module 1 battery headlamp battery 33 Rear parking aid 53 Left low-beam 20 Left stop/turn module headlamp cutaway lamp 34 NOX Sensor 54 Right low-beam 21 Left stop/turn (Diesel only) headlamp trailer lamp 35 Fuel heater control 55 Wipers 22 Right stop/turn module (Diesel only) 56 Canister vent solenoid cutaway lamp 36 Fuel system control 58 Body control module 2 module battery 23 NOX Sensor 59 Body control module 1 (Diesel only) 41 Transmission control 61 Engine oil solenoid/ 24 Fuel pump module 2, battery signal Crankcase vent heater 25 Auxiliary power outlet (Diesel only) 42 Trailer wiring 26 Body control module 3 62 O2 sensor 2 43 Electro viscous fan 27 Special equipment clutch (Diesel only) 63 – option 44 Starter solenoid 64 Mass airflow/ 28 Airbag Canister vent 45 Engine control module, 29 Steering wheel sensor powertrain signal 2 65 Ignition coils/injectors - odd 30 Engine control module 46 DC-AC inverter ignition 66 Daytime running 47 – 31 Transmission control lamps 2 module Ignition 51 Left high-beam 67 Daytime running headlamp lamps 1 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Vehicle Care 209

Fuses Usage Relays Usage Auxiliary Fuse Block 68 Auxiliary stoplamps 15 Run/Crank 69 External power for 37 NOX Sensor trailer (Diesel only) 70 Upfitter stoplamps 38 Fuel pump 71 Fuel heater/FlexFuel 39 Crank sensor 40 A/C compressor 72 Body control module 6 48 Electro viscous fan 73 Lighter/Data link clutch (Diesel only) connector 49 Powertrain 74 Front blower 50 – This component is near the fuse block in the 75 Engine control module 57 – engine compartment 76 Soot sensors 60 – Fuses Usage (Diesel only) MR-1 Upfitter 1 77 O2 sensor 1 MR-2 Upfitter 2 78 Engine control module/ Powertrain signal 1 MR-3 Upfitter power control 79 Ignition coils/injectors - even Relays Usage MR Rel 1 Upfitter 1 MR Rel 2 Upfitter 2 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

210 Vehicle Care Mega Fuse Holder Floor Console Fuse Block The floor console fuse block is under the driver seat.

Fuse Usage 1 Starter motor Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Vehicle Care 211

The vehicle may not be equipped with all of Mini-Fuses Usage Mini-Fuses Usage the fuses, relays, and features shown. F16 Upfitter aux 1/Gas F31 Front door lock Mini-Fuses Usage ambulance F32 Rear door lock F1 – F17 Heated outside mirrors F33 Cargo door unlock F2 Steering wheel sensor F18 Rear window defogger F34 Front passenger door F3 Auxiliary parking lamps F19 Compass unlock F4 Front parking lamps F20 Radio/Chime/SiriusXM F35 Rear passenger door F5 Trailer parking lamps satellite radio unlock F6 Upfitter/Parking lamps F21 Remote function F36 Driver door unlock F7 Right rear parking lamp actuator/Tire pressure F37 – monitor F8 Left rear parking lamp F38 – F22 Ignition switch/Discrete F9 Exterior rear mirror logic ignition sensor switch/ Door Relays Usage F23 Instrument cluster lock-unlock control K1 Run upfitter/Front camera F24 – module K2 – F25 HVAC control F10 Airbag/Automatic K3 Parking lamps F26 Auxiliary/Trailer reverse occupant sensing lamps K4 Upfitter 2 F11 – /OnStar F27 Reverse tail lamps K5 Rear window defogger F12 – F28 Upfitter 2/Reading K6 Retained accessory F13 HVAC 2 lamps/Ambulance power F14 HVAC 1 F29 Rear blower F15 Reflected LED display F30 Upfitter/Courtesy lamps Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

212 Vehicle Care

Circuit Breakers Usage Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) CB1 Power seats . Underinflated tires pose the same . Do not spin the tires in excess of CB2 Power windows danger as overloaded tires. The 56 km/h (35 mph) on slippery resulting crash could cause serious surfaces such as snow, mud, ice, Wheels and Tires injury. Check all tires frequently to etc. Excessive spinning may cause maintain the recommended the tires to explode. Tires pressure. Tire pressure should be Every new GM vehicle has high-quality checked when the tires are cold. All-Season Tires tires made by a leading tire . Overinflated tires are more likely This vehicle may come with all-season tires. manufacturer. See the warranty manual to be cut, punctured, or broken by These tires are designed to provide good for information regarding the tire a sudden impact — such as when overall performance on most road surfaces warranty and where to get service. For hitting a pothole. Keep tires at the and weather conditions. Original equipment additional information refer to the tire recommended pressure. tires designed to GM's specific tire performance criteria have a TPC specification manufacturer. . Worn or old tires can cause a code molded onto the sidewall. Original crash. If the tread is badly worn, equipment all-season tires can be identified { Warning replace them. by the last two characters of this TPC code, . Poorly maintained and improperly which will be “MS.” . Replace any tires that have been used tires are dangerous. damaged by impacts with Consider installing winter tires on the . Overloading the tires can cause potholes, curbs, etc. vehicle if frequent driving on snow or overheating as a result of too ice-covered roads is expected. All-season tires . Improperly repaired tires can cause much flexing. There could be a provide adequate performance for most a crash. Only your dealer or an winter driving conditions, but they may not blowout and a serious crash. See authorized tire service center offer the same level of traction or Vehicle Load Limits 0 132. should repair, replace, dismount, performance as winter tires on snow or (Continued) 0 and mount the tires. ice-covered roads. See Winter Tires 213. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Vehicle Care 213 Winter Tires Tire Sidewall Labeling (2) TPC Spec (Tire Performance Criteria Specification) : Original equipment tires This vehicle was not originally equipped Useful information about a tire is with winter tires. Winter tires are designed designed to GM's specific tire molded into the sidewall. The example performance criteria have a TPC for increased traction on snow and shows a typical light truck tire sidewall. ice-covered roads. Consider installing winter specification code molded onto the tires on the vehicle if frequent driving on ice sidewall. GM's TPC specifications meet or snow covered roads is expected. See your or exceed all federal safety guidelines. dealer for details regarding winter tire availability and proper tire selection. Also, (3) Dual Tire Maximum Load : see Buying New Tires 0 223. Maximum load that can be carried and the maximum pressure needed to With winter tires, there may be decreased support that load when used in a dual dry road traction, increased road noise, and shorter tread life. After changing to winter configuration. For information on tires, be alert for changes in vehicle recommended tire pressure see Tire handling and braking. Pressure 0 217 and Vehicle Load Limits 0 132. If using winter tires: . Use tires of the same brand and tread Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire (4) DOT (Department of type on all four wheel positions. Transportation) : The Department of . Use only radial ply tires of the same size, (1) Tire Size : The tire size code is a Transportation (DOT) code indicates that load range, and speed rating as the combination of letters and numbers the tire is in compliance with the U.S. original equipment tires. used to define a particular tire's width, Department of Transportation Motor Winter tires with the same speed rating as height, aspect ratio, construction type, Vehicle Safety Standards. and service description. See the “Tire the original equipment tires may not be DOT Tire Date of Manufacture : The last Size” illustration later in this section for available for H, V, W, Y, and ZR speed rated four digits of the TIN indicate the tire more detail. tires. If winter tires with a lower speed manufactured date. The first two digits rating are chosen, never exceed the tire's maximum speed capability. represent the week (01-52) and the last two digits, the year. For example, the Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

214 Vehicle Care third week of the year 2020 would have Tire Designations (3) Aspect Ratio : A 2-digit number that a 4-digit DOT date of 0320. Week 01 is indicates the tire height-to-width the first full week (Sunday through Tire Size measurements. For example, if the tire Saturday) of each year. The examples show a typical light truck size aspect ratio is 75, as shown in item (5) Tire Identification Number (TIN) : tire size. 3 of the light truck (LT-Metric) tire The letters and numbers following the illustration, it would mean that the DOT code are the Tire Identification tire's sidewall is 75 percent as high as it Number (TIN). The TIN shows the is wide. manufacturer and plant code, tire size, (4) Construction Code : A letter code is and date the tire was manufactured. used to indicate the type of ply The TIN is molded onto both sides of construction in the tire. The letter R the tire, although only one side may Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire means radial ply construction; the have the date of manufacture. (1) Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : The letter D means diagonal or bias ply (6) Tire Ply Material : The type of cord United States version of a metric tire construction. and number of plies in the sidewall and sizing system. The letters LT as the first (5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of the under the tread. two characters in the tire size mean a wheel in inches. (7) Single Tire Maximum Load : light truck tire engineered to standards (6) Load Range : Load Range. Maximum load that can be carried and set by the U.S. Tire and Rim Association. (7) Service Description : The service the maximum pressure needed to description indicates the load index and support that load when used as a (2) Tire Width : The 3-digit number speed rating of a tire. If two numbers single. For information on indicates the tire section width in are given as in the example, 120/116, recommended tire pressure see Tire millimeters from sidewall to sidewall. then this represents the load index for Pressure 0 217 and 0 single versus dual wheel usage (single/ Vehicle Load Limits 132. dual). The speed rating is the maximum speed a tire is certified to carry a load. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Vehicle Care 215 Tire Terminology and Definitions Cold Tire Pressure : The amount of air GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight Rating pressure in a tire, measured in kPa for the rear axle. See Vehicle Load Air Pressure : The amount of air inside (kilopascal) or psi (pounds per square Limits 0 132. the tire pressing outward on each inch) before a tire has built up heat Intended Outboard Sidewall : The side square inch of the tire. Air pressure is from driving. See Tire Pressure 0 217. expressed in kPa (kilopascal) or psi of an asymmetrical tire that must (pounds per square inch). Curb Weight : The weight of a motor always face outward when mounted on vehicle with standard and optional a vehicle. Accessory Weight : The combined equipment including the maximum weight of optional accessories. Some Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric unit for air capacity of fuel, oil, and coolant, but pressure. examples of optional accessories are without passengers and cargo. automatic transmission, power Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A tire used windows, power seats, and air DOT Markings : A code molded into the on light duty trucks and some conditioning. sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire multipurpose passenger vehicles. is in compliance with the U.S. Aspect Ratio : The relationship of a Department of Transportation (DOT) Load Index : An assigned number tire's height to its width. Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. The ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds Belt : A rubber coated layer of cords DOT code includes the Tire Identification to the load carrying capacity of a tire. between the plies and the tread. Cords Number (TIN), an alphanumeric Maximum Inflation Pressure : The may be made from steel or other designator which can also identify the maximum air pressure to which a cold reinforcing materials. tire manufacturer, production plant, tire can be inflated. The maximum air Bead : The tire bead contains steel brand, and date of production. pressure is molded onto the sidewall. wires wrapped by steel cords that hold GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight Rating. Maximum Load Rating : The load rating the tire onto the rim. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 132. for a tire at the maximum permissible Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire in which GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight Rating inflation pressure for that tire. the plies are laid at alternate angles for the front axle. See Vehicle Load less than 90 degrees to the centerline Limits 0 132. of the tread. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

216 Vehicle Care Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight : The Recommended Inflation Pressure : Treadwear Indicators : Narrow bands, sum of curb weight, accessory weight, Vehicle manufacturer's recommended sometimes called wear bars, that show vehicle capacity weight, and production tire inflation pressure as shown on the across the tread of a tire when only options weight. tire placard. See Tire Pressure 0 217 and 1.6 mm (1/16 in) of tread remains. See 0 0 Normal Occupant Weight : The number Vehicle Load Limits 132. When It Is Time for New Tires 223. of occupants a vehicle is designed to Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire in UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality Grading seat multiplied by 68 kg (150 lb). See which the ply cords that extend to the Standards) : A tire information system Vehicle Load Limits 0 132. beads are laid at 90 degrees to the that provides consumers with ratings Occupant Distribution : Designated centerline of the tread. for a tire's traction, temperature, and seating positions. Rim : A metal support for a tire and treadwear. Ratings are determined by upon which the tire beads are seated. tire manufacturers using government Outward Facing Sidewall : The side of testing procedures. The ratings are an asymmetrical tire that has a Sidewall : The portion of a tire between molded into the sidewall of the tire. particular side that faces outward when the tread and the bead. See Uniform Tire Quality Grading 0 225. mounted on a vehicle. The side of the Speed Rating : An alphanumeric code tire that contains a whitewall, bears Vehicle Capacity Weight : The number assigned to a tire indicating the of designated seating positions white lettering, or bears manufacturer, maximum speed at which a tire can brand, and/or model name molding multiplied by 68 kg (150 lb) plus the operate. rated cargo load. See Vehicle Load that is higher or deeper than the same 0 moldings on the other sidewall of Traction : The friction between the tire Limits 132. the tire. and the road surface. The amount of Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire : grip provided. Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A tire used Load on an individual tire due to curb on passenger cars and some light duty Tread : The portion of a tire that comes weight, accessory weight, occupant trucks and multipurpose vehicles. into contact with the road. weight, and cargo weight. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Vehicle Care 217 Vehicle Placard : A label permanently comfort. Never load the vehicle with Warning (Continued) attached to a vehicle showing the more weight than it was designed to vehicle capacity weight and the original Overinflated tires, or tires that have carry. equipment tire size and recommended too much air, can result in: When to Check inflation pressure. See “Tire and Loading Information Label” under Vehicle Load . Unusual wear. Check the pressure of the tires once a Limits 0 132. . Poor handling. month or more. Tire Pressure . Rough ride. Do not forget the spare tire, if the . Needless damage from road vehicle has one. See Full-Size Spare Tire Tires need the correct amount of air 0 hazards. 236 for additional information. pressure to operate effectively. How to Check { The Tire and Loading Information label Warning on the vehicle indicates the original Use a good quality pocket-type gauge Neither tire underinflation nor equipment tires and the correct cold to check tire pressure. Proper tire overinflation is good. Underinflated tire inflation pressures. The inflation cannot be determined by tires, or tires that do not have recommended pressure is the minimum looking at the tire. Check the tire enough air, can result in: air pressure needed to support the inflation pressure when the tires are cold, meaning the vehicle has not been . Tire overloading and overheating, vehicle's maximum load carrying driven for at least three hours or no which could lead to a blowout. capacity. more than 1.6 km (1 mi). . Premature or irregular wear. For additional information regarding how much weight the vehicle can carry, Remove the valve cap from the tire . Poor handling. and an example of the Tire and Loading valve stem. Press the tire gauge firmly . Reduced fuel economy. Information label, see Vehicle Load onto the valve to get a pressure (Continued) Limits 0 132. How the vehicle is loaded measurement. If the cold tire inflation affects vehicle handling and ride pressure matches the recommended pressure on the Tire and Loading Information label, no further adjustment Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

218 Vehicle Care is necessary. If the inflation pressure is pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a TPMS malfunction indicator is combined low, add air until the recommended different size than the size indicated on the with the low tire pressure telltale. When the pressure is reached. If the inflation vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure system detects a malfunction, the telltale pressure is high, press on the metal label, you should determine the proper tire will flash for approximately one minute and inflation pressure for those tires.) then remain continuously illuminated. This stem in the center of the tire valve to sequence will continue upon subsequent release air. As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction Re-check the tire pressure with the tire monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a exists. gauge. low tire pressure telltale when one or more When the malfunction indicator is Put the valve caps back on the valve of your tires is significantly under-inflated. illuminated, the system may not be able to stems to keep out dirt and moisture. Accordingly, when the low tire pressure detect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for Use only valve caps designed for the telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and a variety of reasons, including the vehicle by GM. TPMS sensors could be installation of replacement or alternate tires damaged and would not be covered by inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the the vehicle warranty. the tire to overheat and can lead to tire TPMS from functioning properly. Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after Tire Pressure Monitor System failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect replacing one or more tires or wheels on The Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) the vehicle's handling and stopping ability. your vehicle to ensure that the replacement uses radio and sensor technology to check or alternate tires and wheels allow the Please note that the TPMS is not a tire pressure levels. The TPMS sensors TPMS to continue to function properly. substitute for proper tire maintenance, and monitor the air pressure in your tires and 0 it is the driver's responsibility to maintain See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 218. transmit tire pressure readings to a receiver correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation See Radio Frequency Statement 0 273. located in the vehicle. has not reached the level to trigger Each tire, including the spare (if provided), illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure Tire Pressure Monitor Operation should be checked monthly when cold and telltale. This vehicle may have a Tire Pressure inflated to the inflation pressure Your vehicle has also been equipped with a Monitor System (TPMS). The TPMS is recommended by the vehicle manufacturer TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when designed to warn the driver when a low tire on the vehicle placard or tire inflation the system is not operating properly. The pressure condition exists. TPMS sensors are Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Vehicle Care 219

mounted onto each tire and wheel For additional information and details about Caution (Continued) assembly, excluding the spare tire and the DIC operation and displays, see Driver wheel assembly. The TPMS sensors monitor Information Center (DIC) 0 81. sealant is not covered by the vehicle warranty. Always use only the GM the air pressure in the tires and transmit the The low tire pressure warning light may tire pressure readings to a receiver located come on in cool weather when the vehicle is approved tire sealant available through in the vehicle. first started, and then turn off as the vehicle your dealer or included in the vehicle. is driven. This could be an early indicator that the air pressure is getting low and TPMS Malfunction Light and Message needs to be inflated to the proper pressure. The TPMS will not function properly if one A Tire and Loading Information label shows or more of the TPMS sensors are missing or the size of the original equipment tires and inoperable. When the system detects a the correct inflation pressure for the tires malfunction, the low tire pressure warning When a low tire pressure condition is when they are cold. See Vehicle Load Limits light flashes for about one minute and then detected, the TPMS illuminates the low tire 0 132, for an example of the Tire and stays on for the remainder of the ignition pressure warning light located on the Loading Information label and its location. cycle. A DIC warning message also displays. instrument cluster. If the warning light Also see Tire Pressure 0 217. The malfunction light and DIC warning comes on, stop as soon as possible and message come on at each ignition cycle The TPMS can warn about a low tire until the problem is corrected. Some of the inflate the tires to the recommended pressure condition but it does not replace pressure shown on the Tire and Loading conditions that can cause these to come normal tire maintenance. See Tire Inspection on are: Information label. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 221, Tire Rotation 0 221 and 0 132. 0 . One of the road tires has been replaced Tires 212. with the spare tire. The spare tire does A message to check the pressure in a Caution not have a TPMS sensor. The malfunction specific tire displays in the Driver light and the DIC message should go off Information Center (DIC). The low tire Tire sealant materials are not all the after the road tire is replaced and the pressure warning light and the DIC warning same. A non-approved tire sealant could sensor matching process is performed message come on at each ignition cycle damage the TPMS sensors. TPMS sensor successfully. See "TPMS Sensor Matching until the tires are inflated to the correct damage caused by using an incorrect tire Process" later in this section. inflation pressure. If the vehicle has DIC (Continued) buttons, tire pressure levels can be viewed. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

220 Vehicle Care . The TPMS sensor matching process was TPMS Sensor Matching Process 2. Turn the ignition on without starting the not done or not completed successfully vehicle. See Ignition Positions 0 135. Each TPMS sensor has a unique after rotating the tires. The malfunction 3. Press the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) light and the DIC message should go off identification code. The identification code transmitter's and K buttons at the after successfully completing the sensor needs to be matched to a new tire/wheel Q matching process. See "TPMS Sensor position after rotating the vehicle’s tires or same time for approximately Matching Process" later in this section. replacing one or more of the TPMS sensors. five seconds. The horn sounds twice to Also, the TPMS sensor matching process signal the receiver is in relearn mode . One or more TPMS sensors are missing or should be performed after replacing a spare and TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE message damaged. The malfunction light and the tire with a road tire containing the TPMS displays on the DIC screen. DIC message should go off when the sensor. The malfunction light and the DIC TPMS sensors are installed and the sensor If the vehicle does not have RKE, press message should go off at the next ignition the Driver Information Center (DIC) matching process is performed cycle. The sensors are matched to the tire/ successfully. See your dealer for service. vehicle information button until the wheel positions, using a TPMS relearn tool, PRESS V TO RELEARN TIRE POSITIONS . Replacement tires or wheels do not match in the following order: driver side front tire, message displays. The horn sounds twice the original equipment tires or wheels. passenger side front tire, passenger side rear to signal the receiver is in relearn mode Tires and wheels other than those tire, and driver side rear. See your dealer for and TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE message recommended could prevent the TPMS service or to purchase a relearn tool. displays on the DIC screen. from functioning properly. See Buying A TPMS relearn tool can also be purchased. 4. Start with the driver side front tire. New Tires 0 223. See Tire Pressure Monitor Sensor Activation . Operating electronic devices or being near Tool at www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or 5. Place the relearn tool against the tire facilities using radio wave frequencies call 1-800-GM TOOLS (1-800-468-6657). sidewall, near the valve stem. Then press the button to activate the TPMS sensor. similar to the TPMS could cause the TPMS There are two minutes to match the first sensors to malfunction. A horn chirp confirms that the sensor tire/wheel position, and five minutes overall identification code has been matched to If the TPMS is not functioning properly, it to match all four tire/wheel positions. If it this tire and wheel position. cannot detect or signal a low tire pressure takes longer, the matching process stops condition. See your dealer for service if the and must be restarted. 6. Proceed to the passenger side front tire, and repeat the procedure in Step 5. TPMS malfunction light and DIC message The TPMS sensor matching process is: come on and stay on. 7. Proceed to the passenger side rear tire, 1. Set the parking brake. and repeat the procedure in Step 5. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Vehicle Care 221 8. Proceed to the driver side rear tire, and . The tire has a bump, bulge, or split. repeat the procedure in Step 5. The horn . The tire has a puncture, cut, or other sounds two times to indicate the sensor damage that cannot be repaired well identification code has been matched to the driver side rear tire, and the TPMS because of the size or location of the sensor matching process is no longer damage. active. The TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE message on the DIC display screen Tire Rotation goes off. Tires should be rotated every 12 000 km 9. Turn the vehicle off. (7,500 mi). See Maintenance Schedule 10. Set all four tires to the recommended air 0 251. pressure level as indicated on the Tire Tires are rotated to achieve a more and Loading Information label. uniform wear for all tires. The first Use this rotation pattern when rotating Tire Inspection rotation is the most important. the tires if the vehicle has single rear wheels. We recommend that the tires, including Anytime unusual wear is noticed, rotate Dual Tire Rotation the spare tire, if the vehicle has one, be the tires as soon as possible, check for inspected for signs of wear or damage proper tire inflation pressure, and check When the vehicle is new, or whenever a at least once a month. for damaged tires or wheels. If the wheel, wheel bolt, or wheel nut is unusual wear continues after the replaced or serviced, check the wheel Replace the tire if: rotation, check the wheel alignment. nut torque after 160, 1 600, and . The indicators at three or more See When It Is Time for New Tires 0 223 10 000 km (100, 1,000, and 6,000 mi) of places around the tire can be seen. and driving. For proper torque and wheel . There is cord or fabric showing Wheel Replacement 0 226. nut tightening information, see through the tire's rubber. . The tread or sidewall is cracked, cut, or snagged deep enough to show cord or fabric. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

222 Vehicle Care “Removing the Flat Tire and Installing Check that all wheel nuts are properly the Spare Tire” under Tire Changing tightened. See “Wheel Nut Torque” 0 229 and “Wheel Nut Torque” under under Capacities and Specifications Capacities and Specifications 0 261 and 0 261, and “Removing the Flat Tire and “Removing the Flat Tire and Installing Installing the Spare Tire” under Tire the Spare Tire” under Tire Changing Changing 0 229. 0 229. { The outer tire on a dual wheel setup Warning generally wears faster than the inner Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the tire. Tires last longer and wear more parts to which it is fastened, can evenly if they are rotated. See Tire cause wheel nuts to become loose Inspection 0 221 and Use this rotation pattern when rotating over time. The wheel could come off Tire Rotation 0 221. Also see the tires if the vehicle has dual rear and cause a crash. When changing a Maintenance Schedule 0 251. wheels. wheel, remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to If the full-size spare tire is part of the When installing dual wheels, check that the vehicle. In an emergency, a cloth tire rotation, make sure the tire rotated the vent holes in the inner and outer or paper towel can be used; however, into the spare position is stored wheels on each side are lined up. use a scraper or wire brush later to securely. Push, pull, and then try to Adjust the front and rear tires to the remove all rust or dirt. rotate or turn the tire. If it moves, use recommended inflation pressure on the the wheel wrench/hoist shaft to tighten Tire and Loading Information label after Lightly coat the inner diameter of the the cable. See Tire Changing 0 229. the tires have been rotated. See Tire wheel hub opening with wheel bearing Pressure 0 217 and grease after a wheel change or tire Vehicle Load Limits 0 132. rotation to prevent corrosion or rust build-up. Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor System. See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 218. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Vehicle Care 223 1.6 mm (1/16 in) or less of tread remaining. aging. This area should be free of grease, { Warning See Tire Inspection 0 221 and gasoline, or other substances that can Do not apply grease to the wheel Tire Rotation 0 221 for additional deteriorate rubber. mounting surface, wheel conical information. Parking for an extended period can cause seats, or the wheel nuts or bolts. The rubber in tires ages over time. This also flat spots on the tires that may result in Grease applied to these areas could applies to the spare tire, if the vehicle has vibrations while driving. When storing a cause a wheel to become loose or one, even if it is never used. Multiple factors vehicle for at least a month, remove the come off, resulting in a crash. including temperatures, loading conditions, tires or raise the vehicle to reduce the and inflation pressure maintenance affect weight from the tires. how fast aging takes place. GM recommends When It Is Time for New Tires that tires, including the spare if equipped, Buying New Tires Factors, such as maintenance, temperatures, be replaced after six years, regardless of GM has developed and matched specific tread wear. To identify the age of a tire, use driving speeds, vehicle loading, and road tires for the vehicle. The original conditions affect the wear rate of the tires. the tire manufacture date, which is the last four digits of the DOT Tire Identification equipment tires installed were designed Number (TIN) molded into one side of the to meet General Motors Tire tire sidewall. The last four digits of the TIN Performance Criteria Specification (TPC indicate the tire manufactured date. The Spec) system rating. When replacement first two digits represent the week and the tires are needed, GM strongly last two digits, the year. For example, the recommends buying tires with the same third week of the year 2020 would have a TPC Spec rating. 4-digit DOT date of 0320. Week 01 is the first full week (Sunday through Saturday) of GM's exclusive TPC Spec system each year. considers over a dozen critical specifications that impact the overall Vehicle Storage performance of the vehicle, including Tires age when stored normally mounted on brake system performance, ride and Treadwear indicators are one way to tell a parked vehicle. Park a vehicle that will be handling, traction control, and tire when it is time for new tires. Treadwear stored for at least a month in a cool, dry, pressure monitoring performance. GM's indicators appear when the tires have only clean area away from direct sunlight to slow Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

224 Vehicle Care TPC Spec number is molded onto the Warning (Continued) tire's sidewall near the tire size. If the { Warning tires have an all-season tread design, Tires could explode during improper suddenly and cause a crash. Use only the TPC Spec number will be followed service. Attempting to mount or radial-ply tires with the wheels on by MS for mud and snow. See Tire dismount a tire could cause injury or the vehicle. Sidewall Labeling 0 213 for additional death. Only your dealer or authorized information. tire service center should mount or Winter tires with the same speed rating dismount the tires. as the original equipment tires may not GM recommends replacing worn tires in be available for H, V, W, Y and ZR complete sets of four (six for dual rear speed rated tires. Never exceed the wheels). Uniform tread depth on all { Warning winter tires’ maximum speed capability tires will help to maintain the Mixing tires of different sizes (other when using winter tires with a lower performance of the vehicle. Braking and speed rating. handling performance may be adversely than those originally installed on the affected if all the tires are not replaced vehicle), brands, tread patterns, If the vehicle tires must be replaced at the same time. If proper rotation and or types may cause loss of vehicle with a tire that does not have a TPC maintenance have been done, all four control, resulting in a crash or other Spec number, make sure they are the tires (six for dual rear wheels) should vehicle damage. Use the correct size, same size, load range, speed rating, and wear out at about the same time. brand, and type of tire on all wheels. construction (radial) as the original However, if it is necessary to replace tires. only one axle set of worn tires, place { Warning The Tire and Loading Information label the new tires on the rear axle (two for indicates the original equipment tires Using bias-ply tires on the vehicle single rear wheels, four for dual rear on the vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits may cause the wheel rim flanges to wheels). See Tire Rotation 0 221. 0 132. develop cracks after many miles of driving. A tire and/or wheel could fail (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Vehicle Care 225 Different Size Tires and Wheels Uniform Tire Quality Grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between If wheels or tires are installed that are a The following information relates to the different size than the original equipment tread shoulder and maximum section system developed by the United States width. For example: wheels and tires, vehicle performance, National Highway Traffic Safety including its braking, ride and handling Administration (NHTSA), which grades Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A characteristics, stability, and resistance to rollover may be affected. If the vehicle has tires by treadwear, traction, and All Passenger Car Tires Must Conform to electronic systems such as antilock brakes, temperature performance. This applies Federal Safety Requirements In Addition rollover airbags, traction control, electronic only to vehicles sold in the United To These Grades. stability control, or All-Wheel Drive, the States. The grades are molded on the performance of these systems can also be sidewalls of most passenger car tires. Treadwear affected. The Uniform Tire Quality Grading The treadwear grade is a comparative (UTQG) system does not apply to deep rating based on the wear rate of the { Warning tread, winter tires, compact spare tires, tire when tested under controlled If different sized wheels are used, there tires with nominal rim diameters of conditions on a specified government may not be an acceptable level of 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), or to some test course. For example, a tire graded performance and safety if tires not limited-production tires. 150 would wear one and one-half (1½) recommended for those wheels are While the tires available on General times as well on the government course selected. This increases the chance of a Motors passenger cars and light trucks as a tire graded 100. The relative crash and serious injury. Only use GM performance of tires depends upon the specific wheel and tire systems developed may vary with respect to these grades, they must also conform to federal actual conditions of their use, however, for the vehicle, and have them properly and may depart significantly from the installed by a GM certified technician. safety requirements and additional General Motors Tire Performance norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road See Buying New Tires 0 223 and Criteria (TPC) standards. Accessories and Modifications 0 178. characteristics and climate. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

226 Vehicle Care Traction corresponds to a level of performance such as troughs or ruts, is normal. If the which all passenger car tires must meet vehicle is vibrating when driving on a The traction grades, from highest to smooth road, the tires and wheels may lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Those under the Federal Motor Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A need to be rebalanced. See your dealer for grades represent the tire's ability to proper diagnosis. stop on wet pavement as measured represent higher levels of performance under controlled conditions on specified on the laboratory test wheel than the Wheel Replacement government test surfaces of asphalt and minimum required by law. Warning: The temperature grade for this tire is Replace any wheel that is bent, cracked, concrete. A tire marked C may have or badly rusted or corroded. If wheel nuts poor traction performance. Warning: established for a tire that is properly keep coming loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, The traction grade assigned to this tire inflated and not overloaded. Excessive and wheel nuts should be replaced. If the is based on straight-ahead braking speed, underinflation, or excessive wheel leaks air, replace it. Some aluminum traction tests, and does not include loading, either separately or in wheels can be repaired. See your dealer if acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, combination, can cause heat buildup any of these conditions exist. or peak traction characteristics. and possible tire failure. Your dealer will know the kind of wheel that is needed. Temperature Wheel Alignment and Tire Each new wheel should have the same The temperature grades are A (the Balance load-carrying capacity, diameter, width, highest), B, and C, representing the The tires and wheels were aligned and offset, and be mounted the same way as tire's resistance to the generation of balanced at the factory to provide the the one it replaces. heat and its ability to dissipate heat longest tire life and best overall Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel nuts, when tested under controlled conditions performance. Adjustments to wheel or Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) on a specified indoor laboratory test alignment and tire balancing are not sensors with new GM original equipment necessary on a regular basis. Consider an parts. wheel. Sustained high temperature can alignment check if there is unusual tire wear cause the material of the tire to or the vehicle is significantly pulling to one degenerate and reduce tire life, and side or the other. Some slight pull to the excessive temperature can lead to left or right, depending on the crown of the sudden tire failure. The grade C road and/or other road surface variations Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Vehicle Care 227

{ Warning Tire Chains Caution (Continued) Tighten them as tightly as possible with Using the wrong replacement wheels, { Warning wheel bolts, or wheel nuts can be the ends securely fastened. Drive slowly dangerous. It could affect the braking and Tire chains or other traction devices used and follow the chain manufacturer's handling of the vehicle. Tires can lose air, on a vehicle without the proper amount instructions. If the chains contact the and cause loss of control, causing a crash. of clearance can cause damage to the vehicle, stop and retighten them. If the Always use the correct wheel, wheel brakes, suspension, or other vehicle parts. contact continues, slow down until it bolts, and wheel nuts for replacement. Use tire chains or traction devices only if stops. Driving too fast or spinning the the equipment manufacturer recommends wheels with chains on will damage the them for the vehicle tire size combination vehicle. Caution and road conditions. Follow the The wrong wheel can also cause equipment manfacturer’s instructions. The For Cutaway models with LT245/75R16 or problems with bearing life, brake cooling, area damaged by the tire chains could LT225/75R16 size single or dual rear tires, use Low Profile Z-Chain or SAE Class S cables. speedometer or odometer calibration, cause you to lose control of the vehicle headlamp aim, bumper height, vehicle and you or others may be injured in a For Cargo or Passenger models with ground clearance, and tire or tire chain crash. To help avoid damage to the LT225/75R16 or LT245/75R16 size tires, use clearance to the body and chassis. vehicle, drive slowly, readjust, or remove Low Profile Z-Chain cables. SAE Class S chains the device if it is contacting the vehicle. are not recommended. Used Replacement Wheels Do not spin the vehicle's tires. If the vehicle has dual rear tires, do not use individual tire chains. Use tire chains that fit { Warning Caution across both dual tires. Replacing a wheel with a used one is Use tire chains only where legal and only If a Tire Goes Flat dangerous. How it has been used or how when necessary. Use chains that are the It is unusual for a tire to blow out while far it has been driven may be unknown. proper size for the tires. Install them on It could fail suddenly and cause a crash. driving, especially if the tires are maintained the tires of the rear axle. Do not use 0 When replacing wheels, use a new GM properly. See Tires 212. If air goes out of a chains on the tires of the front axle. tire, it is much more likely to leak out original equipment wheel. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

228 Vehicle Care slowly. But if there is ever a blowout, here are a few tips about what to expect and Warning (Continued) { Warning what to do: underinflated or flat. Have your dealer or Changing a tire can be dangerous. The If a front tire fails, the flat tire creates a an authorized tire service center repair or vehicle can slip off the jack and roll over drag that pulls the vehicle toward that side. replace the flat tire as soon as possible. or fall causing injury or death. Find a Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and level place to change the tire. To help grip the steering wheel firmly. Steer to prevent the vehicle from moving: { Warning maintain lane position, and then gently 1. Set the parking brake firmly. brake to a stop, well off the road, Lifting a vehicle and getting under it to 2. Put an automatic transmission in if possible. do maintenance or repairs is dangerous P (Park) or a manual transmission in A rear blowout, particularly on a curve, acts without the appropriate safety equipment 1 (First) or R (Reverse). much like a skid and may require the same and training. If a jack is provided with correction as used in a skid. Stop pressing the vehicle, it is designed only for 3. Turn off the engine and do not the accelerator pedal and steer to straighten changing a flat tire. If it is used for restart while the vehicle is raised. the vehicle. It may be very bumpy and anything else, you or others could be 4. Do not allow passengers to remain noisy. Gently brake to a stop, well off the badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips in the vehicle. road, if possible. off the jack. If a jack is provided with the 5. Place wheel blocks, if equipped, on vehicle, only use it for changing a { Warning both sides of the tire at the opposite flat tire. corner of the tire being changed. Driving on a flat tire will cause permanent damage to the tire. If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire and When the vehicle has a flat tire (2), use the Re-inflating a tire after it has been driven wheel damage by driving slowly to a level following example as a guide to assist in the on while severely underinflated or flat place, well off the road, if possible. Turn on placement of the wheel blocks (1), the hazard warning flashers. See Hazard if equipped. may cause a blowout and a serious crash. 0 Never attempt to re-inflate a tire that has Warning Flashers 92. been driven on while severely (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Vehicle Care 229

1. Wheel Block (If Equipped) 2. Flat Tire The following information explains how to repair or change a tire. Remove the retaining wing bolt and lift it Remove the retaining wing bolt and lift it off of the mounting bracket. out of the mounting bracket to access the Tire Changing Equipment needed for a 15-passenger seating equipment. arrangement is secured on the rear floor on The tools you will be using include: Removing the Spare Tire and Tools the passenger side of the vehicle. Equipment needed for a cargo van or a passenger van is in the passenger side rear corner of the vehicle. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

230 Vehicle Care 1. Jack 5. Hoist Shaft 2. Hoist Handle 6. Hoist Handle and Extension(s) 3. Extension(s) 7. Wheel Wrench 4. Wheel Wrench 5. Jack Handle The spare tire is mounted in the rear underbody of the vehicle. Use the hoist handle, extension(s), and the wheel wrench to remove the 6. Tilt the tire toward the vehicle with underbody-mounted spare tire. 1. Assemble the wheel wrench (7) to the some slack in the cable to access the To lower the spare tire from the vehicle: hoist handle and the extension(s) (6). tire/wheel retainer. 2. Open the passenger side rear door. 3. Insert the chisel end of the hoist handle, on an angle, through the hole in the rear floor panel above the bumper. Be sure the hoist handle connects to the hoist shaft. The chiseled end of the hoist handle is used to lower the spare tire. 4. Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise to lower the spare tire to the ground. Continue to turn the wheel wrench until Tilt the retainer and pull it through the the spare tire can be pulled out from center of the wheel along with the cable under the vehicle. and spring. 5. Pull the spare tire out from under the For a vehicle that was completed from a 1. Spare Tire vehicle. cab and chassis, refer to the information 2. Tire/Wheel Retainer from the body supplier/installer. 3. Hoist Cable The spare tire is a full-size tire, like the 4. Hoist Assembly other tires on the vehicle. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Vehicle Care 231 7. Put the spare tire near the flat tire. 4. Wheel Wrench 3. Assemble the jack and tools: 8. Close the passenger side rear door. 5. Jack Handle Front Flat: Assemble the jack (1) together 1. Do a safety check before proceeding. See with the jack handle (5), one or two Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the If a Tire Goes Flat 0 227. extension(s) (3), and the wheel Spare Tire wrench (4). If the vehicle has plastic wheel nut caps, Rear Flat: Assemble the jack (1) together loosen them by turning the wheel wrench with the jack handle (5), two counterclockwise. The wheel nut caps are extensions (3), and the wheel wrench (4). designed to remain with the center cap. Remove the center cap. If the wheel has a smooth center piece, place the chisel end of the wheel wrench in the slot on the wheel and gently pry it out.

2. Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise to loosen all the wheel nuts, but do not remove them yet. Caution Front Position Make sure that the jack lift head is in the correct position or you may damage your vehicle. The repairs would not be covered by your warranty. 1. Jack 2. Hoist Handle 3. Extension(s) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

232 Vehicle Care

{ Warning Getting under a vehicle when it is jacked up is dangerous. If the vehicle slips off the jack you could be badly injured or killed. Never get under a vehicle when it is supported only by a jack.

{ Warning Raising the vehicle with the jack improperly positioned can damage the Front Position Rear Alternative Position (Diesel Vehicles) vehicle and even make the vehicle fall. To 4. Position the jack under the vehicle, as help avoid personal injury and vehicle shown. damage, be sure to fit the jack lift head The front position jacking point is on the into the proper location before raising frame. The rear position jacking point is the vehicle. on the rear axle. If the exhaust system interferes with the jack location in the rear axle, such as in { Warning Diesel vehicles, place the jack (1) on the Lifting a vehicle and getting under it to rear axle between the axle housing and do maintenance or repairs is dangerous the shock absorber bracket in order to without the appropriate safety equipment avoid any interference with the exhaust and training. If a jack is provided with pipe (2). the vehicle, it is designed only for Rear Position changing a flat tire. If it is used for anything else, you or others could be (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Vehicle Care 233

Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips or paper towel can be used; however, off the jack. If a jack is provided with the use a scraper or wire brush later to vehicle, only use it for changing a remove all rust or dirt. flat tire.

Caution Using a jack to raise the vehicle without positioning it correctly could damage your vehicle. When raising your vehicle on a jack, be sure to position it correctly 6. Remove all the wheel nuts. under the frame and avoid contact with 7. Take the flat tire off of the mounting the plastic molding. surface.

5. Turn the wheel wrench clockwise to raise { Warning the vehicle. Raise the vehicle far enough off the ground so there is enough room Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the 8. Remove any rust or dirt from the wheel for the spare tire to fit. parts to which it is fastened, can bolts, mounting surfaces, and spare cause wheel nuts to become loose wheel. over time. The wheel could come off and cause a crash. When changing a { Warning wheel, remove any rust or dirt from Never use oil or grease on bolts or nuts places where the wheel attaches to because the nuts might come loose. The the vehicle. In an emergency, a cloth vehicle's wheel could fall off, causing a (Continued) crash. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

234 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued) torque specification supplied by the aftermarket manufacturer when using accessory locking wheel nuts. See Capacities and Specifications 0 261 for original equipment wheel nut torque specifications.

Caution Improperly tightened wheel nuts can lead 9. Put the wheel nuts back on with the to brake pulsation and rotor damage. To 11. Use the wheel wrench to tighten the rounded end of the nuts toward the avoid expensive brake repairs, evenly nuts firmly. Turn the wheel wrench wheel. Tighten each wheel nut by hand tighten the wheel nuts in the proper clockwise and in a crisscross sequence, as until the wheel is held against the hub. sequence and to the proper torque shown. 10. Turn the jack handle counterclockwise to specification. See Capacities and 12. Put the wheel cover or the center cap lower the vehicle. Lower the jack Specifications 0 261 for the wheel nut and plastic wheel nut caps back on. completely. torque specification. Remove any wheel blocks. Have a technician check the wheel nut { Warning tightness of all wheels with a torque Wheel nuts that are improperly or wrench after the first 160 km (100 mi) incorrectly tightened can cause the and then 1 600 km (1,000 mi) after that. wheels to become loose or come off. The Repeat this service whenever a tire is wheel nuts should be tightened with a removed or serviced. See Capacities and Specifications 0 261 for more torque wrench to the proper torque information. specification after replacing. Follow the (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Vehicle Care 235 Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools 6. Hoist Handle and Extension(s) { Warning 7. Wheel Wrench { Warning An improperly stored spare tire could 1. Put the tire on the ground at the rear of Storing a jack, a tire, or other equipment come loose and cause a crash. To avoid the vehicle with the valve stem pointed in the passenger compartment of the personal injury or property damage, down, and to the rear. vehicle could cause injury. In a sudden always store the spare tire when the 2. Pull the cable and spring through the stop or collision, loose equipment could vehicle is parked on a level surface. center of the wheel. Tilt the wheel strike someone. Store all these in the retainer plate down and through the Store the tire under the rear of the vehicle center wheel. proper place. in the spare tire carrier. Make sure the retainer is fully seated across the underside of the wheel. { Warning Failure to follow these tire storage instructions carefully could result in personal injury or property damage if the hoist cable fails or if the tire comes loose. Make sure the tire is stored securely before driving. 3. Assemble the wheel wrench (7) to the hoist handle and the extension(s) (6). Caution 4. Open the passenger side rear door. The tire hoist can be damaged if there is Caution no tension on the cable when using it. To 1. Spare Tire have the necessary tension, the spare or 2. Tire/Wheel Retainer Use of an air wrench or other power road tire and wheel assembly must be 3. Hoist Cable tools with the hoist mechanism is not installed on the tire hoist to use it. 4. Hoist Assembly recommended and could damage the 5. Hoist Shaft system. Use only the tools supplied with the hoist mechanism. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

236 Vehicle Care 5. Insert the chisel end of the hoist handle, 8. Make sure the tire is stored securely. on an angle, through the hole in the rear Push, pull (1), and then try to turn (2) the floor panel above the bumper and onto tire. If the tire moves, use the wheel the hoist shaft. wrench to tighten the cable. Do not use the chiseled end of the wheel Two clicks mean the tire is up all wrench. the way. 6. Raise the tire part way upward. Make Repeat this tightness check procedure sure the retainer is seated in the wheel when checking the spare tire pressure opening. according to the scheduled maintenance 7. Raise the tire fully against the underside information or any time the spare tire is of the vehicle by turning the wheel handled due to service of other wrench clockwise until you hear two components. clicks or feel it skip twice. You cannot Incorrectly Stored overtighten the cable. 9. Return the jacking equipment to the proper location. Secure the items and replace the jack cover. Full-Size Spare Tire If this vehicle came with a full-size spare tire, it was fully inflated when new, however, it can lose air over time. Check the inflation pressure regularly. See Tire Pressure 0 217 and Vehicle Load Limits 0 132. For instructions on Correctly Stored how to remove, install, or store a spare tire, see Tire Changing 0 229. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Vehicle Care 237

After installing the spare tire on the vehicle, Caution stop as soon as possible and check that the { Warning spare is correctly inflated. The spare tire is WARNING: Battery posts, terminals, and Ignoring these steps could result in costly made to perform well at speeds up to related accessories contain lead and lead damage to the vehicle that would not be 112 km/h (70 mph) at the recommended compounds, chemicals known to the covered by the vehicle warranty. Trying inflation pressure, so you can finish State of California to cause cancer and to start the vehicle by pushing or pulling your trip. birth defects or other reproductive harm. it will not work, and it could damage the Have the damaged or flat road tire repaired Batteries also contain other chemicals vehicle. or replaced back onto the vehicle, as soon as known to the State of California to cause 1. Check the other vehicle. It must have a possible, so the spare tire will be available cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING. 12-volt battery with a negative ground in case it is needed again. For more information go to system. Do not mix tires and wheels of different www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ sizes, because they will not fit. Keep the passenger-vehicle. Caution spare tire and its wheel together. See California Proposition 65 Warning 0 178 If the other vehicle does not have a If this vehicle has a spare tire that does not and the back cover. 12-volt system with a negative ground, match the original road tires and wheels in both vehicles can be damaged. Only use size and type, do not include the spare in { Warning a vehicle that has a 12-volt system with a the tire rotation. negative ground for jump starting. Batteries can hurt you. They can be Jump Starting dangerous because: 2. Get the vehicles close enough so the . They contain acid that can burn you. jumper cables can reach, but be sure the vehicles are not touching each other. Jump Starting - North America . They contain gas that can explode or If they are, it could cause a ground For more information about the vehicle ignite. 0 connection you do not want. You would battery, see Battery - North America 199. . They contain enough electricity to not be able to start your vehicle, and the If the vehicle battery has run down, you burn you. bad grounding could damage the may want to use another vehicle and some If you do not follow these steps exactly, electrical systems. jumper cables to start your vehicle. Be sure some or all of these things can hurt you. to use the following steps to do it safely. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

238 Vehicle Care To avoid the possibility of the vehicles has one. Negative (−) will go to an rolling, set the parking brake firmly on { Warning unpainted metal part or to a remote both vehicles involved in the jump start Using a match near a battery can cause negative (−) terminal if the vehicle has procedure. Put an automatic transmission battery gas to explode. People have been one. On your van, use the unpainted in P (Park) or a manual transmission in hurt doing this, and some have been radio antenna bracket as a remote Neutral before setting the parking brake. blinded. Use a flashlight if you need negative (−) terminal. more light. Do not connect positive (+) to Caution negative (−) or you will get a short that If any accessories are left on or plugged Battery fluid contains acid that can burn would damage the battery and maybe in during the jump starting procedure, you. Do not get it on you. If you other parts too. And do not connect the they could be damaged. The repairs accidentally get it in your eyes or on negative (−) cable to the negative (−) would not be covered by the vehicle your skin, flush the place with water and terminal on the dead battery because warranty. Whenever possible, turn off or get medical help immediately. this can cause sparks. unplug all accessories on either vehicle when jump starting. { Warning 3. Turn the ignition off on both vehicles. Fans or other moving engine parts can Unplug unnecessary accessories plugged injure you badly. Keep your hands away into the cigarette lighter or the accessory from moving parts once the engine is power outlet. Turn off the radio and all running. lamps that are not needed. This will avoid sparks and help save both 5. Check that the jumper cables do not batteries. And it could save the radio! have loose or missing insulation. If they 4. Open the hoods and locate the do, you could get a shock. The vehicles positive (+) and negative (−) terminal could be damaged too. locations of the other vehicle. Before you connect the cables, here are On your van, use the unpainted radio some basic things you should know. antenna bracket as a remote negative (−) Positive (+) will go to positive (+) or to a terminal. remote positive (+) terminal if the vehicle Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Vehicle Care 239

6. Connect the red positive (+) cable to the Caution (Continued) positive (+) terminal of the dead battery. Use a remote positive (+) terminal if the these could damage the vehicle. The vehicle has one. Do not let the other end repairs would not be covered by the touch metal. Connect it to the vehicle warranty. positive (+) terminal of the good battery. Use a remote positive (+) terminal if the 9. Now start the vehicle with the good vehicle has one. battery and run the engine for a while. 7. Now connect the black negative (−) cable 10. Try to start the vehicle that had the to the negative (−) terminal of the good dead battery. If it will not start after a battery. Use a remote negative (−) few tries, it probably needs service. terminal if the vehicle has one. Caution Do not let the other end touch anything 8. Connect the other end of the until the next step. The other end of the negative (−) cable to the negative (−) If the jumper cables are connected or negative (−) cable does not go to the terminal location on the vehicle with the removed in the wrong order, electrical dead battery. It goes to a heavy, dead battery. On your van, use the shorting may occur and damage the unpainted metal engine part or to a unpainted radio antenna bracket as a vehicle. The repairs would not be covered remote negative (−) terminal on the remote negative (−) terminal. by the vehicle warranty. Always connect vehicle with the dead battery. On your and remove the jumper cables in the van, use the unpainted radio antenna Caution correct order, making sure that the cables bracket as a remote negative (−) The vehicle uses the unpainted radio do not touch each other or other metal. terminal. antenna bracket as a remote negative (-) terminal. Move the antenna coaxial cable Jumper Cable Removal out of the way before clamping the Reverse the sequence exactly when negative jumper cable to the fixed removing the jumper cables. antenna bracket. Avoid touching the After starting the disabled vehicle and negative cable clamp to the air removing the jumper cables, allow it to idle conditioning line. Failure to do either of for several minutes. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

240 Vehicle Care Towing the Vehicle GM recommends a flatbed tow truck to Recreational Vehicle Towing transport a disabled vehicle. Use ramps to Recreational vehicle towing means towing Caution help reduce approach angles, if necessary. A towed vehicle should have its drive wheels the vehicle behind another vehicle, such as Incorrectly towing a disabled vehicle may off the ground. Contact Roadside Assistance behind a motor home. The two most cause damage. The damage would not be or a professional towing service if the common types of recreational vehicle covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not disabled vehicle must be towed. towing are known as dinghy towing and lash or hook to suspension components. dolly towing. Dinghy towing is towing the Front Attachment Points Use the proper straps around the tires to vehicle with all four wheels on the ground. secure the vehicle. Do not drag a locked Dolly towing is towing the vehicle with two wheel/tire. Use tire skates or dollies wheels on the ground and two wheels up under any locked wheel/tire while on a device known as a dolly. loading the vehicle. Do not use a sling Here are some important things to consider type lift to tow the vehicle. This could before recreational vehicle towing: damage the vehicle. . Before towing the vehicle, become familiar with the local laws that apply to recreational vehicle towing. These laws Caution may vary by region. Improper use of the tow eye can damage . What is the towing capacity of the the vehicle. If equipped, use the tow eye towing vehicle? Be sure to read the tow to load a disabled vehicle onto a flatbed vehicle manufacturer's recommendations. tow truck from a flat road surface, or to The vehicle is equipped with specific . What is the distance that will be move the vehicle a short distance. Use attachment points to be used to pull the traveled? Some vehicles have restrictions caution and low speeds. The transmission vehicle onto a flatbed car carrier from a flat on how far and how long they can tow. must be in (N) Neutral when moving the road surface. Do not use these attachment . Is the proper towing equipment going to vehicle. points to pull the vehicle from snow, mud be used? See your dealer or trailering or sand. professional for additional advice and equipment recommendations. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Vehicle Care 241 . Is the vehicle ready to be towed? Just as preparing the vehicle for a long trip, Caution make sure the vehicle is prepared to be If the vehicle is towed with all four towed. wheels on the ground, the drivetrain components could be damaged. The Caution repairs would not be covered by the Use of a shield mounted in front of the vehicle warranty. Do not tow the vehicle vehicle grille could restrict airflow and with all four wheels on the ground. cause damage to the transmission. The repairs would not be covered by the The vehicle should not be towed with all vehicle warranty. If using a shield, only four wheels on the ground. use one that attaches to the towing Dolly Towing vehicle. Caution Dinghy Towing Do not tow this vehicle with two wheels on the ground, or vehicle damage could occur. This damage would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.

The vehicle was neither designed nor intended to be towed with any of its wheels on the ground. If the vehicle must be towed, see Towing the Vehicle 0 240. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

242 Vehicle Care

Appearance Care Caution Caution (Continued) Exterior Care Avoid using high-pressure washes closer This could cause damage that would not than 30 cm (12 in) to the surface of the be covered by the vehicle warranty. Locks vehicle. Use of power washers exceeding 8 274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result in Solvents or aggressive cleaners may harm Locks are lubricated at the factory. Use a damage or removal of paint and decals. underhood components. The usages of these de-icing agent only when absolutely chemicals should be avoided. necessary, and have the locks greased after If using an automatic car wash, follow the using. See Recommended Fluids and Recommend water only. car wash instructions. The windshield wiper Lubricants 0 257. and rear window wiper, if equipped, must A pressure washer may be used, but care Washing the Vehicle be off. Remove any accessories that may be must be utilized. The following criteria must damaged or interfere with the car wash be followed: To preserve the vehicle's finish, wash it equipment. . Water pressure must be kept below often and out of direct sunlight. 14 000 KPa (2,000 PSI). Rinse the vehicle well, before washing and Caution after, to remove all cleaning agents . Water temperature must be below 80 °C (180 °F). Do not use petroleum-based, acidic, completely. If they are allowed to dry on the surface, they could stain. . Spray nozzle with a 40 degree wide angle or abrasive cleaning agents as they can spray pattern or wider must be used. damage the vehicle's paint, metal, Dry the finish with a soft, clean chamois or . Nozzle must be kept at least 30 cm (1 ft) or plastic parts. If damage occurs, it an all-cotton towel to avoid surface away from all surfaces. would not be covered by the vehicle scratches and water spotting. warranty. Approved cleaning products can Cleaning Underhood Components Finish Care be obtained from your dealer. Follow all Caution Application of aftermarket clearcoat sealant/ manufacturer directions regarding correct wax materials is not recommended. product usage, necessary safety Do not power wash any component If painted surfaces are damaged, see your precautions, and appropriate disposal of under the hood that has this e dealer to have the damage assessed and any vehicle care product. symbol. repaired. Foreign materials such as calcium (Continued) chloride and other salts, ice melting agents, road oil and tar, tree sap, bird droppings, Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Vehicle Care 243 chemicals from industrial chimneys, etc., can Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Moldings Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses, damage the vehicle's finish if they remain Emblems, Decals, and Stripes on painted surfaces. Wash the vehicle as Caution Use only lukewarm or cold water, a soft soon as possible. If necessary, use Failure to clean and protect the bright non-abrasive cleaners that are marked safe cloth, and a car washing soap to clean metal moldings can result in a hazy exterior lamps, lenses, emblems, decals, and for painted surfaces to remove foreign white finish or pitting. This damage matter. stripes. Follow instructions under "Washing would not be covered by the vehicle the Vehicle" previously in this section. Occasional hand waxing or mild polishing warranty. should be done to remove residue from the Lamp covers are made of plastic, and some paint finish. See your dealer for approved The bright metal moldings on the vehicle have a UV protective coating. Do not clean cleaning products. are aluminum, chrome, or stainless steel. To or wipe them while they are dry. prevent damage always follow these Do not apply waxes or polishes to uncoated Do not use any of the following on lamp cleaning instructions: plastic, vinyl, rubber, decals, simulated covers: wood, or flat paint as damage can occur. . Be sure the molding is cool to the touch . Abrasive or caustic agents. before applying any cleaning solution. . Washer fluids and other cleaning agents Caution . Use only approved cleaning solutions for in higher concentrations than suggested Machine compounding or aggressive aluminum, chrome, or stainless steel. by the manufacturer. polishing on a basecoat/clearcoat paint Some cleaners are highly acidic or contain . Solvents, alcohols, fuels, or other harsh finish may damage it. Use only alkaline substances and can damage the cleaners. moldings. non-abrasive waxes and polishes that are . Ice scrapers or other hard items. . Always dilute a concentrated cleaner made for a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish . Aftermarket appearance caps or covers according to the manufacturer’s on the vehicle. while the lamps are illuminated, due to instructions. excessive heat generated. To keep the paint finish looking new, keep . Do not use cleaners that are not intended the vehicle garaged or covered whenever for automotive use. Caution possible. . Use a nonabrasive wax on the vehicle Failure to clean lamps properly can cause after washing to protect and extend the damage to the lamp cover that would molding finish. not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

244 Vehicle Care

Caution Weatherstrips Caution Using wax on low gloss black finish Apply weatherstrip lubricant on Chrome wheels and chrome wheel trim stripes can increase the gloss level and weatherstrips to make them last longer, seal may be damaged if the vehicle is not create a non-uniform finish. Clean low better, and not stick or squeak. Lubricate washed after driving on roads that have weatherstrips at least once a year. Hot, dry gloss stripes with soap and water only. been sprayed with magnesium chloride or climates may require more frequent application. Black marks from rubber calcium chloride. These are used on roads Air Intakes material on painted surfaces can be removed for conditions such as dust and ice. Clear debris from the air intakes, between by rubbing with a clean cloth. See Always wash the chrome with soap and the hood and windshield when washing the Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 257. water after exposure. vehicle. Tires Caution Windshield and Wiper Blades Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to clean Clean the outside of the windshield with the tires. To avoid surface damage on wheels and glass cleaner. wheel trim, do not use strong soaps, Caution chemicals, abrasive polishes, cleaners, Clean rubber blades using a lint-free cloth or paper towel soaked with windshield washer Using petroleum-based tire dressing or brushes. Use only GM approved fluid or a mild detergent. Wash the products on the vehicle may damage the cleaners. Do not drive the vehicle through windshield thoroughly when cleaning the paint finish and/or tires. When applying a an automatic car wash that uses silicon blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and a buildup tire dressing, always wipe off any carbide tire/wheel cleaning brushes. of vehicle wash/wax treatments may cause overspray from all painted surfaces on Damage could occur and the repairs wiper streaking. the vehicle. would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Replace the wiper blades if they are worn or damaged. Damage can be caused by Wheels and Wheel Trim extreme dusty conditions, sand, salt, heat, Use a soft, clean cloth with mild soap and sun, snow, and ice. water to clean the wheels. After rinsing thoroughly with clean water, dry with a soft, clean towel. A wax may then be applied. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Vehicle Care 245

Brake System Caution Sheet Metal Damage Visually inspect brake lines and hoses for Lubrication of applicable steering/ If the vehicle is damaged and requires sheet proper hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks, suspension points should not be done metal repair or replacement, make sure the chafing, etc. Inspect disc brake pads for wear unless the temperature is −12 °C (10 °F) or body repair shop applies anti-corrosion and rotors for surface condition. Inspect material to parts repaired or replaced to higher, or damage could result. drum brake linings/shoes for wear or cracks. restore corrosion protection. Inspect all other brake parts. Body Component Lubrication Original manufacturer replacement parts will Steering, Suspension, and Chassis provide the corrosion protection while Lubricate all key lock cylinders, hood hinges, maintaining the vehicle warranty. Components liftgate hinges, and the fuel door hinge Visually inspect steering, suspension, and unless the components are plastic. Applying Finish Damage silicone grease on weatherstrips with a clean chassis components for damaged, loose, Quickly repair minor chips and scratches or missing parts or signs of wear at least cloth will make them last longer, seal better, and not stick or squeak. with touch-up materials available from your once a year. dealer to avoid corrosion. Larger areas of Inspect power steering for proper Underbody Maintenance finish damage can be corrected in your dealer's body and paint shop. attachment, connections, binding, leaks, At least twice a year, spring and fall, use cracks, chafing, etc. plain water to flush dirt and debris from the Chemical Paint Spotting Visually check constant velocity joint boots vehicle's underbody. Your dealer or an and axle seals for leaks. underbody car washing system can do this. Airborne pollutants can fall upon and attack painted vehicle surfaces causing blotchy, Lubricate the upper and lower control arm If not removed, rust and corrosion can develop. ring-shaped discolorations, and small, ball joints, at least every other engine oil irregular dark spots etched into the paint change. Do not directly power wash the transfer surface. See “Finish Care” previously in this Lubricate the tie rod ball joints, idler arm case and/or front/rear axle output seals. section. pivot shaft bearings, idler arm socket, and High pressure water can overcome the seals pitman arm socket, at least every other and contaminate the fluid. Contaminated engine oil change. fluid will decrease the life of the transfer case and/or axles and should be replaced. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

246 Vehicle Care Interior Care To prevent damage, do not clean the Interior Glass interior using the following cleaners or To clean, use a terry cloth fabric dampened To prevent dirt particle abrasions, regularly techniques: clean the vehicle's interior. Immediately with water. Wipe droplets left behind with a . Never use a razor or any other sharp remove any soils. Newspapers or dark clean dry cloth. If necessary, use a object to remove soil from any interior garments can transfer color to the vehicle’s commercial glass cleaner after cleaning with surface. interior. plain water. . Never use a brush with stiff bristles. Use a soft bristle brush to remove dust from . Never rub any surface aggressively or Caution knobs and crevices on the instrument with too much pressure. cluster. Using a mild soap solution, To prevent scratching, never use abrasive immediately remove hand lotions, . Do not use laundry detergents or cleaners on automotive glass. Abrasive sunscreen, and insect repellent from all dishwashing soaps with degreasers. For cleaners or aggressive cleaning may interior surfaces or permanent damage may liquid cleaners, use approximately damage the rear window defogger. result. 20 drops per 3.8 L (1 gal) of water. A concentrated soap solution will create Cleaning the windshield with water during Use cleaners specifically designed for the streaks and attract dirt. Do not use the first three to six months of ownership surfaces being cleaned to prevent solutions that contain strong or will reduce tendency to fog. permanent damage. Apply all cleaners caustic soap. directly to the cleaning cloth. Do not spray Speaker Covers . Do not heavily saturate the upholstery cleaners on any switches or controls. when cleaning. Vacuum around a speaker cover gently, so Remove cleaners quickly. . Do not use solvents or cleaners containing that the speaker will not be damaged. Clean Before using cleaners, read and follow all solvents. spots with water and mild soap. safety instructions on the label. While cleaning the interior, open the doors and Coated Moldings windows to get proper ventilation. Coated moldings should be cleaned. . When lightly soiled, wipe with a sponge or soft, lint-free cloth dampened with water. . When heavily soiled, use warm soapy water. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Vehicle Care 247

Fabric/Carpet/Suede 5. If the soil is not completely removed, Caution use a mild soap solution followed only Start by vacuuming the surface using a soft by plain water. Do not attach a device with a suction cup brush attachment. If a rotating vacuum to the display. This may cause damage If the soil is not completely removed, it may brush attachment is being used, only use it and would not be covered by the vehicle on the floor carpet. Before cleaning, gently be necessary to use a commercial upholstery warranty. remove as much of the soil as possible: cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small hidden . Gently blot liquids with a paper towel. area for colorfastness before using a commercial upholstery cleaner or spot lifter. Instrument Panel, Leather, Vinyl, Other Continue blotting until no more soil can Plastic Surfaces, Low Gloss Paint be removed. If ring formation occurs, clean the entire fabric or carpet. Surfaces, and Natural Open Pore Wood . For solid soils, remove as much as Surfaces possible prior to vacuuming. After cleaning, use a paper towel to blot excess moisture. Use a soft microfiber cloth dampened with To clean: water to remove dust and loose dirt. For a 1. Saturate a clean, lint-free colorfast cloth Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces and Vehicle more thorough cleaning, use a soft with water. Microfiber cloth is Information and Radio Displays microfiber cloth dampened with a mild soap recommended to prevent lint transfer to Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss surfaces solution. the fabric or carpet. or vehicle displays. First, use a soft bristle 2. Remove excess moisture by gently brush to remove dirt that can scratch the Caution wringing until water does not drip from surface. Then gently clean by rubbing with a Soaking or saturating leather, especially the cleaning cloth. microfiber cloth. Never use window cleaners perforated leather, as well as other 3. Start on the outside edge of the soil and or solvents. Periodically hand wash the interior surfaces, may cause permanent gently rub toward the center. Fold the microfiber cloth separately, using mild soap. damage. Wipe excess moisture from cleaning cloth to a clean area frequently Do not use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse these surfaces after cleaning and allow to prevent forcing the soil in to the thoroughly and air dry before next use. them to dry naturally. Never use heat, fabric. steam, or spot removers. Do not use 4. Continue gently rubbing the soiled area cleaners that contain silicone or until there is no longer any color wax-based products. Cleaners containing transfer from the soil to the cleaning (Continued) cloth. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

248 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued) Care of Seat Belts Use the following guidelines for proper floor mat usage. Keep belts clean and dry. these solvents can permanently change . The original equipment floor mats were the appearance and feel of leather or soft { Warning designed for the vehicle. If the floor mats trim, and are not recommended. need replacing, it is recommended that Do not bleach or dye seat belt webbing. GM certified floor mats be purchased. Do not use cleaners that increase gloss, It may severely weaken the webbing. In Non-GM floor mats may not fit properly especially on the instrument panel. Reflected a crash, they might not be able to and may interfere with the pedals. glare can decrease visibility through the provide adequate protection. Clean and Always check that the floor mats do not windshield under certain conditions. rinse seat belt webbing only with mild interfere with the pedals. Caution soap and lukewarm water. Allow the . Use the floor mat with the correct side webbing to dry. up. Do not turn it over. Use of air fresheners may cause . Do not place anything on top of the permanent damage to plastics and Floor Mats driver side floor mat. painted surfaces. If an air freshener . Use only a single floor mat on the comes in contact with any plastic or { Warning driver side. painted surface in the vehicle, blot immediately and clean with a soft cloth If a floor mat is the wrong size or is not . Do not place one floor mat on top of dampened with a mild soap solution. properly installed, it can interfere with another. Damage caused by air fresheners would the pedals. Interference with the pedals not be covered by the vehicle warranty. can cause unintended acceleration and/or increased stopping distance which can Cargo Cover and Convenience Net cause a crash and injury. Make sure the floor mat does not interfere with the If equipped, wash with warm water and pedals. mild detergent. Do not use chlorine bleach. Rinse with cold water, and then dry completely. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Vehicle Care 249 Cleaning Rubber Floor Mats (All-Weather Mats and Floor Liners)

{ Warning Do not use cleaners that contain silicone, wax-based products, or cleaners that increase gloss on rubber floor mats/liners. These cleaners can permanently change the appearance and feel of the rubber and can make the floor mats/liners slippery. Your foot could slip while operating the vehicle, and you could lose control, resulting in a crash. You or others could be injured.

Use a soft cloth and/or a brush dampened with water to remove dust and loose dirt. For more thorough cleaning, use a mild soap solution. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

250 Service and Maintenance General Information maintenance such as oil changes and tire Service and Maintenance rotations and additional maintenance items This maintenance section applies to vehicles like tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper blades. General Information with a gasoline engine. For diesel engine General Information ...... 250 vehicles, see "Maintenance Schedule" in the Caution Maintenance Schedule Duramax diesel supplement. Damage caused by improper maintenance Maintenance Schedule ...... 251 Your vehicle is an important investment. can lead to costly repairs and may not be This section describes the required covered by the vehicle warranty. Special Application Services maintenance for the vehicle. Follow this Maintenance intervals, checks, Special Application Services ...... 255 schedule to help protect against major repair inspections, recommended fluids, and Additional Maintenance and Care expenses resulting from neglect or lubricants are important to keep the Additional Maintenance and Care ...... 255 inadequate maintenance. It may also help to vehicle in good working condition. maintain the value of the vehicle if it is Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and sold. It is the responsibility of the owner to Do not have chemical flushes that are not Parts have all required maintenance performed. approved by GM performed on the Recommended Fluids and Lubricants . . . 257 vehicle. The use of flushes, solvents, Your dealer has trained technicians who can cleaners, or lubricants that are not Maintenance Replacement Parts ...... 258 perform required maintenance using genuine approved by GM could damage the replacement parts. They have up-to-date Maintenance Records vehicle, requiring expensive repairs that Maintenance Records ...... 259 tools and equipment for fast and accurate diagnostics. Many dealers have extended are not covered by the vehicle warranty. evening and Saturday hours, courtesy transportation, and online scheduling to The Tire Rotation and Required Services are assist with service needs. the responsibility of the vehicle owner. It is recommended to have your dealer perform Your dealer recognizes the importance of these services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi. providing competitively priced maintenance Proper vehicle maintenance helps to keep and repair services. With trained technicians, the vehicle in good working condition, the dealer is the place for routine improves fuel economy, and reduces vehicle emissions. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Service and Maintenance 251 Because of the way people use vehicles, Refer to the information in the Maintenance Engine Oil Change maintenance needs vary. There may need to Schedule Additional Required Services - When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON be more frequent checks and services. The Severe chart. message displays, have the engine oil and Additional Required Services - Normal are for filter changed within the next 1 000 km vehicles that: { Warning (600 mi). If driven under the best conditions, . Carry passengers and cargo within Performing maintenance work can be the engine oil life system may not indicate recommended limits on the Tire and dangerous and can cause serious injury. the need for vehicle service for up to a year. Loading Information label. See Vehicle Perform maintenance work only if the The engine oil and filter must be changed at Load Limits 0 132. required information, proper tools, and least once a year and the oil life system . Are driven on reasonable road surfaces equipment are available. If they are not, must be reset. Your trained dealer technician within legal driving limits. see your dealer to have a trained can perform this work. If the engine oil life . Use the recommended fuel. See technician do the work. See Doing Your system is reset accidentally, service the 0 Recommended Fuel 158. Own Service Work 0 179. vehicle within 5 000 km (3,000 mi) since the last service. Reset the oil life system when Refer to the information in the Maintenance the oil is changed. See Engine Oil Life Schedule Additional Required Services - Maintenance Schedule System 0 186. Normal chart. The Additional Required Services - Severe are Owner Checks and Services Extended Idle Use for vehicles that are: Check the engine oil level. See Engine Oil When the vehicle is used in a way that . Mainly driven in heavy city traffic in hot 0 184. requires extended idle time, one hour of use weather Once a Month shall be deemed the same as 53 km (33 mi). See Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 81 for . Mainly driven in hilly or mountainous . Check the tire inflation pressures, hourmeter. terrain including the spare. See Tire Pressure . Frequently towing a trailer 0 217. Air Conditioning Desiccant (Replace Every . Used for high speed or competitive . Inspect the tires for wear. See Tire Seven Years) driving Inspection 0 221. The air conditioning system requires . Used for taxi, police, or delivery service . Check the windshield washer fluid level. maintenance every seven years. This service 0 See Washer Fluid 196. requires replacement of the desiccant to Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

252 Service and Maintenance help the longevity and efficient operation of . Visually inspect steering, suspension, and . Check automatic transmission shift lock the air conditioning system. This service can chassis components for damage, including control function. See Automatic be complex. See your dealer. cracks or tears in the rubber boots, loose Transmission Shift Lock Control Function or missing parts, or signs of wear at least Check 0 201. Tire Rotation and Required Services once a year. See Exterior Care 0 242. . Check ignition transmission lock. See Every 12 000 km (7,500 mi) . Inspect power steering for proper Ignition Transmission Lock Check 0 201. Rotate the tires, if recommended for the attachment, connections, binding, leaks, . Check parking brake and automatic vehicle, and perform the following services. cracks, chafing, etc. transmission park mechanism. See Park See Tire Rotation 0 221. . Visually inspect halfshafts and drive Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Check . Check engine oil level and oil shafts for excessive wear, lubricant leaks, 0 201. life percentage. If needed, change engine and/or damage including: tube dents or . Check accelerator pedal for damage, high oil and filter, and reset oil life system. cracks, constant velocity joint or universal effort, or binding. Replace if needed. See Engine Oil 0 184 and joint looseness, cracked or missing boots, 0 . Lubricate the steering linkage (greasable Engine Oil Life System 186. loose or missing boot clamps, center joints). See Normal and Severe . Check engine coolant level. See Cooling bearing excessive looseness, loose or Maintenance Schedules. For severe System 0 191. missing fasteners, and axle seal leaks. commercial use vehicles, see Special . Check windshield washer fluid level. See . Check restraint system components. See Application Services 0 255. Safety System Check 0 35. Washer Fluid 0 196. . Visually inspect the spare tire to ensure . Check tire inflation pressures, including . Visually inspect fuel system for damage that it is tightly stowed under the vehicle. the spare. See Tire Pressure 0 217. or leaks. Push, pull, and try to turn the tire. If the . Inspect tire wear. See Tire Inspection . Visually inspect exhaust system and spare tire moves, tighten as necessary. 0 0 221. nearby heat shields for loose or damaged See Tire Changing 229. parts. . Visually check for fluid leaks. . Lubricate body components. See Exterior . Inspect engine air cleaner filter. See Care 0 242. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 189. . Check starter switch. See Starter Switch . Inspect brake system. See Exterior Care Check 0 200. 0 242. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Service and Maintenance 253

Maintenance Schedule Additional 12 000 km/7,500 mi 24 000 km/15,000 mi 36 000 km/22,500 mi 84 000 km/52,500 mi 60 000 km/37,500 mi 72 000 km/45,000 mi 48 000 km/30,000 mi 96 000 km/60,000 mi 132 000 km/82,500 mi 156 000 km/97,500 mi 120 000 km/75,000 mi 108 000 km/67,500 mi 144 000 km/90,000 mi 180 000 km/112,500 mi 216 000 km/135,000 mi 228 000 km/142,500 mi 204 000 km/127,500 mi 192 000 km/120,000 mi 168 000 km/105,000 mi Required Services - Normal 240 000 km/150,000 mi Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. Change engine oil and filter, @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ if needed. Lubricate the steering linkage. Inspect evaporative control system. (1) @ @ @ Replace engine air cleaner filter. (2) @ @ @ Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires and/or boots. @ Drain and fill engine cooling system. (3) @ Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (4) @ Replace brake fluid. (5) Replace windshield wiper blades. (6) @@@@@@@@@@ Replace air conditioning desiccant. (7)

Footnotes — Maintenance Schedule (2) Or every four years, whichever comes (4) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. Additional Required Services - Normal first. If driving in dusty conditions, inspect Inspect for fraying, excessive cracking, (1) Visually check all fuel and vapor lines the filter at each oil change or more often or damage; replace, if needed. as needed. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter and hoses for proper attachment, 0 (5) Replace brake fluid every five years. See connection, routing, and condition. 189. Brake Fluid 0 197. (3) Or every five years, whichever comes 0 (6) Or every 12 months, whichever comes first. See Cooling System 191. first. See Wiper Blade Replacement 0 201. (7) Replace air conditioning desiccant every seven years. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

254 Service and Maintenance

Maintenance Schedule Additional 12 000 km/7,500 mi 24 000 km/15,000 mi 36 000 km/22,500 mi 84 000 km/52,500 mi 60 000 km/37,500 mi 72 000 km/45,000 mi 48 000 km/30,000 mi 96 000 km/60,000 mi 132 000 km/82,500 mi 156 000 km/97,500 mi 120 000 km/75,000 mi 108 000 km/67,500 mi 144 000 km/90,000 mi 180 000 km/112,500 mi 216 000 km/135,000 mi 228 000 km/142,500 mi 204 000 km/127,500 mi 192 000 km/120,000 mi 168 000 km/105,000 mi Required Services - Severe 240 000 km/150,000 mi Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. Change engine oil and filter, @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ if needed. Lubricate the steering linkage. Inspect evaporative control system. (1) @ @ @ Replace engine air cleaner filter. (2) @ @ @ Change automatic transmission fluid and filter. @ @ @ Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires and/or boots. @ Drain and fill engine cooling system. (3) @ Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (4) @ Replace brake fluid. (5) Replace windshield wiper blades. (6) @@@@@@@@@@ Replace air conditioning desiccant. (7)

Footnotes — Maintenance Schedule (2) Or every four years, whichever comes (4) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. Additional Required Services - Severe first. If driving in dusty conditions, inspect Inspect for fraying, excessive cracking, (1) Visually check all fuel and vapor lines the filter at each oil change or more often or damage; replace, if needed. as needed. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter and hoses for proper attachment, 0 (5) Replace brake fluid every five years. See connection, routing, and condition. 189. Brake Fluid 0 197. (3) Or every five years, whichever comes first. See Cooling System 0 191. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Service and Maintenance 255 (6) Or every 12 months, whichever comes It is recommended that your dealer perform Brakes 0 first. See Wiper Blade Replacement 201. these services — their trained dealer Brakes stop the vehicle and are crucial to (7) Replace air conditioning desiccant every technicians know your vehicle best. Your safe driving. seven years. dealer can also perform a thorough assessment with a multi-point inspection to . Signs of brake wear may include chirping, recommend when your vehicle may need grinding, or squealing noises, or difficulty Special Application Services attention. stopping. . Trained dealer technicians have access to . Vehicles with Dual Wheels: Check dual The following list is intended to explain the wheel nut torque at 160, 1 600, and tools and equipment to inspect the brakes services and conditions to look for that may and recommend quality parts engineered 10 000 km (100, 1,000, and 6,000 mi) of indicate services are required. driving. Repeat this service whenever a for the vehicle. tire/wheel is serviced or removed. Battery Fluids . Severe Commercial Use Vehicles Only: The 12-volt battery supplies power to start Proper fluid levels and approved fluids Lubricate chassis components every oil the engine and operate any additional protect the vehicle’s systems and change. electrical accessories. components. See Recommended Fluids and . Have underbody flushing service . To avoid break-down or failure to start Lubricants 0 257 for GM approved fluids. performed. See “Underbody Maintenance” the vehicle, maintain a battery with full 0 . Engine oil and windshield washer fluid in Exterior Care 242. cranking power. levels should be checked at every fuel fill. . Trained dealer technicians have the . Instrument cluster lights may come on to Additional Maintenance diagnostic equipment to test the battery indicate that fluids may be low and need and ensure that the connections and to be filled. and Care cables are corrosion-free. Hoses Your vehicle is an important investment and Belts caring for it properly may help to avoid . Belts may need replacing if they squeak Hoses transport fluids and should be future costly repairs. To maintain vehicle or show signs of cracking or splitting. regularly inspected to ensure that there are performance, additional maintenance no cracks or leaks. With a multi-point services may be required. . Trained dealer technicians have access to inspection, your dealer can inspect the hoses tools and equipment to inspect the belts and advise if replacement is needed. and recommend adjustment or replacement when necessary. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

256 Service and Maintenance Lamps Tires Wheel Alignment Properly working headlamps, taillamps, and Tires need to be properly inflated, rotated, Wheel alignment is critical for ensuring that brake lamps are important to see and be and balanced. Maintaining the tires can save the tires deliver optimal wear and seen on the road. money and fuel, and can reduce the risk of performance. . Signs that the headlamps need attention tire failure. . Signs that the alignment may need to be include dimming, failure to light, cracking, . Signs that the tires need to be replaced adjusted include pulling, improper vehicle or damage. The brake lamps need to be include three or more visible treadwear handling, or unusual tire wear. checked periodically to ensure that they indicators; cord or fabric showing through . Your dealer has the required equipment light when braking. the rubber; cracks or cuts in the tread or to ensure proper wheel alignment. sidewall; or a bulge or split in the tire. . With a multi-point inspection, your dealer Windshield can check the lamps and note any . Trained dealer technicians can inspect and concerns. recommend the right tires. Your dealer For safety, appearance, and the best viewing, keep the windshield clean and Shocks and Struts can also provide tire/wheel balancing services to ensure smooth vehicle clear. Shocks and struts help aid in control for a operation at all speeds. Your dealer sells . Signs of damage include scratches, cracks, smoother ride. and services name brand tires. and chips. . Signs of wear may include steering wheel Vehicle Care . Trained dealer technicians can inspect the vibration, bounce/sway while braking, windshield and recommend proper longer stopping distance, or uneven To help keep the vehicle looking like new, replacement if needed. tire wear. vehicle care products are available from your dealer. For information on how to clean and Wiper Blades . As part of the multi-point inspection, protect the vehicle’s interior and exterior, Wiper blades need to be cleaned and kept in trained dealer technicians can visually 0 inspect the shocks and struts for signs of see Interior Care 246 and good condition to provide a clear view. Exterior Care 0 242. leaking, blown seals, or damage, and can . Signs of wear include streaking, skipping advise when service is needed. across the windshield, and worn or split rubber. . Trained dealer technicians can check the wiper blades and replace them when needed. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Service and Maintenance 257 Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts Recommended Fluids and Lubricants This maintenance section applies to vehicles with a gasoline engine. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the maintenance schedule section in the Duramax diesel supplement. Fluids and lubricants identified below by name or specification, including fluids or lubricants not listed here, can be obtained from your dealer. Usage Fluid/Lubricant Automatic Transmission (6-Speed DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. Transmission) Automatic Transmission (8-Speed DEXRON-HP Automatic Transmission Fluid. Transmission) Chassis Lubrication, Parking Brake Cable Chassis lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB. Guides Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant. See Cooling System 0 191. Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1 specification of the proper SAE viscosity grade. ACDelco dexos1 full synthetic is recommended. See Engine Oil 0 184. Hydraulic Brake System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid. Key Lock Cylinders, Hood Hinges Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube. See your dealer. Power Steering System GM Power Steering Fluid. See your dealer. Rear Axle See your dealer. Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection requirements. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

258 Service and Maintenance Maintenance Replacement Parts If the vehicle has the Duramax diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement. Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer. Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 84065602 A3228C I4.3L V6 Engine 84000015 A3221C I6.6L V8 Engine Engine Oil Filter 12690385 PF63E I4.3L V6 Engine 12690385 PF63E I6.6L V8 Engine Spark Plugs 12622441 41-114 I4.3L V6 Engine 12622441 41-114 I6.6L V8 Engine Wiper Blades – 56.0 cm (22 in) 25949887 — Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Service and Maintenance 259 Maintenance Records After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts. Date Odometer Reading Serviced By Services Performed Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

260 Technical Data Technical Data Vehicle Identification Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN is the Vehicle Identification Vehicle Identification engine code. This code identifies the Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) . . . 260 Number (VIN) vehicle's engine, specifications, and Service Parts Identification ...... 260 replacement parts. See “Engine Specifications” under Capacities and Vehicle Data Specifications 0 261 for the vehicle's Capacities and Specifications ...... 261 engine code. Engine Drive Belt Routing ...... 264 Service Parts Identification There may be a large barcode on the This legal identifier is in the front corner of certification label on the rear edge of the the instrument panel, on the driver side of driver side front door that you can scan for the vehicle. It can be seen through the the following information: windshield from outside. The Vehicle . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) Identification Number (VIN) also appears on . Model designation the Vehicle Certification label and certificates . Paint information of title and registration. . Production options If there is not a large barcode on this label, then you will find this same information on the rear edge of the passenger side front door. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Technical Data 261 Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement for more information. The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 257 for more information. Capacities Application Metric English Air Conditioning Refrigerant R134a For the air conditioning system refrigerant charge amount, see the refrigerant label located under the hood. See your dealer for more information. Engine Cooling System without Rear Heat* 10.1 L 10.7 qt I4.3L V6 Engine 11.9 L 12.6 qt I6.6L V8 Engine Engine Cooling System with Rear Heat* 12.4 L 13.1 qt I4.3L V6 Engine 14.2 L 15.0 qt I6.6L V8 Engine Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

262 Technical Data

Capacities Application Metric English *Engine cooling system capacity values are based on the entire cooling system and its components. Engine Oil with Filter 5.7 L 6.0 qt I4.3L V6 Engine 7.7 L 8.0 qt I6.6L V8 Engine Fuel Tank 215.7 L 57.0 gal ICutaway (Optional Tank)* 121.1 L 32.0 gal ICutaway (Standard Tank) 117.3 L 31.0 gal IPassenger and Cargo * 4 039 mm (159 in) wheelbase or 4 496 mm (177 in) wheelbase only Wheel Nut Torque 190 Y 140 lb ft All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this manual. Recheck fluid level after filling. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Technical Data 263 Engine Specifications Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap 4.3L V6 (LV1) P Automatic 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–0.043 in) 6.6L V8 (L8T) 7 Automatic 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–0.043 in) Spark plug gaps are preset by the manufacturer. Re-gapping the spark plug is not recommended and can damage the spark plug. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

264 Technical Data Engine Drive Belt Routing

6.6L V8 Engine (L8T) 4.3L V6 Engine (LV1) If equipped with a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Customer Information 265 Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy Customer Information Customer Information Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy . . . 274 Cybersecurity ...... 275 Customer Satisfaction Procedure Customer Information Event Data Recorders ...... 275 Customer Satisfaction Procedure ...... 265 OnStar ...... 276 Your satisfaction and goodwill are important Customer Assistance Offices ...... 267 Infotainment System ...... 276 to your dealer and to Chevrolet. Normally, Customer Assistance for Text Telephone any concerns with the sales transaction or (TTY) Users ...... 267 the operation of the vehicle will be resolved Online Owner Center ...... 267 by your dealer's sales or service GM Mobility Reimbursement departments. Sometimes, however, despite Program ...... 268 the best intentions of all concerned, Roadside Assistance Program ...... 268 misunderstandings can occur. If your concern Scheduling Service Appointments ...... 270 has not been resolved to your satisfaction, Courtesy Transportation Program . . . . . 270 the following steps should be taken: Collision Damage Repair ...... 271 Publication Ordering Information ...... 273 STEP ONE : Discuss your concern with a Radio Frequency Statement ...... 273 member of dealership management. Normally, concerns can be quickly resolved Reporting Safety Defects at that level. If the matter has already been Reporting Safety Defects to the United reviewed with the sales, service, or parts States Government ...... 273 manager, contact the owner of your Reporting Safety Defects to the dealership or the general manager. Canadian Government ...... 274 STEP TWO : If after contacting a member of Reporting Safety Defects to General dealership management, it appears your Motors ...... 274 concern cannot be resolved by your dealership without further help, in the U.S., call the Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center at 1-800-222-1020. In Canada, call General Motors of Canada Customer Care Centre at 1-800-263-3777 (English), or 1-800-263-7854 (French). Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

266 Customer Information We encourage you to call the toll-free The BBB Auto Line Program is an This program is available in all 50 states and number in order to give your inquiry out-of-court program administered by BBB the District of Columbia. Eligibility is limited prompt attention. Have the following National Programs, Inc. to settle automotive by vehicle age, mileage, and other factors. information available to give the Customer disputes regarding vehicle repairs or the General Motors reserves the right to change Assistance representative: interpretation of the New Vehicle Limited eligibility limitations and/or discontinue its . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). This is Warranty. Although you may be required to participation in this program. available from the vehicle registration or resort to this informal dispute resolution STEP THREE — Canadian Owners : In the title, or the plate at the top left of the program prior to filing a court action, use of event that you do not feel your concerns instrument panel and visible through the the program is free of charge and your case have been addressed after following the windshield. will generally be heard within 40 days. procedure outlined in Steps One and Two, If you do not agree with the decision given . Dealership name and location. General Motors of Canada Company wants in your case, you may reject it and proceed . Vehicle delivery date and present mileage. you to be aware of its participation in a with any other venue for relief available no-charge Mediation/Arbitration Program. When contacting Chevrolet, remember that to you. General Motors of Canada Company has your concern will likely be resolved at a You may contact the BBB Auto Line Program committed to binding arbitration of owner dealer's facility. That is why we suggest using the toll-free telephone number or disputes involving factory-related vehicle following Step One first. write them at the following address: service claims. The program provides for the STEP THREE — U.S. Owners : Both General BBB Auto Line Program review of the facts involved by an impartial Motors and your dealer are committed to BBB National Programs, Inc. third party arbiter, and may include an making sure you are completely satisfied 3033 Wilson Boulevard informal hearing before the arbiter. The with your new vehicle. However, if you Suite 600 program is designed so that the entire continue to remain unsatisfied after Arlington, VA 22201 dispute settlement process, from the time following the procedure outlined in you file your complaint to the final decision, Steps One and Two, you can file with the Telephone: 1-800-955-5100 should be completed in about 70 days. We Better Business Bureau (BBB) Auto Line http://www.bbb.org/council/ believe our impartial program offers Program to enforce your rights. programs-services/ advantages over courts in most jurisdictions dispute-handling-and-resolution/bbb-auto-line because it is informal, quick, and free of charge. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Customer Information 267 For further information concerning eligibility United States and Puerto Rico Overseas in the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Chevrolet Motor Division Please contact the local General Motors Plan (CAMVAP), call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center Business Unit. or call the General Motors Customer Care P.O. Box 33170 Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), Detroit, MI 48232-5170 Customer Assistance for Text 1-800-263-7854 (French), or write to: www.Chevrolet.com Telephone (TTY) Users The Mediation/Arbitration Program 1-800-222-1020 c/o Customer Care Centre To assist customers who are deaf, hard of 1-800-833-2438 (For Text Telephone Devices General Motors of Canada Company hearing, or speech-impaired and who use (TTYs)) Mail Code: CA1-163-005 Text Telephones (TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY Roadside Assistance: 1-800-243-8872 1908 Colonel Sam Drive equipment available at its Customer Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 From U.S. Virgin Islands: Assistance Center. Any TTY user in the U.S. can communicate with Chevrolet by dialing: Your inquiry should be accompanied by the 1-800-496-9994 1-800-833-2438. TTY users in Canada can dial Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). Canada 1-800-263-3830. Customer Assistance Offices General Motors of Canada Company Online Owner Center Chevrolet encourages customers to call the Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: toll-free number for assistance. However, if a CA1-163-005 The Chevrolet Owner Center (U.S.) customer wishes to write or e-mail 1908 Colonel Sam Drive my.chevrolet.com Chevrolet, the letter should be addressed to: Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Learn more about your vehicle features, www.gm.ca shop for and manage your connected 1-800-263-3777 (English) services and OnStar plans, and access 1-800-263-7854 (French) diagnostic information specific to your 1-800-263-3830 (For Text Telephone devices vehicle. (TTYs)) Membership Benefits Roadside Assistance: 1-800-268-6800 E : Download owner’s manuals and view vehicle-specific how-to videos. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

268 Customer Information G : View maintenance schedules, alerts, and GM Mobility Reimbursement Roadside Assistance Program Vehicle Diagnostic Information. Schedule Program service appointments. For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call 1-800-243-8872. (Text Telephone (TTY): I : View service records from your 1-888-889-2438.) dealership and add your own. For Canadian-purchased vehicles, call D : Select a preferred dealer and view 1-800-268-6800. locations, maps, phone numbers, and hours. Service is available 24 hours a day, 365 days r : Track your vehicle’s warranty a year. information. This program is available to qualified Calling for Assistance J applicants for cost reimbursement, up to : View active recalls by Vehicle certain limits, of eligible aftermarket When calling Roadside Assistance, have the Identification Number (VIN). See Vehicle following information ready: 0 adaptive equipment required for the vehicle, Identification Number (VIN) 260. such as hand controls or a wheelchair/ . Your name, home address, and home H : Manage your profile and payment scooter lift for the vehicle. telephone number information. View your GM Rewards Card To learn about the GM Mobility program, . Telephone number of your location earnings and My Chevrolet Rewards points. see www.gmmobility.com or call the GM . Location of the vehicle F : Chat with online help representatives. Mobility Assistance Center at 1-800-323-9935. . Model, year, color, and license plate Text Telephone (TTY) users, call number of the vehicle Visit my.chevrolet.com and create an 1-800-833-9935. . Odometer reading, Vehicle Identification account today. General Motors of Canada also has a Number (VIN), and delivery date of the Chevrolet Owner Centre (Canada) Mobility program. See www.gm.ca, or call vehicle mychevrolet.ca 1-800-GM-DRIVE (800-463-7483) for details. . Description of the problem TTY users call 1-800-263-3830. Visit the Chevrolet Owner Centre at Coverage mychevrolet.ca (English) or my.chevrolet.ca (French) to access similar benefits to the Services are provided for the duration of the U.S. site. vehicle’s powertrain warranty. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Customer Information 269 In the U.S., anyone driving the vehicle is vehicle was in a crash and cannot be . Mounting, dismounting, or changing of covered. In Canada, a person driving the driven. Assistance is not given when the snow tires, chains, or other traction vehicle without permission from the owner vehicle is stuck in the sand, mud, devices is not covered. or snow. Service is not provided if a vehicle is in an Roadside Assistance is not a part of the New . Flat Tire Change: Service to change a flat area that is not accessible to the service Vehicle Limited Warranty. General Motors tire with the spare tire. The spare tire, vehicle or is not a regularly traveled or North America and Chevrolet reserve the if equipped, must be in good condition maintained public road, which includes ice right to make any changes or discontinue and properly inflated. It is the owner's and winter roads. Off-road use is not the Roadside Assistance program at any responsibility for the repair or covered. time without notification. replacement of the tire if it is not covered by the warranty. Services Specific to Canadian-Purchased General Motors North America and Chevrolet Vehicles reserve the right to limit services or . Battery Jump Start: Service to jump start . Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement is up to payment to an owner or driver if they a dead battery. 7 liters. If available, diesel fuel delivery decide the claims are made too often, or the . Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance: may be restricted. Propane and other same type of claim is made many times. If your trip is interrupted due to a warranty event, incidental expenses may fuels are not provided through this Services Provided be reimbursed within the Powertrain service. . Emergency Fuel Delivery: Delivery of warranty period. Items considered are . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle registration is enough fuel for the vehicle to get to the reasonable and customary hotel, meals, required. nearest service station. rental car, or a vehicle being delivered . Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance: . Lock-Out Service: Service to unlock the back to the customer, up to 500 miles. Must be over 150 km from where your vehicle if you are locked out. A remote Services Not Included in Roadside trip was started to qualify. Pre-authorization, original detailed unlock may be available if you have Assistance OnStar. For security reasons, the driver receipts, and a copy of the repair orders must present identification before this . Impound towing caused by violation of are required. Once authorization has been service is given. any laws received, the Roadside Assistance advisor . Emergency Tow from a Public Road or . Legal fines will help to make arrangements and Highway: Tow to the nearest Chevrolet explain how to receive payment. dealer for warranty service, or if the Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

270 Customer Information . Alternative Service: If assistance cannot If your dealer requests you to bring the Transportation Options be provided right away, the Roadside vehicle for service, you are urged to do so Warranty service can generally be Assistance advisor may give permission to as early in the work day as possible to completed while you wait. However, if you get local emergency road service. You will allow for same-day repair. receive payment, up to $100, after are unable to do so, your dealer may offer sending the original receipt to Roadside Courtesy Transportation Program the following transportation options: Assistance. Mechanical failures may be To enhance your ownership experience, we Shuttle Service covered, however any cost for parts and and our participating dealers are proud to This includes one-way or round-trip shuttle labor for repairs not covered by the offer Courtesy Transportation, a customer service within reasonable time and distance warranty are the owner responsibility. support program for vehicles with the parameters of your dealer's area. Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty Coverage Scheduling Service Appointments Public Transportation or Fuel Reimbursement period in Canada), extended powertrain, When the vehicle requires warranty service, and/or hybrid-specific warranties in both the If overnight warranty repairs are needed, contact your dealer and request an U.S. and Canada. and public transportation is used, the appointment. By scheduling a service expense must be supported by original The Courtesy Transportation program is no appointment and advising the service receipts and within the maximum amount longer available for cutaway vehicles. consultant of your transportation needs, allowed by GM. If U.S. customers arrange your dealer can help minimize your Several Courtesy Transportation options are their own transportation, limited inconvenience. available to assist in reducing inconvenience reimbursement for reasonable fuel expenses when warranty repairs are required. If the vehicle cannot be scheduled into the may be available. Claim amounts should service department immediately, keep Courtesy Transportation is not a part of the reflect actual costs and be supported by driving it until it can be scheduled for New Vehicle Limited Warranty. A separate original receipts. See your dealer for service, unless, of course, the problem is manual entitled “Limited Warranty and information. safety related. If it is, please call your Owner Assistance Information” furnished Courtesy Rental Vehicle with each new vehicle provides detailed dealership, let them know this, and ask for For an overnight warranty repair, the dealer warranty coverage information. instructions. may provide an available courtesy rental vehicle or provide for reimbursement of a rental vehicle. Reimbursement is limited and must be supported by original receipts as Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Customer Information 271 well as a signed and completed rental Poorly performed collision repairs diminish Aftermarket collision parts are also available. agreement and meet state/provincial, local, the vehicle resale value, and safety These are made by companies other than and rental vehicle provider requirements. performance can be compromised in GM and may not have been tested for the Requirements vary and may include subsequent collisions. vehicle. As a result, these parts may fit minimum age requirements, insurance poorly, exhibit premature durability/ coverage, credit card, etc. Additional fees Collision Parts corrosion problems, and may not perform such as fuel, rental vehicle insurance, taxes, Genuine GM Collision parts are new parts properly in subsequent collisions. levies, usage fees, excessive mileage, made with the same materials and Aftermarket parts are not covered by the or rental usage beyond the completion of construction methods as the parts with GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any the repair are also your responsibility. which the vehicle was originally built. vehicle failure related to such parts is not It may not be possible to provide a like Genuine GM Collision parts are the best covered by that warranty. vehicle as a courtesy rental. choice to ensure that the vehicle's designed appearance, durability, and safety are Repair Facility Additional Program Information preserved. The use of Genuine GM parts can GM also recommends that you choose a All program options, such as shuttle service, help maintain the GM New Vehicle Limited collision repair facility that meets your may not be available at every dealer. Warranty. needs before you ever need collision repairs. Contact your dealer for specific availability. Recycled original equipment parts may also Your dealer may have a collision repair center with GM-trained technicians and General Motors reserves the right to be used for repair. These parts are typically removed from vehicles that were total losses state-of-the-art equipment, or be able to unilaterally modify, change, or discontinue recommend a collision repair center that has Courtesy Transportation at any time and to in prior crashes. In most cases, the parts being recycled are from undamaged sections GM-trained technicians and comparable resolve all questions of claim eligibility equipment. pursuant to the terms and conditions of the vehicle. A recycled original equipment described herein at its sole discretion. GM part may be an acceptable choice to Insuring the Vehicle maintain the vehicle's originally designed Collision Damage Repair appearance and safety performance; Protect your investment in the GM vehicle however, the history of these parts is not with comprehensive and collision insurance If the vehicle is involved in a collision and it known. Such parts are not covered by the coverage. There are significant differences in is damaged, have the damage repaired by a GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any the quality of coverage afforded by various qualified technician using the proper related failures are not covered by that insurance policy terms. Many insurance equipment and quality replacement parts. warranty. policies provide reduced protection to the Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

272 Customer Information GM vehicle by limiting compensation for Give only the necessary information to Managing the Vehicle Damage Repair damage repairs through the use of police and other parties involved in the Process aftermarket collision parts. Some insurance crash. companies will not specify aftermarket In the event that the vehicle requires For emergency towing see Roadside damage repairs, GM recommends that you collision parts. When purchasing insurance, Assistance Program 0 268. we recommend that you ensure that the take an active role in its repair. If you have vehicle will be repaired with GM original Gather the following information: a pre-determined repair facility of choice, take the vehicle there, or have it towed equipment collision parts. If such insurance . Driver name, address, and telephone coverage is not available from your current number there. Specify to the facility that any required replacement collision parts be insurance carrier, consider switching to . Driver license number another insurance carrier. original equipment parts, either new . Owner name, address, and telephone Genuine GM parts or recycled original GM If the vehicle is leased, the leasing company number parts. Remember, recycled parts will not be may require you to have insurance that . Vehicle license plate number covered by the GM vehicle warranty. ensures repairs with Genuine GM Original . Vehicle make, model, and model year Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) parts or Insurance pays the bill for the repair, but Genuine Manufacturer replacement parts. . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) you must live with the repair. Depending on Read the lease carefully, as you may be . Insurance company and policy number your policy limits, your insurance company charged at the end of the lease for poor . General description of the damage to the may initially value the repair using quality repairs. other vehicle aftermarket parts. Discuss this with the repair professional, and insist on Genuine If a Crash Occurs Choose a reputable repair facility that uses GM parts. Remember, if the vehicle is quality replacement parts. See “Collision leased, you may be obligated to have the If there has been an injury, call emergency Parts” earlier in this section. vehicle repaired with Genuine GM parts, services for help. Do not leave the scene of even if your insurance coverage does not a crash until all matters have been taken If the airbag has inflated, see What Will You 0 pay the full cost. care of. Move the vehicle only if its position See after an Airbag Inflates? 41. puts you in danger, or you are instructed to If another party's insurance company is move it by a police officer. paying for the repairs, you are not obligated to accept a repair valuation based on that insurance company's collision policy repair limits, as you have no contractual limits Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Customer Information 273 with that company. In such cases, you can To order, call 1-800-551-4123 Monday–Friday, 2. The device must accept any interference have control of the repair and parts choices 8:00 a.m.–6:00 p.m. eastern time received, including interference that may as long as the cost stays within reasonable For credit card orders only (VISA, cause undesired operation of the device. limits. MasterCard, or Discover), see Helm, Inc. at: Changes or modifications to any of these Publication Ordering Information www.helminc.com. systems by other than an authorized service To order by mail, write to: facility could void authorization to use this Service Manuals equipment. Helm, Incorporated Service manuals have the diagnosis and Attention: Customer Service repair information on the engine, 47911 Halyard Drive Reporting Safety Defects transmission, axle, suspension, brakes, Plymouth, MI 48170 electrical system, steering system, body, etc. Reporting Safety Defects to the Make checks payable in U.S. funds. United States Government Customer Literature Radio Frequency Statement If you believe that your vehicle has a Owner’s manuals are written specifically for owners and are intended to provide basic This vehicle uses license-exempt defect which could cause a crash or operational information about the vehicle. transmitters / receivers / systems that could cause injury or death, you should The owner’s manual includes the operate on a radio frequency that complies immediately inform the National Maintenance Schedule for all models. with Part 15/Part 18 of the Federal Highway Traffic Safety Administration Communications Commission (FCC) rules and Customer literature publications available for (NHTSA) in addition to notifying General with Innovation, Science and Economic purchase include owner’s manuals, warranty Motors. Development (ISED) Canada's license-exempt manuals, and portfolios. Portfolios include an RSS(s) / RSP-100 / ICES-GEN. If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it owner’s manual, warranty manual, may open an investigation, and if it if applicable, and zip lock bag or pouch. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: finds that a safety defect exists in a Current and Past Models group of vehicles, it may order a recall 1. The device may not cause harmful and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA Service manuals and customer literature are interference. available for many current and past model cannot become involved in individual year GM vehicles. problems between you, your dealer, or General Motors. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

274 Customer Information To contact NHTSA, you may call the or write to: In Mexico, call 800-466-0811 or Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at Transport Canada 800-508-0000. 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go Motor Vehicle Safety Directorate In other Central America and Caribbean to http://www.safercar.gov; or Defect Investigations and Recalls Countries, call 52-555-901-2369. write to: Division Administrator, NHTSA 80 Noel Street Vehicle Data Recording and 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1 Privacy Washington, D.C. 20590 Reporting Safety Defects to The vehicle has a number of computers that You can also obtain other information General Motors record information about the vehicle’s about motor vehicle safety from performance and how it is driven or used. http://www.safercar.gov. In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Transport For example, the vehicle uses computer Canada) in a situation like this, notify modules to monitor and control engine and Reporting Safety Defects to the General Motors. transmission performance, to monitor the Canadian Government In the U.S., call 1-800-222-1020, or write: conditions for airbag deployment and deploy them in a crash, and, if equipped, to If you live in Canada, and you believe Chevrolet Motor Division provide antilock braking to help the driver that the vehicle has a safety defect, Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center control the vehicle. These modules may notify Transport Canada immediately, P.O. Box 33170 store data to help the dealer technician Detroit, MI 48232-5170 and notify General Motors of Canada service the vehicle or to help GM improve Company. Call Transport Canada at In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 (English) or safety or features. Some modules may also 1-800-333-0510; go to: 1-800-263-7854 (French), or write: store data about how the vehicle is operated, such as rate of fuel consumption www.tc.gc.ca/recalls (English) General Motors of Canada Company or average speed. These modules may retain Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: www.tc.gc.ca/rappels (French) personal preferences, such as radio presets, CA1-163-005 seat positions, and temperature settings. 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Customer Information 275 Cybersecurity Event Data Recorders driving conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) GM collects information about the use of This vehicle is equipped with an event data are recorded. However, other parties, such your vehicle including operational and safety recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR as law enforcement, could combine the EDR related information. We collect this is to record, in certain crash or near data with the type of personally identifying information to provide, evaluate, improve, crash-like situations, such as an air bag data routinely acquired during a crash and troubleshoot our products and services deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data investigation. and to develop new products and services. that will assist in understanding how a The protection of vehicle electronics systems vehicle’s systems performed. The EDR is To read data recorded by an EDR, special and customer data from unauthorized designed to record data related to vehicle equipment is required, and access to the outside electronic access or control is dynamics and safety systems for a short vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to important to GM. GM maintains appropriate period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such security standards, practices, guidelines and The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record as law enforcement, that have the special controls aimed at defending the vehicle and such data as: equipment, can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR. the vehicle service ecosystem against . How various systems in your vehicle were unauthorized electronic access, detecting operating; GM will not access these data or share it possible malicious activity in related . Whether or not the driver and passenger with others except: with the consent of the networks, and responding to suspected safety belts were buckled/fastened; vehicle owner or, if the vehicle is leased, cybersecurity incidents in a timely, with the consent of the lessee; in response . How far (if at all) the driver was coordinated and effective manner. Security to an official request by police or similar depressing the accelerator and/or brake incidents could impact your safety or government office; as part of GM's defense pedal; and, compromise your private data. To minimize of litigation through the discovery process; security risks, please do not connect your . How fast the vehicle was traveling. or, as required by law. Data that GM collects vehicle electronic systems to unauthorized These data can help provide a better or receives may also be used for GM devices or connect your vehicle to any understanding of the circumstances in which research needs or may be made available to unknown or untrusted networks (such as crashes and injuries occur. others for research purposes, where a need Bluetooth, WIFI or similar technology). In is shown and the data is not tied to a the event you suspect any security incident Note specific vehicle or vehicle owner. impacting your data or the safe operation of EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only your vehicle, please stop operating your if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no vehicle and contact your dealer. data are recorded by the EDR under normal Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

276 Customer Information OnStar If the vehicle is equipped with OnStar and has an active service plan, additional data may be collected and transmitted through the OnStar system. This includes information about the vehicle’s operation; collisions involving the vehicle; the use of the vehicle and its features, including infotainment; and the location and approximate GPS speed of the vehicle. Refer to the OnStar Terms and Conditions and Privacy Statement on the OnStar website. See OnStar Additional Information 0 278. Infotainment System If the vehicle is equipped with a navigation system as part of the infotainment system, use of the system may result in the storage of destinations, addresses, telephone numbers, and other trip information. See the infotainment section for information on stored data and for deletion instructions. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

OnStar 277 OnStar Overview The OnStar system status light is next to OnStar the OnStar buttons. If the status light is: OnStar Overview . Solid Green: System is ready. OnStar Overview ...... 277 . Flashing Green: On a call. . Red: Indicates a problem. OnStar Services Q Emergency ...... 278 . Off: System is off. Press twice to Security ...... 278 speak with an OnStar Advisor. Q OnStar Additional Information = Voice Command Button Press or call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) to speak to an Advisor. OnStar Additional Information ...... 278 Q Blue OnStar Button Functionality of the Voice Command button > Red Emergency Button may vary by vehicle and region. This vehicle may be equipped with a Press = to: comprehensive, in-vehicle system that can . Open the OnStar app on the infotainment connect to an OnStar Advisor for Emergency, display. See OnStar System 0 112 for Security, Navigation, Connections, and information on how to use the Diagnostics Services. OnStar services may OnStar app. require a paid service plan and data plan. OnStar requires the vehicle battery and Or electrical system, cellular service, and GPS . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn Navigation voice satellite signals to be available and commands. operating. OnStar acts as a link to existing . Obtain and customize the Wi-Fi hotspot emergency service providers. OnStar may name or SSID and password, if equipped. collect information about you and your Q vehicle, including location information. See Press to connect to an Advisor to: OnStar User Terms, Privacy Statement, and . Verify account information or update Software Terms for more details including contact information. system limitations at www.onstar.com (U.S.) . Get driving directions. or www.onstar.ca (Canada). Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

278 OnStar . Receive a Diagnostic check of the vehicle's With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially trained Theft Alarm Notification key operating systems. Advisors are available 24 hours a day, 7 days If equipped, if the doors are locked and the a week, to provide a central point of . Receive Roadside Assistance. vehicle alarm sounds, a notification by text, contact, assistance, and information during a . Manage Wi-Fi Settings, if equipped. e-mail, or phone call will be sent. If the crisis. Press > to get a priority connection to an vehicle is stolen, an OnStar Advisor can work With Roadside Assistance, Advisors can OnStar Advisor available 24/7 to: with authorities to recover the vehicle. locate a nearby service provider to help with . Get help for an emergency. a flat tire, a battery jump, or an empty OnStar Additional . Be a Good Samaritan or respond to an gas tank. AMBER Alert. Information . Get assistance in severe weather or other Security In-Vehicle Audio Messages crisis situations and find evacuation If equipped, OnStar provides these services: routes. . With Stolen Vehicle Assistance, OnStar Audio messages may play important Advisors can use GPS to pinpoint the information at the following times: OnStar Services vehicle and help authorities quickly . Prior to vehicle purchase. Press Q to set recover it. up an account. Emergency . With Remote Ignition Block, if equipped, . After change in ownership and at Emergency Services require an active safety OnStar can block the engine from being 90 days. and security plan. With Automatic Crash restarted. Transferring Service Response, built-in sensors can automatically . With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown, alert a specially trained OnStar Advisor who if equipped, OnStar can work with law Press Q to request account transfer is immediately connected in to the vehicle enforcement to gradually slow the eligibility information. The Advisor can to help. vehicle down. cancel or change account information. Press > for a priority connection to an Selling/Transferring the Vehicle OnStar Advisor who can contact emergency service providers, direct them to your exact Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) location, and relay important information. immediately to terminate your OnStar or connected services if the vehicle is disposed of, sold, transferred, or if the lease ends. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

OnStar 279 Reactivation for Subsequent Owners technology compatible with OnStar or . Provide directions to the closest hospital connected services. Service involving location or pharmacy in urgent situations. Press Q and follow the prompts to speak to information about the vehicle cannot work an Advisor as soon as possible. The Advisor unless GPS signals are available, TTY Users will update vehicle records and explain unobstructed, and compatible with the OnStar has the ability to communicate to OnStar or connected service options. OnStar hardware. OnStar or connected deaf, hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired How OnStar Service Works services may not work if the OnStar customers while in the vehicle. The available equipment is not properly installed or it has dealer-installed TTY system can provide Automatic Crash Response, Emergency not been properly maintained. If equipment in-vehicle access to all OnStar services, Services, Crisis Assist, Stolen Vehicle or software is added, connected, except Virtual Advisor and OnStar Assistance, Remote Services, and Roadside or modified, OnStar or connected services Turn-by-Turn Navigation. If equipped, TTY Assistance are available on most vehicles. may not work. Other problems beyond the mode can be turned on or off by touching Not all OnStar services are available control of OnStar — such as hills, tall Settings, then Apps, and then Phone. When everywhere or on all vehicles. For more buildings, tunnels, weather, electrical system TTY mode is on, phone calls can be made or information, a full description of OnStar design and architecture of the vehicle, received with OnStar using the infotainment services, system limitations, and OnStar User damage to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless display. Terms, Privacy Statement, and Software phone network congestion or jamming — Terms: may prevent service. OnStar Personal Identification Number (PIN) . Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827). See Radio Frequency Statement 0 273. . See www.onstar.com (U.S.). A PIN is needed to access some OnStar . See www.onstar.ca (Canada). Services for People with Disabilities services. The PIN will need to be changed . Call TTY 1-877-248-2080. Advisors provide services to help with the first time when speaking with an Advisor. To change the OnStar PIN, contact . Press Q to speak with an Advisor. physical disabilities and medical conditions. an OnStar Advisor by pressing Q or calling OnStar or connected services cannot work Press Q to help: 1-888-4ONSTAR. unless the vehicle is in a place where OnStar . Locate a gas station with an attendant to has an agreement with a wireless service pump gas. Warranty provider for service in that area. The . Find a hotel, restaurant, etc., that meets OnStar equipment may be warranted as part wireless service provider must also have accessibility needs. of the vehicle warranty. coverage, network capacity, reception, and Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

280 OnStar Languages A temporary loss of GPS can cause loss of Add-on Electrical Equipment the ability to send a Turn-by-Turn The vehicle can be programmed to respond The OnStar system is integrated into the Navigation route. The Advisor may give a electrical architecture of the vehicle. Do not in multiple languages. Press Q and ask for verbal route or may ask for a call back after add any electrical equipment. See Add-On an Advisor. Advisors are available in English, the vehicle is driven into an open area. Spanish, and French. Available languages Electrical Equipment 0 176. Added electrical may vary by country. Cellular and GPS Antennas equipment may interfere with the operation of the OnStar system and cause it to not Potential Issues Cellular reception is required for OnStar to operate. send remote signals to the vehicle. Do not OnStar cannot perform Remote Door Unlock place items over or near the antenna to Vehicle Software Updates or Stolen Vehicle Assistance after the vehicle prevent blocking cellular and GPS signal OnStar or GM may remotely deliver has been off continuously for 10 days reception. without an ignition cycle. If the vehicle has software updates or changes to the vehicle not been started for 10 days, OnStar can Unable to Connect to OnStar Message without further notice or consent. These updates or changes may enhance or contact Roadside Assistance or a locksmith If there is limited cellular coverage or the to help gain access to the vehicle. maintain safety, security, or the operation cellular network has reached maximum of the vehicle or the vehicle systems. Global Positioning System (GPS) capacity, this message may come on. Press Software updates or changes may affect or . Obstruction of the GPS can occur in a Q to try the call again or try again after erase data or settings that are stored in the large city with tall buildings; in parking driving a few miles into another vehicle, such as saved navigation garages; around airports; in tunnels and cellular area. destinations or pre-set radio stations. underpasses; or in an area with very Vehicle and Power Issues Neither OnStar nor GM is responsible for dense trees. If GPS signals are not any affected or erased data or settings. available, the OnStar system should still OnStar services require a vehicle electrical These updates or changes may also collect operate to call OnStar. However, OnStar system, wireless service, and GPS satellite personal information. Such collection is could have difficulty identifying the exact technologies to be available and operating described in the OnStar privacy statement or location. for features to function properly. These separately disclosed at the time of . In emergency situations, OnStar can use systems may not operate if the battery is installation. These updates or changes may the last stored GPS location to send to discharged or disconnected. also cause a system to automatically emergency responders. communicate with GM servers to collect information about vehicle system status, Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

OnStar 281 identify whether updates or changes are OnStar - Software Acknowledgements available, or deliver updates or changes. An To obtain the source code under GPL, LGPL, active OnStar agreement constitutes consent MPL, and other open source licenses, that is to these software updates or changes and contained in this product, please visit agreement that either OnStar or GM may http://opensource.lge.com. In addition to remotely deliver them to the vehicle. the source code, all referred license terms, Privacy warranty disclaimers, and copyright notices are available for download. This offer is valid The complete OnStar Privacy Statement may for a period of three years after our last be found at www.onstar.com (U.S.), shipment of this product. This offer is valid or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We recommend to anyone in receipt of this information. that you review it. If you have any questions, call 1-888-4ONSTAR *Provided through LG Electronics Inc., who is (1-888-466-7827) or press Q to speak with solely responsible for provisions of related an Advisor. Users of wireless OSS compliance. communications are cautioned that the privacy of any information sent via wireless cellular communications cannot be assured. Third parties may unlawfully intercept or access transmissions and private communications without consent. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

282 Connected Services Connected Services 2. Say “Cancel route.” System responds: Connected Services “Do you want to cancel directions?” Connected Services Navigation 3. Say “Yes.” System responds: “OK, request completed, thank you, goodbye.” Navigation ...... 282 Navigation requires a specific OnStar or Connections ...... 283 connected service plan. Route Preview Diagnostics ...... 284 Press Q to receive Turn-by-Turn directions 1. Press =. System responds: “OnStar or have them sent to the vehicle’s ready,” then a tone. navigation screen, if equipped. 2. Say “Route preview.” System responds with the next three maneuvers. Turn-by-Turn Navigation Repeat 1. Press Q to connect to an Advisor. 1. Press =. System responds: “OnStar 2. Request directions to be downloaded to ready,” then a tone. the vehicle. 2. Say “Repeat.” System responds with the 3. Follow the voice-guided commands. last direction given, then responds with Using Voice Commands During a “OnStar ready,” then a tone. Planned Route Get My Destination Functionality of the Voice Command button, 1. Press =. System responds: “OnStar if equipped, may vary by vehicle and region. ready,” then a tone. For some vehicles, press = to open the 2. Say “Get my destination.” System OnStar app on the infotainment display. For responds with the address and distance other vehicles press = as follows. to the destination, then responds with Cancel Route “OnStar ready,” then a tone. 1. Press =. System responds: “OnStar Send Destination to Vehicle ready,” then a tone. Directions can be sent to the vehicle’s navigation screen, if equipped. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Connected Services 283 Press Q, then ask the Advisor to download Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped) After initial set-up, your vehicle’s Wi-Fi directions to the vehicle’s navigation system, The vehicle may have a built-in Wi-Fi hotspot will connect automatically to your if equipped. After the call ends, the hotspot that provides access to the Internet mobile devices. Manage data usage by navigation screen will provide prompts to and web content at 4G LTE speed. Up to turning Wi-Fi on or off on your mobile begin driving directions. Routes that are sent seven mobile devices can be connected. device, using the myChevrolet mobile app, to the navigation screen can only be A data plan is required. Use the in-vehicle or by contacting an OnStar Advisor. On canceled through the navigation system. controls only when it is safe to do so. some vehicles, Wi-Fi can also be managed from the Wi-Fi Hotspot menu. See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca 1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot information, (Canada). press = to open the OnStar app on the MyChevrolet Mobile App (If Available) infotainment display, then select Wi-Fi Download the myChevrolet mobile app to Connections Hotspot. On some vehicles, touch Wi-Fi compatible Apple and Android smartphones. The following services help with staying or Wi-Fi Settings on the screen. Chevrolet users can access the following connected. 2. The Wi-Fi settings will display the Wi-Fi services from a smartphone: For coverage maps, see www.onstar.com hotspot name (SSID), password, and on . Remotely start/stop the vehicle, (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada). some vehicles, the connection type if factory-equipped. (no Internet connection, 3G, 4G, 4G LTE), . Lock/unlock doors, if equipped with Ensuring Security and signal quality (poor, good, excellent). automatic locks. . Change the default passwords for the The LTE icon shows connection to Wi-Fi. . Activate the horn and lamps. Wi-Fi hotspot and myChevrolet mobile It is possible that the icon may not . Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oil life, application. Make these passwords illuminate even though the vehicle has or tire pressure, if factory-equipped with different from each other and use a an active connection. the Tire Pressure Monitor System. combination of letters and numbers to 3. To change the SSID or password, press increase the security. . Send destinations to the vehicle. Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR to connect . Change the default name of the SSID . Locate the vehicle on a map with an Advisor. On some vehicles, the (Service Set Identifier). This is your (U.S. market only). SSID and password can be changed in network’s name that is visible to other the Wi-Fi Hotspot menu. . Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot on/off, wireless devices. Choose a unique name manage settings, and monitor data and avoid family names or vehicle consumption, if equipped. descriptions. . Locate a dealer and schedule service. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

284 Connected Services . Request Roadside Assistance. Diagnostics . Set a parking reminder with pin drop, take a photo, make a note, and set a By monitoring and reporting on the vehicle's timer. key systems, OnStar Advanced Diagnostics, if equipped, provides a way to keep up on . Connect with Chevrolet on social media. maintenance. Capabilities vary by model. Features are subject to change. For See www.onstar.com for details and system myChevrolet mobile app information and limitations. Features are subject to change. compatibility, see my.chevrolet.com. For updates on feature capabilities, see An active OnStar or connected service plan my.chevrolet.com. Message and data rates may be required. A compatible device, may apply. factory-installed remote start, and power locks are required. Data rates apply. See www.onstar.com for details and system limitations. Remote Services Contact an OnStar Advisor to unlock the doors or sound the horn and flash the lamps. Marketplace OnStar Advisors can provide offers from restaurants and retailers on your route, help locate hotels, or book a room. These services vary by market. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Index 285 A Alarm Index Accessories and Modifications ...... 178 Vehicle Security ...... 16 Accessory Power ...... 138 Alert Add-On Electrical Equipment ...... 176 Side Blind Zone (SBZA) ...... 155 Additional Information All-Season Tires ...... 212 OnStar ...... 278 AM-FM Radio ...... 101 Additional Maintenance and Care ...... 255 Antenna Agreements Fixed Mast ...... 103 Trademarks and License ...... 117 Multi-band ...... 104 Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine ...... 189 Antilock Brake System (ABS) ...... 146 Air Conditioning ...... 119, 122 Warning Light ...... 78 Air Vents ...... 124 Appearance Care Airbag System Exterior ...... 242 Check ...... 45 Interior ...... 246 How Does an Airbag Restrain? ...... 41 Ashtrays ...... 70 What Makes an Airbag Inflate? ...... 40 Assistance Program, Roadside ...... 268 What Will You See after an Airbag Audio Inflates? ...... 41 Theft-Deterrent Feature ...... 97 When Should an Airbag Inflate? ...... 40 Audio Players Where Are the Airbags? ...... 38 CD...... 104 Airbags Automatic Adding Equipment to the Vehicle ...... 45 Door Locks ...... 12 Light On-Off ...... 75 Headlamp System ...... 91 On-Off Light ...... 75 Transmission ...... 142 On-Off Switch ...... 42 Transmission Fluid ...... 186, 189 Readiness Light ...... 74 Automatic Transmission Servicing Airbag-Equipped Vehicles ...... 44 Manual Mode ...... 144 System Check ...... 36 Shift Lock Control Function Check ...... 201 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

286 Index Auxiliary Bulb Replacement (cont'd) Center High-Mounted Stoplamp Devices ...... 108 Halogen Bulbs ...... 202 (CHMSL) ...... 204 Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices ...... 104 Headlamp Aiming ...... 202 Chains, Tire ...... 227 Axle, Rear ...... 199 Headlamps ...... 202 Charging System Light ...... 76 License Plate Lamps ...... 204 B Check Taillamps ...... 203 Engine Light (Malfunction Indicator) . . . . 76 Battery Buying New Tires ...... 223 Ignition Transmission Lock ...... 201 Exterior Lighting Battery Saver ...... 95 Child Restraints Load Management ...... 95 C Infants and Young Children ...... 47 Power Protection ...... 95 Calibration ...... 67 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Battery - North America ...... 199, 237 California Children ...... 52 Blade Replacement, Wiper ...... 201 Perchlorate Materials Requirements . . . 178 Older Children ...... 46 Bluetooth California Proposition Securing ...... 58, 60 Overview ...... 112 65 Warning ...... 178, 199, 237, Systems ...... 49 Brake Back Cover Cigarette Lighter ...... 70 System Warning Light ...... 77 Camera Circuit Breakers ...... 205 Brakes ...... 197 Rear Vision (RVC) ...... 152 Cleaning Antilock ...... 146 Canadian Vehicle Owners ...... 2 Exterior Care ...... 242 Assist ...... 147 Capacities and Specifications ...... 261 Interior Care ...... 246 Fluid ...... 197 Carbon Monoxide Climate Control Systems ...... 119 Parking ...... 146 Engine Exhaust ...... 141 Air Conditioning ...... 119 Braking ...... 127 Winter Driving ...... 130 Heating ...... 119 Break-In, New Vehicle ...... 135 Cargo Rear ...... 122 Bulb Replacement Tie-Downs ...... 63 Rear Heating System ...... 121 Center High-Mounted Stoplamp Cargo Door Relocking ...... 11 Clock ...... 69 (CHMSL) ...... 204 Caution, Danger, and Warning ...... 2 Cluster, Instrument ...... 71 Front Turn Signal, Sidemarker, and CD Player ...... 104 Collision Damage Repair ...... 271 Parking Lamps ...... 202 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Index 287 Compartments D Driving Storage ...... 63 Damage Repair, Collision ...... 271 Better Fuel Economy ...... 126 Compass ...... 67 Danger, Warning, and Caution ...... 2 Characteristics and Towing Tips ...... 160 Connected Services Data Collection Defensive ...... 126 Connections ...... 283 Infotainment System ...... 276 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 130 Diagnostics ...... 284 OnStar ...... 276 If the Vehicle is Stuck ...... 131 Navigation ...... 282 Data Recorders, Event ...... 275 Impaired ...... 127 Connections Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) ...... 91 Loss of Control ...... 128 Connected Services ...... 283 Defensive Driving ...... 126 Off-Road Recovery ...... 128 Control Delayed Locking ...... 12 Vehicle Load Limits ...... 132 Traction and Electronic Stability ...... 147 Devices Wet Roads ...... 129 Control of a Vehicle ...... 127 Auxiliary ...... 108 Winter ...... 130 Convex Mirrors ...... 17 Diagnostics E Coolant Connected Services ...... 284 Electrical Equipment, Add-On ...... 176 Engine Temperature Gauge ...... 73 Distracted Driving ...... 126 Electrical System Cooling ...... 119, 122 Dome Lamps ...... 94 Engine Compartment Fuse Block ...... 206 Cooling System ...... 191 Door Floor Console Fuse Block ...... 210 Courtesy Transportation Program ...... 270 Cargo Door Relocking ...... 11 Fuses and Circuit Breakers ...... 205 Cruise Control ...... 149 Delayed Locking ...... 12 Overload ...... 205 Light ...... 81 Locks ...... 11 Emergency Customer Assistance ...... 267 Power Locks ...... 11 OnStar ...... 278 Offices ...... 267 Rear Doors ...... 15 Engine Text Telephone (TTY) Users ...... 267 Side ...... 13 Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 189 Customer Information Sliding ...... 14 Check Light (Malfunction Indicator) . . . . . 76 Publications Ordering Information . . . . . 273 Drive Belt Routing, Engine ...... 264 Compartment Overview ...... 181 Customer Satisfaction Procedure ...... 265 Driver Assistance Systems ...... 150 Coolant Heater ...... 139 Cybersecurity ...... 275 Driver Information Center (DIC) ...... 81 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

288 Index Engine (cont'd) Filter, Fuel (cont'd) Coolant Temperature Gauge ...... 73 Engine Air Cleaner ...... 189 Filling the Tank ...... 158 Cooling System ...... 191 Fixed Mast Antenna ...... 103 Foreign Countries ...... 158 Drive Belt Routing ...... 264 Flash-to-Pass ...... 91 Gauge ...... 72 Exhaust ...... 141 Flashers, Hazard Warning ...... 92 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 80 Fan ...... 195 Flat Tire ...... 227 Prohibited Fuels ...... 158 Oil Life System ...... 186 Changing ...... 229 Recommended ...... 158 Oil Pressure Gauge ...... 72 Floor Mats ...... 248 Top Tier ...... 157 Oil Pressure Light ...... 80 Fluid Full-Size Spare Tire ...... 236 Overheating ...... 194 Automatic Transmission ...... 186, 189 Fuses Power Messages ...... 85 Brakes ...... 197 Engine Compartment Fuse Block ...... 206 Running While Parked ...... 142 Power Steering ...... 196 Floor Console Fuse Block ...... 210 Starting ...... 137 Washer ...... 196 Fuses and Circuit Breakers ...... 205 Enhanced Technology Glass ...... 21 Folding Mirrors ...... 19 G Entry Lighting ...... 94 Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System . . . . .154 Gauges Equipment, Towing ...... 172 Frequency Statement Engine Coolant Temperature ...... 73 Event Data Recorders ...... 275 Radio ...... 273 Engine Oil Pressure ...... 72 Exit Lighting ...... 94 Front Seats Fuel ...... 72 Extender, Seat Belt ...... 35 Adjustment ...... 22 Odometer ...... 71 Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 90 Front Storage ...... 63 Speedometer ...... 71 Exterior Lamps Off Reminder ...... 90 Front Turn Signal Trip Odometer ...... 71 Exterior Lighting Battery Saver ...... 95 Bulb Replacement ...... 202 Voltmeter ...... 73 Fuel F Warning Lights and Indicators ...... 70 Additives ...... 158 Fan General Information Economy, Driving for Better ...... 126 Engine ...... 195 Service and Maintenance ...... 250 Filling a Portable Fuel Container ...... 160 Fast Idle System ...... 138 Towing ...... 160 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Index 289 General Information (cont'd) How to Wear Seat Belts Properly ...... 29 L Vehicle Care ...... 178 HVAC ...... 119, 121, 122 Labeling, Tire Sidewall ...... 213 Glass, Enhanced Technology ...... 21 I Lamps GM Mobility Reimbursement Idle System Daytime Running (DRL) ...... 91 Program ...... 268 Fast ...... 138 Dome ...... 94 H Ignition Positions ...... 135 Exterior Controls ...... 90 Halogen Bulbs ...... 202 Ignition Transmission Lock Check ...... 201 Exterior Lamps Off Reminder ...... 90 Hazard Warning Flashers ...... 92 Immobilizer ...... 16 Exterior Lighting Battery Saver ...... 95 Head Restraints ...... 22 Indicator License Plate ...... 204 Headlamps Vehicle Ahead ...... 79 Malfunction Indicator (Check Aiming ...... 202 Infants and Young Children, Restraints . . . . 47 Engine) ...... 76 Automatic ...... 91 Information Reading ...... 94 Bulb Replacement ...... 202 Publication Ordering ...... 273 Taillamps ...... 203 Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) ...... 91 Infotainment ...... 96 Lamps, Bulb Replacement ...... 202 Flash-to-Pass ...... 91 Infotainment System ...... 276 Lane Departure Warning (LDW) ...... 157 High-Beam On Light ...... 81 Instrument Cluster ...... 71 Lane Departure Warning Light ...... 79 High/Low Beam Changer ...... 91 Instrument Panel Overview ...... 4 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 31 Heated Mirrors ...... 19 Interior Rearview Mirrors ...... 19 LATCH System Heater Introduction ...... 1 Replacing Parts after a Crash ...... 58 Engine Coolant ...... 139 LATCH, Lower Anchors and Tethers for J Heating ...... 119, 121, 122 Children ...... 52 Jump Starting - North America ...... 237 High-Beam On Light ...... 81 Lighter, Cigarette ...... 70 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 130 K Lighting Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 147 Keyless Entry Entry ...... 94 Hood ...... 179 Remote (RKE) System ...... 8 Exit ...... 94 Horn ...... 67 Keys...... 6 Illumination Control ...... 93 Lights Airbag On-Off ...... 75 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

290 Index Lights (cont'd) Locks (cont'd) Mirrors Airbag Readiness ...... 74 Lockout Protection ...... 12 Convex ...... 17 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Power Door ...... 11 Folding ...... 19 Warning ...... 78 Safety ...... 12 Heated ...... 19 Brake System Warning ...... 77 Loss of Control ...... 128 Manual ...... 18 Charging System ...... 76 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 80 Manual Rearview ...... 19 Check Engine (Malfunction Lower Anchors and Tethers for Power ...... 18 Indicator) ...... 76 Children (LATCH System) ...... 52 Trailer Tow ...... 18 Cruise Control ...... 81 M Mirrors, Interior Rearview ...... 19 Engine Oil Pressure ...... 80 Monitor System, Tire Pressure ...... 218 Maintenance Flash-to-Pass ...... 91 Multi-band Antenna ...... 104 Records ...... 259 High-Beam On ...... 81 Maintenance and Care N High/Low Beam Changer ...... 91 Additional ...... 255 Navigation Lane Departure Warning ...... 79 Maintenance Schedule ...... 251 Connected Services ...... 282 Low Fuel Warning ...... 80 Recommended Fluids and New Vehicle Break-In ...... 135 Seat Belt Reminders ...... 74 Lubricants ...... 257 Noise Control System ...... 199 Security ...... 81 Malfunction Indicator Lamp ...... 76 StabiliTrak OFF ...... 79 O Manual Mirrors ...... 18 Tire Pressure ...... 80 Odometer ...... 71 Manual Mode ...... 144 Tow/Haul Mode ...... 78 Trip ...... 71 Manual Windows ...... 19 Traction Control System Off-Road Media (TCS)/StabiliTrak ...... 79 Recovery ...... 128 Avoiding Untrusted Devices ...... 104 Locking Rear Axle ...... 148 Oil Messages Locks Engine ...... 184 Engine Power ...... 85 Automatic Door ...... 12 Engine Oil Life System ...... 186 Vehicle ...... 85 Cargo Door Relocking ...... 11 Engine Oil Pressure Gauge ...... 72 Vehicle Speed ...... 86 Delayed Locking ...... 12 Pressure Light ...... 80 Door ...... 11 Older Children, Restraints ...... 46 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Index 291 Online Owner Center ...... 267 Personalization R OnStar ...... 276 Vehicle ...... 86 Radio Frequency Statement ...... 273 OnStar Additional Information ...... 278 Phone Radio Reception ...... 103 OnStar Emergency ...... 278 Bluetooth ...... 112 Radios OnStar Overview ...... 277 Power AM-FM Radio ...... 101 OnStar Security ...... 278 Door Locks ...... 11 Satellite ...... 102 OnStar System ...... 112 Mirrors ...... 18 Reading Lamps ...... 94 Operation Outlets ...... 69 Rear Axle ...... 199 Infotainment System ...... 100 Protection, Battery ...... 95 Locking ...... 148 Outlets Retained Accessory (RAP) ...... 138 Rear Climate Control System ...... 122 Power ...... 69 Seat Adjustment ...... 23 Rear Doors ...... 15 Overheating, Engine ...... 194 Steering Fluid ...... 196 Rear Heating System ...... 121 Overview ...... 97, 99 Windows ...... 20 Rear Seats ...... 24 Instrument Panel ...... 4 Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts ...... 35 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) ...... 152 P Privacy Rear Windows ...... 21 Vehicle Data Recording ...... 274 Park Rearview Mirrors ...... 19 Program Shifting Into ...... 140 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 23 Courtesy Transportation ...... 270 Shifting Out of ...... 141 Recommended Prohibited Fuels ...... 158 Park Assist ...... 153 Fuel ...... 158 Proposition 65 Warning, Parking Recommended Fluids and Lubricants . . . . . 257 California ...... 178, 199, 237, Brake ...... 146 Records Back Cover Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Maintenance ...... 259 Publication Ordering Information ...... 273 Check ...... 201 Recreational Vehicle Towing ...... 240 Over Things That Burn ...... 141 Reimbursement Program, GM Perchlorate Materials Requirements, Mobility ...... 268 California ...... 178 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

292 Index Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System ...... 8 S Security Remote Vehicle Start ...... 10 Safety Defects Reporting Light ...... 81 Replacement Parts Canadian Government ...... 274 OnStar ...... 278 Airbags ...... 45 General Motors ...... 274 Vehicle ...... 15 Maintenance ...... 258 U.S. Government ...... 273 Vehicle Alarm ...... 16 Replacing Airbag System ...... 45 Safety Locks ...... 12 Service ...... 124 Replacing LATCH System Parts after a Safety System Check ...... 35 Accessories and Modifications ...... 178 Crash ...... 58 Satellite Radio ...... 102 Climate Control System ...... 119 Replacing Seat Belt System Parts after Scheduling Appointments ...... 270 Doing Your Own Work ...... 179 a Crash ...... 36 Seat Belts ...... 28 Maintenance Records ...... 259 Reporting Safety Defects Care ...... 36 Maintenance, General Information . . . . . 250 Canadian Government ...... 274 Extender ...... 35 Parts Identification ...... 260 General Motors ...... 274 How to Wear Seat Belts Properly ...... 29 Scheduling Appointments ...... 270 U.S. Government ...... 273 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 31 Services Restraints Reminders ...... 74 Special Application ...... 255 Where to Put ...... 51 Replacing after a Crash ...... 36 Servicing the Airbag ...... 44 Retained Accessory Power (RAP) ...... 138 Use During Pregnancy ...... 35 Shift Lock Control Function Check, Roads Seats Automatic Transmission ...... 201 Driving, Wet ...... 129 Adjustment, Front ...... 22 Shifting Roadside Assistance Program ...... 268 Head Restraints ...... 22 Into Park ...... 140 Rotation, Tires ...... 221 Power Adjustment, Front ...... 23 Out of Park ...... 141 Routing, Engine Drive Belt ...... 264 Rear ...... 24 Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) ...... 155 Running the Vehicle While Parked ...... 142 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 23 Side Door ...... 13 Securing Child Restraints ...... 58, 60 Sidemarker Bulb Replacement ...... 202 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

Index 293 Signals, Turn and Lane-Change ...... 93 Systems Tires (cont'd) Sliding Door ...... 14 Driver Assistance ...... 150 Wheel Replacement ...... 226 When It Is Time for New Tires ...... 223 Special Application Services ...... 255 T Specifications and Capacities ...... 261 Winter ...... 213 Taillamps ...... 203 Speedometer ...... 71 Top Tier Fuel ...... 157 Text Telephone (TTY) Users ...... 267 StabiliTrak Tow/Haul Mode ...... 145 Theft-Deterrent Systems ...... 17 OFF Light ...... 79 Tow/Haul Mode Light ...... 78 Immobilizer ...... 16 Start Assist, Hill ...... 147 Towing Time ...... 69 Start Vehicle, Remote ...... 10 Driving Characteristics ...... 160 Tires ...... 212 Starter Switch Check ...... 200 Equipment ...... 172 All-Season ...... 212 Starting the Engine ...... 137 General Information ...... 160 Buying New Tires ...... 223 Steering ...... 127 Recreational Vehicle ...... 240 Chains ...... 227 Fluid, Power ...... 196 Trailer ...... 164 Changing ...... 229 Wheel Adjustment ...... 65 Trailer Sway Control (TSC) ...... 175 Designations ...... 214 Wheel Controls ...... 66 Vehicle ...... 240 Different Size ...... 225 Storage Areas Traction Full-Size Spare ...... 236 Front ...... 63 Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 227 Storage Compartments ...... 63 Light ...... 79 Inspection ...... 221 Stuck Vehicle ...... 131 Traction Control/Electronic Stability Pressure ...... 217 Sun Visors ...... 21 Control ...... 147 Pressure Light ...... 80 Swing-out Windows ...... 20 Trademarks and License Agreements ...... 117 Pressure Monitor Operation ...... 218 Switches Trailer Pressure Monitor System ...... 218 Airbag On-Off ...... 42 Sway Control (TSC) ...... 175 Rotation ...... 221 Symbols ...... 2 Tow Mirrors ...... 18 Sidewall Labeling ...... 213 System Towing ...... 164 Terminology and Definitions ...... 215 Forward Collision Alert (FCA) ...... 154 Uniform Tire Quality Grading ...... 225 Infotainment ...... 96, 276 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance . . . . 226 Noise Control ...... 199 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 14583525) - 2021 - CRC - 12/9/20

294 Index Transmission Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy ...... 274 Windshield Automatic ...... 142 Ventilation, Air ...... 124 Replacement ...... 202 Fluid, Automatic ...... 186, 189 Visors ...... 21 Wiper/Washer ...... 67 Transportation Program, Courtesy ...... 270 Voltmeter Gauge ...... 73 Winter Trip Odometer ...... 71 W Driving ...... 130 Turn and Lane-Change Signals ...... 93 Winter Tires ...... 213 Warning Wiper Blade Replacement ...... 201 U Brake System Light ...... 77 Uniform Tire Quality Grading ...... 225 Caution and Danger ...... 2 Using This Manual ...... 2 Lane Departure (LDW) ...... 157 V Warning Lights, Gauges, and Indicators ...... 70 Vehicle Warnings Alarm System ...... 16 Hazard Flashers ...... 92 Canadian Owners ...... 2 Washer Fluid ...... 196 Control ...... 127 Wheels Identification Number (VIN) ...... 260 Alignment and Tire Balance ...... 226 Load Limits ...... 132 Different Size ...... 225 Messages ...... 85 Replacement ...... 226 Personalization ...... 86 When It Is Time for New Tires ...... 223 Remote Start ...... 10 Where to Put the Restraint ...... 51 Security ...... 15 Windows ...... 19 Speed Messages ...... 86 Enhanced Technology Glass ...... 21 Towing ...... 240 Manual ...... 19 Vehicle Ahead Indicator ...... 79 Power ...... 20 Vehicle Care Rear ...... 21 Tire Pressure ...... 217 Swing-out Windows ...... 20 21_CHEV_Express_COV_en_US_84401538B_2021JAN4.pdf 1 12/8/2020 12:42:45 PM

CMY